Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1482/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1482/ en-US All rights reserved Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:20 GMT Thu, 02 Jan 2025 01:35:20 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1482/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1482/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1482/ thebookvoice.com no Stefan Lang bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1482/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Explore the world of knowledge with over 500,000+ audiobooks in diverse categories like Ancient Mythology, Asia History, and Animals & Nature. We offer you 3 free audiobooks to start your exploration journey. Audiobooks can be listened to on many devices like iPhone, iPad, Android, helping you access knowledge anytime, anywhere. Let audiobooks open new horizons for you! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Leadership: New Consciousness in Business Author: Frederick Chavalit Tsao, Chris Laszlo Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this new book, Frederick Chavalit Tsao and Chris Laszlo argue that current approaches to leadership fail to produce positive outcomes for either businesses or the communities they serve. Employee disengagement and customer fickleness remain high, resulting in a lack of creativity and collaboration at all levels of entrepreneurial activity. Investor demand for Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) continues to be poorly integrated into profit strategies. Drawing on extensive research, this book shows how changing a person's consciousness is the most powerful lever for unlocking his or her leadership potential to create wealth and serve humankind. A wide range of practices of connectedness provide the keys. The journey to higher consciousness changes people at a deep intuitive level, combining embodied experience with analytic-cognitive skill development. Tsao and Laszlo show how leaders who pursue this journey are more likely to flourish with significant benefits to both business and society. These include greater creativity and collaboration along with an increased capability to inspire people and produce lasting change. Listeners will come away with a deep understanding of quantum leadership and the day-to-day practices that can help them achieve greater effectiveness and well-being at work. Frederick Chavalit Tsao, Chris Laszlo Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392754 thebookvoice.com 8:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Leadership: New Consciousness in Business Author: Frederick Chavalit Tsao, Chris Laszlo Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this new book, Frederick Chavalit Tsao and Chris Laszlo argue that current approaches to leadership fail to produce positive outcomes for either businesses or the communities they serve. Employee disengagement and customer fickleness remain high, resulting in a lack of creativity and collaboration at all levels of entrepreneurial activity. Investor demand for Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) continues to be poorly integrated into profit strategies. Drawing on extensive research, this book shows how changing a person's consciousness is the most powerful lever for unlocking his or her leadership potential to create wealth and serve humankind. A wide range of practices of connectedness provide the keys. The journey to higher consciousness changes people at a deep intuitive level, combining embodied experience with analytic-cognitive skill development. Tsao and Laszlo show how leaders who pursue this journey are more likely to flourish with significant benefits to both business and society. These include greater creativity and collaboration along with an increased capability to inspire people and produce lasting change. Listeners will come away with a deep understanding of quantum leadership and the day-to-day practices that can help them achieve greater effectiveness and well-being at work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quantum Leadership: New Consciousness in Business Author: Frederick Chavalit Tsao, Chris Laszlo Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this new book, Frederick Chavalit Tsao and Chris Laszlo argue that current approaches to leadership fail to produce positive outcomes for either businesses or the communities they serve. Employee disengagement and customer fickleness remain high, resulting in a lack of creativity and collaboration at all levels of entrepreneurial activity. Investor demand for Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) continues to be poorly integrated into profit strategies. Drawing on extensive research, this book shows how changing a person's consciousness is the most powerful lever for unlocking his or her leadership potential to create wealth and serve humankind. A wide range of practices of connectedness provide the keys. The journey to higher consciousness changes people at a deep intuitive level, combining embodied experience with analytic-cognitive skill development. Tsao and Laszlo show how leaders who pursue this journey are more likely to flourish with significant benefits to both business and society. These include greater creativity and collaboration along with an increased capability to inspire people and produce lasting change. Listeners will come away with a deep understanding of quantum leadership and the day-to-day practices that can help them achieve greater effectiveness and well-being at work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392155 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Coaching : Where to Start? Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Agile Coaching remains a prominent career progression trend for many Agile practitioners, such as Scrum Masters and Agile Project Managers who feel like they outgrew the shoes of their Digital Delivery roles. This book is my attempt to summarize the learnings and observations from inside the Agile professional space, explaining in simple terms what an Agile Coach is really supposed to do, how they are different from Agile Delivery roles such as Scrum Master, and ultimately how to properly transition into a Coaching role - having basic knowledge, plan of attack and a simple Coaching Framework at your disposal. While the majority of the other books on Agile Coaching cover the role and this professional sphere as a 'Destination', I try and present it to you as a 'Journey' - that has its specifics, insider tricks, and might not be for everyone. My goal as an author of this book was to create that extra angle - a viewpoint helping you obtain a more all-rounded perspective on what being an Agile Coach is really going to be like, should you step into a typical scenario of helping some company with their Agile Transformation at a medium to large scale. YOU WILL LEARN: - What makes Agile Coaching different and unique; - Differences in methods from those of Scrum Masters and Trainers; - Typical Coaching Journey outline within a Transforming organization; - How to ensure you are set up for Success as an Agile Coach; - What Tools to use and when? Your Basic Coaching Framework; - How to measure Agile Adoption progress; - What is Coaching Definition of Done, and why do you need one. And a lot of related things that are both personal experience-based and relying on facts you could cross-check with other sources of information. Dmitri Iarandine Wed, 07 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392155 thebookvoice.com 2:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Coaching : Where to Start? Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Agile Coaching remains a prominent career progression trend for many Agile practitioners, such as Scrum Masters and Agile Project Managers who feel like they outgrew the shoes of their Digital Delivery roles. This book is my attempt to summarize the learnings and observations from inside the Agile professional space, explaining in simple terms what an Agile Coach is really supposed to do, how they are different from Agile Delivery roles such as Scrum Master, and ultimately how to properly transition into a Coaching role - having basic knowledge, plan of attack and a simple Coaching Framework at your disposal. While the majority of the other books on Agile Coaching cover the role and this professional sphere as a 'Destination', I try and present it to you as a 'Journey' - that has its specifics, insider tricks, and might not be for everyone. My goal as an author of this book was to create that extra angle - a viewpoint helping you obtain a more all-rounded perspective on what being an Agile Coach is really going to be like, should you step into a typical scenario of helping some company with their Agile Transformation at a medium to large scale. YOU WILL LEARN: - What makes Agile Coaching different and unique; - Differences in methods from those of Scrum Masters and Trainers; - Typical Coaching Journey outline within a Transforming organization; - How to ensure you are set up for Success as an Agile Coach; - What Tools to use and when? Your Basic Coaching Framework; - How to measure Agile Adoption progress; - What is Coaching Definition of Done, and why do you need one. And a lot of related things that are both personal experience-based and relying on facts you could cross-check with other sources of information. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392155]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Agile Coaching : Where to Start? Author: Dmitri Iarandine Narrator: Dmitri Iarandine Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: August 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Agile Coaching remains a prominent career progression trend for many Agile practitioners, such as Scrum Masters and Agile Project Managers who feel like they outgrew the shoes of their Digital Delivery roles. This book is my attempt to summarize the learnings and observations from inside the Agile professional space, explaining in simple terms what an Agile Coach is really supposed to do, how they are different from Agile Delivery roles such as Scrum Master, and ultimately how to properly transition into a Coaching role - having basic knowledge, plan of attack and a simple Coaching Framework at your disposal. While the majority of the other books on Agile Coaching cover the role and this professional sphere as a 'Destination', I try and present it to you as a 'Journey' - that has its specifics, insider tricks, and might not be for everyone. My goal as an author of this book was to create that extra angle - a viewpoint helping you obtain a more all-rounded perspective on what being an Agile Coach is really going to be like, should you step into a typical scenario of helping some company with their Agile Transformation at a medium to large scale. YOU WILL LEARN: - What makes Agile Coaching different and unique; - Differences in methods from those of Scrum Masters and Trainers; - Typical Coaching Journey outline within a Transforming organization; - How to ensure you are set up for Success as an Agile Coach; - What Tools to use and when? Your Basic Coaching Framework; - How to measure Agile Adoption progress; - What is Coaching Definition of Done, and why do you need one. And a lot of related things that are both personal experience-based and relying on facts you could cross-check with other sources of information. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy Rules: Five Timeless Lessons from Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs Author: Michael A. Cusumano, David B. Yoffie Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The authors of the bestselling Competing on Internet Time (a Business Week top 10 book) analyze the strategies, principles, and skills of three of the most successful and influential figures in business—Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs—offering lessons for all managers and entrepreneurs on leadership, strategy and execution. In less than a decade, Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, and Andy Grove founded three companies that would define the world of technology and transform our lives. At their peaks, Microsoft, Apple, and Intel were collectively worth some $1.5 trillion. Strategy Rules examines these three individuals collectively for the first time—their successes and failures, commonalities and differences—revealing the business strategies and practices they pioneered while building their firms. David B. Yoffie and Michael A. Cusumano have studied these three leaders and their companies for more than thirty years, while teaching business strategy, innovation and entrepreneurship at Harvard and MIT. In this enlightening guide, they show how Gates, Grove, and Jobs approached strategy and execution in remarkably similar ways—yet markedly differently from their erstwhile competitors—keeping their focus on five strategic rules. Strategy Rules brings together the best practices in strategic management and high-tech entrepreneurship from three path-breaking entrepreneurs who emerged as CEOs of huge global companies. Their approaches to formulating strategy and building organizations offer unique insights for start-up executives as well as the heads of modern multinationals. Michael A. Cusumano, David B. Yoffie Tue, 05 May 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392078 thebookvoice.com 7:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy Rules: Five Timeless Lessons from Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs Author: Michael A. Cusumano, David B. Yoffie Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The authors of the bestselling Competing on Internet Time (a Business Week top 10 book) analyze the strategies, principles, and skills of three of the most successful and influential figures in business—Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs—offering lessons for all managers and entrepreneurs on leadership, strategy and execution. In less than a decade, Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, and Andy Grove founded three companies that would define the world of technology and transform our lives. At their peaks, Microsoft, Apple, and Intel were collectively worth some $1.5 trillion. Strategy Rules examines these three individuals collectively for the first time—their successes and failures, commonalities and differences—revealing the business strategies and practices they pioneered while building their firms. David B. Yoffie and Michael A. Cusumano have studied these three leaders and their companies for more than thirty years, while teaching business strategy, innovation and entrepreneurship at Harvard and MIT. In this enlightening guide, they show how Gates, Grove, and Jobs approached strategy and execution in remarkably similar ways—yet markedly differently from their erstwhile competitors—keeping their focus on five strategic rules. Strategy Rules brings together the best practices in strategic management and high-tech entrepreneurship from three path-breaking entrepreneurs who emerged as CEOs of huge global companies. Their approaches to formulating strategy and building organizations offer unique insights for start-up executives as well as the heads of modern multinationals. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/392078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Strategy Rules: Five Timeless Lessons from Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs Author: Michael A. Cusumano, David B. Yoffie Narrator: Tom Dheere Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 15 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The authors of the bestselling Competing on Internet Time (a Business Week top 10 book) analyze the strategies, principles, and skills of three of the most successful and influential figures in business—Bill Gates, Andy Grove, and Steve Jobs—offering lessons for all managers and entrepreneurs on leadership, strategy and execution. In less than a decade, Bill Gates, Steve Jobs, and Andy Grove founded three companies that would define the world of technology and transform our lives. At their peaks, Microsoft, Apple, and Intel were collectively worth some $1.5 trillion. Strategy Rules examines these three individuals collectively for the first time—their successes and failures, commonalities and differences—revealing the business strategies and practices they pioneered while building their firms. David B. Yoffie and Michael A. Cusumano have studied these three leaders and their companies for more than thirty years, while teaching business strategy, innovation and entrepreneurship at Harvard and MIT. In this enlightening guide, they show how Gates, Grove, and Jobs approached strategy and execution in remarkably similar ways—yet markedly differently from their erstwhile competitors—keeping their focus on five strategic rules. Strategy Rules brings together the best practices in strategic management and high-tech entrepreneurship from three path-breaking entrepreneurs who emerged as CEOs of huge global companies. Their approaches to formulating strategy and building organizations offer unique insights for start-up executives as well as the heads of modern multinationals. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391875 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Classics Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne changed the field of strategy and the language of business with their pathbreaking 'blue ocean strategy,' a model for creating uncontested markets that unlock new demand and new opportunities for growth. This book brings together three of their classic blue ocean strategy articles, all first published in Harvard Business Review. 'Blue Ocean Strategy' highlights the distinct differences between market-competing (red ocean) and market-creating (blue ocean) strategy and what it takes to create the new markets of tomorrow. In 'Red Ocean Traps,' Kim and Mauborgne reveal the faulty assumptions that keep managers tethered to existing overcrowded markets (red oceans). 'Blue Ocean Leadership' applies the concepts and analytic frameworks of blue ocean strategy to an innovative leadership approach that releases employees' untapped talent and energy while conserving their most precious resource—time. This collection is the ideal start, or refresher, for creating more blue oceans. Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391875 thebookvoice.com 1:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Classics Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne changed the field of strategy and the language of business with their pathbreaking 'blue ocean strategy,' a model for creating uncontested markets that unlock new demand and new opportunities for growth. This book brings together three of their classic blue ocean strategy articles, all first published in Harvard Business Review. 'Blue Ocean Strategy' highlights the distinct differences between market-competing (red ocean) and market-creating (blue ocean) strategy and what it takes to create the new markets of tomorrow. In 'Red Ocean Traps,' Kim and Mauborgne reveal the faulty assumptions that keep managers tethered to existing overcrowded markets (red oceans). 'Blue Ocean Leadership' applies the concepts and analytic frameworks of blue ocean strategy to an innovative leadership approach that releases employees' untapped talent and energy while conserving their most precious resource—time. This collection is the ideal start, or refresher, for creating more blue oceans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391875]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blue Ocean Classics Author: Renée Mauborgne, W. Chan Kim Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 52 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: W. Chan Kim and Renee Mauborgne changed the field of strategy and the language of business with their pathbreaking 'blue ocean strategy,' a model for creating uncontested markets that unlock new demand and new opportunities for growth. This book brings together three of their classic blue ocean strategy articles, all first published in Harvard Business Review. 'Blue Ocean Strategy' highlights the distinct differences between market-competing (red ocean) and market-creating (blue ocean) strategy and what it takes to create the new markets of tomorrow. In 'Red Ocean Traps,' Kim and Mauborgne reveal the faulty assumptions that keep managers tethered to existing overcrowded markets (red oceans). 'Blue Ocean Leadership' applies the concepts and analytic frameworks of blue ocean strategy to an innovative leadership approach that releases employees' untapped talent and energy while conserving their most precious resource—time. This collection is the ideal start, or refresher, for creating more blue oceans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Polymath: Unlocking the Power of Human Versatility Author: Waqas Ahmed Narrator: Waqas Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every human is born with multifarious potential. Why, then, do parents, schools and employers insist that we restrict our many talents and interests; that we 'specialize' in just one? We've been sold a myth, that to 'specialize' is the only way to pursue truth, identity, or even a livelihood. Yet specialization is nothing but an outdated system that fosters ignorance, exploitation, and disillusionment and thwarts creativity, opportunity, and progress. Following a series of exchanges with the world's greatest historians, futurists, philosophers, and scientists, Waqas Ahmed has weaved together a narrative of history and a vision for the future that seeks to disrupt this prevailing system of unwarranted 'hyper-specialization.' In The Polymath, Waqas shows us that there is another way of thinking and being. Through an approach that is both philosophical and practical, he sets out a cognitive journey towards reclaiming your innate polymathic state. Going further, he proposes nothing less than a cultural revolution in our education and professional structures, whereby everyone is encouraged to express themselves in multiple ways and fulfill their many-sided potential. Waqas Ahmed Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391872 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Polymath: Unlocking the Power of Human Versatility Author: Waqas Ahmed Narrator: Waqas Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every human is born with multifarious potential. Why, then, do parents, schools and employers insist that we restrict our many talents and interests; that we 'specialize' in just one? We've been sold a myth, that to 'specialize' is the only way to pursue truth, identity, or even a livelihood. Yet specialization is nothing but an outdated system that fosters ignorance, exploitation, and disillusionment and thwarts creativity, opportunity, and progress. Following a series of exchanges with the world's greatest historians, futurists, philosophers, and scientists, Waqas Ahmed has weaved together a narrative of history and a vision for the future that seeks to disrupt this prevailing system of unwarranted 'hyper-specialization.' In The Polymath, Waqas shows us that there is another way of thinking and being. Through an approach that is both philosophical and practical, he sets out a cognitive journey towards reclaiming your innate polymathic state. Going further, he proposes nothing less than a cultural revolution in our education and professional structures, whereby everyone is encouraged to express themselves in multiple ways and fulfill their many-sided potential. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Polymath: Unlocking the Power of Human Versatility Author: Waqas Ahmed Narrator: Waqas Ahmed Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every human is born with multifarious potential. Why, then, do parents, schools and employers insist that we restrict our many talents and interests; that we 'specialize' in just one? We've been sold a myth, that to 'specialize' is the only way to pursue truth, identity, or even a livelihood. Yet specialization is nothing but an outdated system that fosters ignorance, exploitation, and disillusionment and thwarts creativity, opportunity, and progress. Following a series of exchanges with the world's greatest historians, futurists, philosophers, and scientists, Waqas Ahmed has weaved together a narrative of history and a vision for the future that seeks to disrupt this prevailing system of unwarranted 'hyper-specialization.' In The Polymath, Waqas shows us that there is another way of thinking and being. Through an approach that is both philosophical and practical, he sets out a cognitive journey towards reclaiming your innate polymathic state. Going further, he proposes nothing less than a cultural revolution in our education and professional structures, whereby everyone is encouraged to express themselves in multiple ways and fulfill their many-sided potential. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391871 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurship the Disney Way Author: Michael G. Goldsby, Rob Mathews Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book focuses on the business story of Walt Disney and the company he built. Combining a unique blend of entrepreneurship, creativity, innovation, and a relentless drive to bring out the best in his teams, Walt Disney created one of the most successful ventures in business history. Outlining the specific processes of the company, Goldsby and Mathews provide the listener with the tools they need to embrace their own entrepreneurial leadership style, to lead effectively, to be more innovative, and to build a successful organization. Through the lens of Disney, the listener learns the fundamentals of entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership. Beginning with a general introduction to the concepts relevant to the entrepreneurial organization today, the book examines how Disney built his empire and how the company remains an industry leader. The book also provides the opportunity to take the Entrepreneurial Leadership Instrument, which measures one's style in leading entrepreneurial ventures. Entrepreneurship the Disney Way brings entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership to life through the compelling story of one of the most recognizable businessmen and companies of our time. Michael G. Goldsby, Rob Mathews Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391871 thebookvoice.com 14:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurship the Disney Way Author: Michael G. Goldsby, Rob Mathews Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book focuses on the business story of Walt Disney and the company he built. Combining a unique blend of entrepreneurship, creativity, innovation, and a relentless drive to bring out the best in his teams, Walt Disney created one of the most successful ventures in business history. Outlining the specific processes of the company, Goldsby and Mathews provide the listener with the tools they need to embrace their own entrepreneurial leadership style, to lead effectively, to be more innovative, and to build a successful organization. Through the lens of Disney, the listener learns the fundamentals of entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership. Beginning with a general introduction to the concepts relevant to the entrepreneurial organization today, the book examines how Disney built his empire and how the company remains an industry leader. The book also provides the opportunity to take the Entrepreneurial Leadership Instrument, which measures one's style in leading entrepreneurial ventures. Entrepreneurship the Disney Way brings entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership to life through the compelling story of one of the most recognizable businessmen and companies of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391871]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurship the Disney Way Author: Michael G. Goldsby, Rob Mathews Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 7 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This book focuses on the business story of Walt Disney and the company he built. Combining a unique blend of entrepreneurship, creativity, innovation, and a relentless drive to bring out the best in his teams, Walt Disney created one of the most successful ventures in business history. Outlining the specific processes of the company, Goldsby and Mathews provide the listener with the tools they need to embrace their own entrepreneurial leadership style, to lead effectively, to be more innovative, and to build a successful organization. Through the lens of Disney, the listener learns the fundamentals of entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership. Beginning with a general introduction to the concepts relevant to the entrepreneurial organization today, the book examines how Disney built his empire and how the company remains an industry leader. The book also provides the opportunity to take the Entrepreneurial Leadership Instrument, which measures one's style in leading entrepreneurial ventures. Entrepreneurship the Disney Way brings entrepreneurship, innovation, and leadership to life through the compelling story of one of the most recognizable businessmen and companies of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391868 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business: The Complete Guide to Starting and Scaling From Scratch Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media, Laura Pennington Briggs Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Breaking into freelance writing has gotten much easier for word-savvy entrepreneurs like you. But even in the golden age of content creation, you still need to know what it takes to launch and consistently pitch your services so you can grow and scale your freelance writing side hustle into a full-fledged career you really love. Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business is an easy-to-understand, introductory, and nontechnical approach to the world of freelance writing. This book teaches you how to leverage the fast-changing pace of technology to grow a business that gives you the freedom and flexibility you want. You'll learn how to assess your freelancing skillset; determine the best way to position your business to clients; research the most profitable freelance writing opportunities; create a series of pitches that convert to profitable client relationships; use freelance job sites to build a strong client base; master the art of time management so you don't miss a single deadline; and market your business in multiple channels to grow and scale your business. You'll also get an inside look at a freelance writing business and related tips and strategies from a multi-six figure online freelance writer. So what are you waiting for? The time is 'write' to start today! The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media, Laura Pennington Briggs Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391868 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business: The Complete Guide to Starting and Scaling From Scratch Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media, Laura Pennington Briggs Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Breaking into freelance writing has gotten much easier for word-savvy entrepreneurs like you. But even in the golden age of content creation, you still need to know what it takes to launch and consistently pitch your services so you can grow and scale your freelance writing side hustle into a full-fledged career you really love. Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business is an easy-to-understand, introductory, and nontechnical approach to the world of freelance writing. This book teaches you how to leverage the fast-changing pace of technology to grow a business that gives you the freedom and flexibility you want. You'll learn how to assess your freelancing skillset; determine the best way to position your business to clients; research the most profitable freelance writing opportunities; create a series of pitches that convert to profitable client relationships; use freelance job sites to build a strong client base; master the art of time management so you don't miss a single deadline; and market your business in multiple channels to grow and scale your business. You'll also get an inside look at a freelance writing business and related tips and strategies from a multi-six figure online freelance writer. So what are you waiting for? The time is 'write' to start today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391868]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business: The Complete Guide to Starting and Scaling From Scratch Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media, Laura Pennington Briggs Narrator: Tina Wolstencroft Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Breaking into freelance writing has gotten much easier for word-savvy entrepreneurs like you. But even in the golden age of content creation, you still need to know what it takes to launch and consistently pitch your services so you can grow and scale your freelance writing side hustle into a full-fledged career you really love. Start Your Own Freelance Writing Business is an easy-to-understand, introductory, and nontechnical approach to the world of freelance writing. This book teaches you how to leverage the fast-changing pace of technology to grow a business that gives you the freedom and flexibility you want. You'll learn how to assess your freelancing skillset; determine the best way to position your business to clients; research the most profitable freelance writing opportunities; create a series of pitches that convert to profitable client relationships; use freelance job sites to build a strong client base; master the art of time management so you don't miss a single deadline; and market your business in multiple channels to grow and scale your business. You'll also get an inside look at a freelance writing business and related tips and strategies from a multi-six figure online freelance writer. So what are you waiting for? The time is 'write' to start today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391728 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real-Time Revolution: Transforming Your Organization to Value Customer Time Author: Jerry Power, Thomas Ferratt Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Time has become a precious commodity, so business leaders who can save their customers' time more effectively than competitors do will win their loyalty. This book shows how it's done. Traditionally, corporate efforts to improve have focused on making internal processes run faster. But customers value their personal time far more than a company's time. Real-time companies beat the competition by being faster and more responsive in meeting customer needs.  For example, one company profiled in this book allows customers to customize their products online to the exact shape, size, color, and graphic label they wish. Through lean manufacturing, just-in-time inventory, and digital technologies, customers receive their finished products in days.  The book describes how to apply this real-time message across all areas of products and services: (1) development, (2) functioning (how the product or service actually works), (3) production and delivery, and (4) usage (servicing, maintaining, repairing, and enhancing products and services). Numerous examples describe how companies and organizations of all types and sizes are transforming their products and services to real time in many different ways. Jerry Power, Thomas Ferratt Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391728 thebookvoice.com 6:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real-Time Revolution: Transforming Your Organization to Value Customer Time Author: Jerry Power, Thomas Ferratt Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Time has become a precious commodity, so business leaders who can save their customers' time more effectively than competitors do will win their loyalty. This book shows how it's done. Traditionally, corporate efforts to improve have focused on making internal processes run faster. But customers value their personal time far more than a company's time. Real-time companies beat the competition by being faster and more responsive in meeting customer needs.  For example, one company profiled in this book allows customers to customize their products online to the exact shape, size, color, and graphic label they wish. Through lean manufacturing, just-in-time inventory, and digital technologies, customers receive their finished products in days.  The book describes how to apply this real-time message across all areas of products and services: (1) development, (2) functioning (how the product or service actually works), (3) production and delivery, and (4) usage (servicing, maintaining, repairing, and enhancing products and services). Numerous examples describe how companies and organizations of all types and sizes are transforming their products and services to real time in many different ways. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Real-Time Revolution: Transforming Your Organization to Value Customer Time Author: Jerry Power, Thomas Ferratt Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 26 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Time has become a precious commodity, so business leaders who can save their customers' time more effectively than competitors do will win their loyalty. This book shows how it's done. Traditionally, corporate efforts to improve have focused on making internal processes run faster. But customers value their personal time far more than a company's time. Real-time companies beat the competition by being faster and more responsive in meeting customer needs.  For example, one company profiled in this book allows customers to customize their products online to the exact shape, size, color, and graphic label they wish. Through lean manufacturing, just-in-time inventory, and digital technologies, customers receive their finished products in days.  The book describes how to apply this real-time message across all areas of products and services: (1) development, (2) functioning (how the product or service actually works), (3) production and delivery, and (4) usage (servicing, maintaining, repairing, and enhancing products and services). Numerous examples describe how companies and organizations of all types and sizes are transforming their products and services to real time in many different ways. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer-Driven Disruption: Five Strategies to Stay Ahead of the Curve Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses worry about new technologies, but customers are the ultimate disruptors-Suman Sarkar offers bold strategies for making sure you understand your customers and keep up with their ever-changing needs. Disruption-the brutal roiling of markets, the decline of long-established brands and products, and the rise of new upstarts-drives business failure and success. Most people think technology causes disruption, but technology merely enables it-changing customer needs cause disruptions and too many businesses get caught unaware. The irony is your customers are constantly telling you what they want-you just have to know how to listen. This book offers five proven strategies that will enable any business to stay radically close to its customers and give them what they want: (1) win with current customers before chasing after new ones; (2) personalization is not a luxury; (3) customers won't wait; (4) good enough is no longer good enough; and, in the spirit of disruption, (5) go beyond strategies one through four. Suman Sarkar Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391726 thebookvoice.com 5:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer-Driven Disruption: Five Strategies to Stay Ahead of the Curve Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses worry about new technologies, but customers are the ultimate disruptors-Suman Sarkar offers bold strategies for making sure you understand your customers and keep up with their ever-changing needs. Disruption-the brutal roiling of markets, the decline of long-established brands and products, and the rise of new upstarts-drives business failure and success. Most people think technology causes disruption, but technology merely enables it-changing customer needs cause disruptions and too many businesses get caught unaware. The irony is your customers are constantly telling you what they want-you just have to know how to listen. This book offers five proven strategies that will enable any business to stay radically close to its customers and give them what they want: (1) win with current customers before chasing after new ones; (2) personalization is not a luxury; (3) customers won't wait; (4) good enough is no longer good enough; and, in the spirit of disruption, (5) go beyond strategies one through four. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer-Driven Disruption: Five Strategies to Stay Ahead of the Curve Author: Suman Sarkar Narrator: Tristan Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 27 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Businesses worry about new technologies, but customers are the ultimate disruptors-Suman Sarkar offers bold strategies for making sure you understand your customers and keep up with their ever-changing needs. Disruption-the brutal roiling of markets, the decline of long-established brands and products, and the rise of new upstarts-drives business failure and success. Most people think technology causes disruption, but technology merely enables it-changing customer needs cause disruptions and too many businesses get caught unaware. The irony is your customers are constantly telling you what they want-you just have to know how to listen. This book offers five proven strategies that will enable any business to stay radically close to its customers and give them what they want: (1) win with current customers before chasing after new ones; (2) personalization is not a luxury; (3) customers won't wait; (4) good enough is no longer good enough; and, in the spirit of disruption, (5) go beyond strategies one through four. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391673 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Buen jefe, mal jefe: Cómo ser el mejor y aprender de los peores Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Es usted un buen jefe? Si sus empleados pudieran escoger, ¿seguirían trabajando con usted? Y sobre todo, ¿tiene idea de cómo se siente su equipo? Robert I. Sutton plantea lo que todo jefe debería aprender de los mejores y de los peores. Escucha ahora el audiolibro. El coste empresarial de los jefes ineptos y agresivos es enorme: sus equipos trabajan de manera más torpe, cometen más errores e incluso sufren más problemas cardíacos. A partir de numerosos casos y ejemplos de las más variadas empresas, Sutton muestra cómo los mejores jefes crean un entorno de trabajo eficaz y humano. Escucha ya Buen jefe, mal jefe, una herramienta única para todos aquellos que han asumido la responsabilidad de dirigir a otras personas, y una tabla de salvación para quienes tienen la desgracia de soportar a un jefe que no está a la altura. Reseñas: «Buen jefe, mal jefe se ha convertido en mi libro de negocios de referencia. Ofrece numerosos principios y propuestas, refrendados por casos reales; todo jefe debería leerlo y asimilarlo.» John Lilly, CEO de Mozilla Corporation «Somos muy afortunados de contar con Bob Sutton. Cada una de sus afirmaciones está apoyada sobre sólidas investigaciones. Solo su esquema titulado 'Jefes inteligentes frente a jefes sabios' justifica cien veces el precio del libro. Buen jefe, mal jefe es altamente recomendable.» Tom Peters, autor de En busca de la excelencia «Buen jefe, mal jefe contiene material de reflexión para directivos de empresas y líderes de organizaciones, tanto grandes como pequeñas. Es un libro con numerosas ideas, propuestas prácticas y cuestiones útiles para todos los jefes.» Reuters Robert I. Sutton Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391673 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Buen jefe, mal jefe: Cómo ser el mejor y aprender de los peores Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Es usted un buen jefe? Si sus empleados pudieran escoger, ¿seguirían trabajando con usted? Y sobre todo, ¿tiene idea de cómo se siente su equipo? Robert I. Sutton plantea lo que todo jefe debería aprender de los mejores y de los peores. Escucha ahora el audiolibro. El coste empresarial de los jefes ineptos y agresivos es enorme: sus equipos trabajan de manera más torpe, cometen más errores e incluso sufren más problemas cardíacos. A partir de numerosos casos y ejemplos de las más variadas empresas, Sutton muestra cómo los mejores jefes crean un entorno de trabajo eficaz y humano. Escucha ya Buen jefe, mal jefe, una herramienta única para todos aquellos que han asumido la responsabilidad de dirigir a otras personas, y una tabla de salvación para quienes tienen la desgracia de soportar a un jefe que no está a la altura. Reseñas: «Buen jefe, mal jefe se ha convertido en mi libro de negocios de referencia. Ofrece numerosos principios y propuestas, refrendados por casos reales; todo jefe debería leerlo y asimilarlo.» John Lilly, CEO de Mozilla Corporation «Somos muy afortunados de contar con Bob Sutton. Cada una de sus afirmaciones está apoyada sobre sólidas investigaciones. Solo su esquema titulado 'Jefes inteligentes frente a jefes sabios' justifica cien veces el precio del libro. Buen jefe, mal jefe es altamente recomendable.» Tom Peters, autor de En busca de la excelencia «Buen jefe, mal jefe contiene material de reflexión para directivos de empresas y líderes de organizaciones, tanto grandes como pequeñas. Es un libro con numerosas ideas, propuestas prácticas y cuestiones útiles para todos los jefes.» Reuters Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391673]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Buen jefe, mal jefe: Cómo ser el mejor y aprender de los peores Author: Robert I. Sutton Narrator: Sebastián Rosas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Es usted un buen jefe? Si sus empleados pudieran escoger, ¿seguirían trabajando con usted? Y sobre todo, ¿tiene idea de cómo se siente su equipo? Robert I. Sutton plantea lo que todo jefe debería aprender de los mejores y de los peores. Escucha ahora el audiolibro. El coste empresarial de los jefes ineptos y agresivos es enorme: sus equipos trabajan de manera más torpe, cometen más errores e incluso sufren más problemas cardíacos. A partir de numerosos casos y ejemplos de las más variadas empresas, Sutton muestra cómo los mejores jefes crean un entorno de trabajo eficaz y humano. Escucha ya Buen jefe, mal jefe, una herramienta única para todos aquellos que han asumido la responsabilidad de dirigir a otras personas, y una tabla de salvación para quienes tienen la desgracia de soportar a un jefe que no está a la altura. Reseñas: «Buen jefe, mal jefe se ha convertido en mi libro de negocios de referencia. Ofrece numerosos principios y propuestas, refrendados por casos reales; todo jefe debería leerlo y asimilarlo.» John Lilly, CEO de Mozilla Corporation «Somos muy afortunados de contar con Bob Sutton. Cada una de sus afirmaciones está apoyada sobre sólidas investigaciones. Solo su esquema titulado 'Jefes inteligentes frente a jefes sabios' justifica cien veces el precio del libro. Buen jefe, mal jefe es altamente recomendable.» Tom Peters, autor de En busca de la excelencia «Buen jefe, mal jefe contiene material de reflexión para directivos de empresas y líderes de organizaciones, tanto grandes como pequeñas. Es un libro con numerosas ideas, propuestas prácticas y cuestiones útiles para todos los jefes.» Reuters https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Professional Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on what it takes to be a true professional in the modern world. By common definition, a professional is anyone who possesses the skills and knowledge necessary for a career-whether as a surgeon, a software engineer, or a plumber. But according to Subroto Bagchi, our increasingly global marketplace demands more. In a world where the foolish, selfish, and unethical decisions of a few have affected the lives of millions, The Professional urges readers to act responsibly and reexamine 'business as usual'. By exploring a variety of professional dilemmas across many industries, Bagchi defines the qualities of true professionals and the attributes that separate them from the merely competent. These include: *Suffer no false attractions: It's always tempting to take the path of least resistance, but true professionals can separate the genuine from the phony. *Know when to say no: True professionals are not afraid to say no to things that are not worth their time, their energy, or their creativity. *Take the long view: True professionals understand that every action, decision, and relationship, no matter how small, can have a lasting impact. Subroto Bagchi Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391617 thebookvoice.com 5:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Professional Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on what it takes to be a true professional in the modern world. By common definition, a professional is anyone who possesses the skills and knowledge necessary for a career-whether as a surgeon, a software engineer, or a plumber. But according to Subroto Bagchi, our increasingly global marketplace demands more. In a world where the foolish, selfish, and unethical decisions of a few have affected the lives of millions, The Professional urges readers to act responsibly and reexamine 'business as usual'. By exploring a variety of professional dilemmas across many industries, Bagchi defines the qualities of true professionals and the attributes that separate them from the merely competent. These include: *Suffer no false attractions: It's always tempting to take the path of least resistance, but true professionals can separate the genuine from the phony. *Know when to say no: True professionals are not afraid to say no to things that are not worth their time, their energy, or their creativity. *Take the long view: True professionals understand that every action, decision, and relationship, no matter how small, can have a lasting impact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Professional Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: Derek Denzil Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 1 minute Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A manifesto on what it takes to be a true professional in the modern world. By common definition, a professional is anyone who possesses the skills and knowledge necessary for a career-whether as a surgeon, a software engineer, or a plumber. But according to Subroto Bagchi, our increasingly global marketplace demands more. In a world where the foolish, selfish, and unethical decisions of a few have affected the lives of millions, The Professional urges readers to act responsibly and reexamine 'business as usual'. By exploring a variety of professional dilemmas across many industries, Bagchi defines the qualities of true professionals and the attributes that separate them from the merely competent. These include: *Suffer no false attractions: It's always tempting to take the path of least resistance, but true professionals can separate the genuine from the phony. *Know when to say no: True professionals are not afraid to say no to things that are not worth their time, their energy, or their creativity. *Take the long view: True professionals understand that every action, decision, and relationship, no matter how small, can have a lasting impact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391605 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Performance Entrepreneur Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: D Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The High Performance Entrepreneur, Subroto Bagchi draws from his own experiences to offer guidance from the idea stage to the initial public offering level. This includes deciding when one is ready to launch an enterprise, selecting a team, defining the values and objectives of the company, writing the business plan, choosing the right investors, managing adversity and building the brand. Additionally, in an especially illuminating chapter, Bagchi recounts the systems and values which have brought Indian IT companies on a par with the best in the world. High-performance entrepreneurs create great wealth, for themselves as well as for others. They provide jobs, which are crucial for an expanding workforce, and drive innovation. More than a guide, this book will tap the entrepreneurial energy within you. Subroto Bagchi Tue, 24 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391605 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Performance Entrepreneur Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: D Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The High Performance Entrepreneur, Subroto Bagchi draws from his own experiences to offer guidance from the idea stage to the initial public offering level. This includes deciding when one is ready to launch an enterprise, selecting a team, defining the values and objectives of the company, writing the business plan, choosing the right investors, managing adversity and building the brand. Additionally, in an especially illuminating chapter, Bagchi recounts the systems and values which have brought Indian IT companies on a par with the best in the world. High-performance entrepreneurs create great wealth, for themselves as well as for others. They provide jobs, which are crucial for an expanding workforce, and drive innovation. More than a guide, this book will tap the entrepreneurial energy within you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391605]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The High Performance Entrepreneur Author: Subroto Bagchi Narrator: D Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: September 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In The High Performance Entrepreneur, Subroto Bagchi draws from his own experiences to offer guidance from the idea stage to the initial public offering level. This includes deciding when one is ready to launch an enterprise, selecting a team, defining the values and objectives of the company, writing the business plan, choosing the right investors, managing adversity and building the brand. Additionally, in an especially illuminating chapter, Bagchi recounts the systems and values which have brought Indian IT companies on a par with the best in the world. High-performance entrepreneurs create great wealth, for themselves as well as for others. They provide jobs, which are crucial for an expanding workforce, and drive innovation. More than a guide, this book will tap the entrepreneurial energy within you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Timely and important . . . It should be our North Star for the recovery and beyond.” —Hillary Clinton “Sperling makes a forceful case that only by speaking to matters of the spirit can liberals root their belief in economic justice in people’s deepest aspirations—in their sense of purpose and self-worth.” —The New York Times   When Gene Sperling was in charge of coordinating economic policy in the Obama White House, he found himself surprised when serious people in Washington told him that the Obama focus on health care was a distraction because it was “not focused on the economy.” How, he asked, was the fear felt by millions of Americans of being one serious illness away from financial ruin not considered an economic issue? Too often, Sperling found that we measured economic success by metrics like GDP instead of whether the economy was succeeding in lifting up the sense of meaning, purpose, fulfillment, and security of people.  In Economic Dignity, Sperling frames the way forward in a time of wrenching change and offers a vision of an economy whose guiding light is the promotion of dignity for all Americans. Gene Sperling Tue, 05 May 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596 thebookvoice.com 12:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Timely and important . . . It should be our North Star for the recovery and beyond.” —Hillary Clinton “Sperling makes a forceful case that only by speaking to matters of the spirit can liberals root their belief in economic justice in people’s deepest aspirations—in their sense of purpose and self-worth.” —The New York Times   When Gene Sperling was in charge of coordinating economic policy in the Obama White House, he found himself surprised when serious people in Washington told him that the Obama focus on health care was a distraction because it was “not focused on the economy.” How, he asked, was the fear felt by millions of Americans of being one serious illness away from financial ruin not considered an economic issue? Too often, Sperling found that we measured economic success by metrics like GDP instead of whether the economy was succeeding in lifting up the sense of meaning, purpose, fulfillment, and security of people.  In Economic Dignity, Sperling frames the way forward in a time of wrenching change and offers a vision of an economy whose guiding light is the promotion of dignity for all Americans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391596]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Economic Dignity Author: Gene Sperling Narrator: Holter Graham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 49 minutes Release date: May 5, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “Timely and important . . . It should be our North Star for the recovery and beyond.” —Hillary Clinton “Sperling makes a forceful case that only by speaking to matters of the spirit can liberals root their belief in economic justice in people’s deepest aspirations—in their sense of purpose and self-worth.” —The New York Times   When Gene Sperling was in charge of coordinating economic policy in the Obama White House, he found himself surprised when serious people in Washington told him that the Obama focus on health care was a distraction because it was “not focused on the economy.” How, he asked, was the fear felt by millions of Americans of being one serious illness away from financial ruin not considered an economic issue? Too often, Sperling found that we measured economic success by metrics like GDP instead of whether the economy was succeeding in lifting up the sense of meaning, purpose, fulfillment, and security of people.  In Economic Dignity, Sperling frames the way forward in a time of wrenching change and offers a vision of an economy whose guiding light is the promotion of dignity for all Americans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391415 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectives and Key Results: Driving Focus, Alignment, and Engagement with OKRs Author: Paul R. Niven, Ben Lamorte Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Objectives and Key Results is the first full-fledged reference guide on Objectives and Key Results, a critical thinking framework designed to help organizations create value through focus, alignment, and better communication. Written by two leading OKRs consultants and researchers, this book provides a one-stop resource for organizations looking to quantify qualitative goals. You'll learn how OKRs came to be and how leading companies use them every day to help teams and employees stretch their thinking about what’s possible, build their goal-setting muscles, and achieve results that reflect their full potential. OKRs help employees work together, focus effort, and drive the organization forward. Key results are used to define what it means to achieve broad, qualitative goals, and imperatives like “do it better” are transformed into clear, measureable markers. From the framework’s inception in the 1980s to its popularity in today’s hyper-competitive environment, OKRs make work more engaging and feature frequent feedback cycles that enable workers to see the progress they make at work each and every day. This book shows you everything you need to know to implement OKRs effectively. Paul R. Niven, Ben Lamorte Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391415 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectives and Key Results: Driving Focus, Alignment, and Engagement with OKRs Author: Paul R. Niven, Ben Lamorte Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Objectives and Key Results is the first full-fledged reference guide on Objectives and Key Results, a critical thinking framework designed to help organizations create value through focus, alignment, and better communication. Written by two leading OKRs consultants and researchers, this book provides a one-stop resource for organizations looking to quantify qualitative goals. You'll learn how OKRs came to be and how leading companies use them every day to help teams and employees stretch their thinking about what’s possible, build their goal-setting muscles, and achieve results that reflect their full potential. OKRs help employees work together, focus effort, and drive the organization forward. Key results are used to define what it means to achieve broad, qualitative goals, and imperatives like “do it better” are transformed into clear, measureable markers. From the framework’s inception in the 1980s to its popularity in today’s hyper-competitive environment, OKRs make work more engaging and feature frequent feedback cycles that enable workers to see the progress they make at work each and every day. This book shows you everything you need to know to implement OKRs effectively. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391415]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Objectives and Key Results: Driving Focus, Alignment, and Engagement with OKRs Author: Paul R. Niven, Ben Lamorte Narrator: Bj Harrison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Objectives and Key Results is the first full-fledged reference guide on Objectives and Key Results, a critical thinking framework designed to help organizations create value through focus, alignment, and better communication. Written by two leading OKRs consultants and researchers, this book provides a one-stop resource for organizations looking to quantify qualitative goals. You'll learn how OKRs came to be and how leading companies use them every day to help teams and employees stretch their thinking about what’s possible, build their goal-setting muscles, and achieve results that reflect their full potential. OKRs help employees work together, focus effort, and drive the organization forward. Key results are used to define what it means to achieve broad, qualitative goals, and imperatives like “do it better” are transformed into clear, measureable markers. From the framework’s inception in the 1980s to its popularity in today’s hyper-competitive environment, OKRs make work more engaging and feature frequent feedback cycles that enable workers to see the progress they make at work each and every day. This book shows you everything you need to know to implement OKRs effectively. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Ones: Ten Crucial Qualities of High-Character Employees Author: Bruce Weinstein PhD Narrator: Bruce Weinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Employers look for two things when hiring or promoting people: knowledge and skill. They rarely, if ever, consider character. Yet character is the key to extraordinary business success. The Good Ones presents ten crucial qualities of high-character employees, qualities that enhance employee satisfaction, client relationships, and the bottom line. You'll hear stories from managers and employees across the U.S. and beyond who reveal how honesty, courage, loyalty, and patience have helped their organizations maintain an edge over the competition. Each chapter is devoted to a single quality of character and ends with questions employers can use to hire and promote the Good Ones—people who are consistently honest, accountable, fair, and grateful. Whether you're looking to bring new people into your organization or seeking a job or promotion yourself, The Good Ones will help you appreciate in practical terms why character is the missing link to excellence. Bruce Weinstein PhD Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391408 thebookvoice.com 7:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Ones: Ten Crucial Qualities of High-Character Employees Author: Bruce Weinstein PhD Narrator: Bruce Weinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Employers look for two things when hiring or promoting people: knowledge and skill. They rarely, if ever, consider character. Yet character is the key to extraordinary business success. The Good Ones presents ten crucial qualities of high-character employees, qualities that enhance employee satisfaction, client relationships, and the bottom line. You'll hear stories from managers and employees across the U.S. and beyond who reveal how honesty, courage, loyalty, and patience have helped their organizations maintain an edge over the competition. Each chapter is devoted to a single quality of character and ends with questions employers can use to hire and promote the Good Ones—people who are consistently honest, accountable, fair, and grateful. Whether you're looking to bring new people into your organization or seeking a job or promotion yourself, The Good Ones will help you appreciate in practical terms why character is the missing link to excellence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Good Ones: Ten Crucial Qualities of High-Character Employees Author: Bruce Weinstein PhD Narrator: Bruce Weinstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 19 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Employers look for two things when hiring or promoting people: knowledge and skill. They rarely, if ever, consider character. Yet character is the key to extraordinary business success. The Good Ones presents ten crucial qualities of high-character employees, qualities that enhance employee satisfaction, client relationships, and the bottom line. You'll hear stories from managers and employees across the U.S. and beyond who reveal how honesty, courage, loyalty, and patience have helped their organizations maintain an edge over the competition. Each chapter is devoted to a single quality of character and ends with questions employers can use to hire and promote the Good Ones—people who are consistently honest, accountable, fair, and grateful. Whether you're looking to bring new people into your organization or seeking a job or promotion yourself, The Good Ones will help you appreciate in practical terms why character is the missing link to excellence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391330 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shopify: Learn To Make Money Online and Earn Passive Income with a Dropshipping E-Commerce Business Author: C. C. Rifle-Blackder Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Climb the mountains and get their good tidings. ~John Muir Shopify is an online e-commerce service that allows users to create and run online stores to sell physical products. It offers online retailers a suite of services 'including payments, marketing, shipping, and customer engagement tools to simplify the process of running an online store for small merchants. Shopify is a very effective means to earn a passive income. Drop shipping is one of the key investments that pays the most lucrative income. This audiobook explains all that be accomplished with Shopify and provides in-depth details of a person can get started with their own e-commerce service. The use of the interest is a goldmine of wealth and opportunity. There is many ways to generate passive income with little involvement from the investor. This audiobook provides a solid foundation to educate the reader in developing a strong foundation which to build their business. C. C. Rifle-Blackder Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391330 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shopify: Learn To Make Money Online and Earn Passive Income with a Dropshipping E-Commerce Business Author: C. C. Rifle-Blackder Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Climb the mountains and get their good tidings. ~John Muir Shopify is an online e-commerce service that allows users to create and run online stores to sell physical products. It offers online retailers a suite of services 'including payments, marketing, shipping, and customer engagement tools to simplify the process of running an online store for small merchants. Shopify is a very effective means to earn a passive income. Drop shipping is one of the key investments that pays the most lucrative income. This audiobook explains all that be accomplished with Shopify and provides in-depth details of a person can get started with their own e-commerce service. The use of the interest is a goldmine of wealth and opportunity. There is many ways to generate passive income with little involvement from the investor. This audiobook provides a solid foundation to educate the reader in developing a strong foundation which to build their business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391330]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shopify: Learn To Make Money Online and Earn Passive Income with a Dropshipping E-Commerce Business Author: C. C. Rifle-Blackder Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Climb the mountains and get their good tidings. ~John Muir Shopify is an online e-commerce service that allows users to create and run online stores to sell physical products. It offers online retailers a suite of services 'including payments, marketing, shipping, and customer engagement tools to simplify the process of running an online store for small merchants. Shopify is a very effective means to earn a passive income. Drop shipping is one of the key investments that pays the most lucrative income. This audiobook explains all that be accomplished with Shopify and provides in-depth details of a person can get started with their own e-commerce service. The use of the interest is a goldmine of wealth and opportunity. There is many ways to generate passive income with little involvement from the investor. This audiobook provides a solid foundation to educate the reader in developing a strong foundation which to build their business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391325 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribes: The Ultimate Guide To Create a Following For Your Business Using Social Media Author: Seth C. Clow And Thorben Porche Godin Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Social media marketing is about identifying the essence of engagement." ~Edgerank Checker Tribes on social media are not connected by blood relationships but the internet itself allows users from all over the world to create groups or "families." Families that can have members from all over the world whom they share common values, shared interest, goals, and interests. For any business to become successful, it is critical they learn how powerful the use of Tribes on social media will boost their popularity and sales. This audiobook will offer guidance and show how to set up a Tribe. It will allow you to use the internet to promote your business where traditional print media fail. Tribes are a relatively new feature of social media culture. They have grown to an outstanding success for those that invest in the time to use them. Why not use the internet to make connects worldwide? Seth C. Clow And Thorben Porche Godin Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391325 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribes: The Ultimate Guide To Create a Following For Your Business Using Social Media Author: Seth C. Clow And Thorben Porche Godin Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Social media marketing is about identifying the essence of engagement." ~Edgerank Checker Tribes on social media are not connected by blood relationships but the internet itself allows users from all over the world to create groups or "families." Families that can have members from all over the world whom they share common values, shared interest, goals, and interests. For any business to become successful, it is critical they learn how powerful the use of Tribes on social media will boost their popularity and sales. This audiobook will offer guidance and show how to set up a Tribe. It will allow you to use the internet to promote your business where traditional print media fail. Tribes are a relatively new feature of social media culture. They have grown to an outstanding success for those that invest in the time to use them. Why not use the internet to make connects worldwide? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391325]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Tribes: The Ultimate Guide To Create a Following For Your Business Using Social Media Author: Seth C. Clow And Thorben Porche Godin Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Social media marketing is about identifying the essence of engagement." ~Edgerank Checker Tribes on social media are not connected by blood relationships but the internet itself allows users from all over the world to create groups or "families." Families that can have members from all over the world whom they share common values, shared interest, goals, and interests. For any business to become successful, it is critical they learn how powerful the use of Tribes on social media will boost their popularity and sales. This audiobook will offer guidance and show how to set up a Tribe. It will allow you to use the internet to promote your business where traditional print media fail. Tribes are a relatively new feature of social media culture. They have grown to an outstanding success for those that invest in the time to use them. Why not use the internet to make connects worldwide? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money With a Coaching Program Business Author: Randolph L. Greenlane Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money with a Coaching Program Business "Coaching is unlocking a person's potential to maximize their own performance. It is helping them to learn rather than teaching them." ~Timothy Gallwey There are many forms of coaching that's involved in many sports activities. Coaching is a lucrative means to make a side income. There are many items that are many business aspects involved in ensuring that you are promoting your coaching skills to the right audience with the right price. This book provides an in-depth knowledge and guidance on what's involved in being a Coach. It also explores different coaching opportunities that a person may not have realized existed. This book will enable a part-time Coaching job to manifest to a money-making career. Coaching is a rewarding experience. One which will be fun and profitable. This book will open your eyes to the many Coaching opportunities that can open a new world of achieving a gainful income. One that is both fun and rewarding! Randolph L. Greenlane Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391322 thebookvoice.com 0:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money With a Coaching Program Business Author: Randolph L. Greenlane Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money with a Coaching Program Business "Coaching is unlocking a person's potential to maximize their own performance. It is helping them to learn rather than teaching them." ~Timothy Gallwey There are many forms of coaching that's involved in many sports activities. Coaching is a lucrative means to make a side income. There are many items that are many business aspects involved in ensuring that you are promoting your coaching skills to the right audience with the right price. This book provides an in-depth knowledge and guidance on what's involved in being a Coach. It also explores different coaching opportunities that a person may not have realized existed. This book will enable a part-time Coaching job to manifest to a money-making career. Coaching is a rewarding experience. One which will be fun and profitable. This book will open your eyes to the many Coaching opportunities that can open a new world of achieving a gainful income. One that is both fun and rewarding! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money With a Coaching Program Business Author: Randolph L. Greenlane Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 20 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Coaching: The Ultimate Guide to Make Money with a Coaching Program Business "Coaching is unlocking a person's potential to maximize their own performance. It is helping them to learn rather than teaching them." ~Timothy Gallwey There are many forms of coaching that's involved in many sports activities. Coaching is a lucrative means to make a side income. There are many items that are many business aspects involved in ensuring that you are promoting your coaching skills to the right audience with the right price. This book provides an in-depth knowledge and guidance on what's involved in being a Coach. It also explores different coaching opportunities that a person may not have realized existed. This book will enable a part-time Coaching job to manifest to a money-making career. Coaching is a rewarding experience. One which will be fun and profitable. This book will open your eyes to the many Coaching opportunities that can open a new world of achieving a gainful income. One that is both fun and rewarding! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391251 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facebook: The Inside Story Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the Best Technology Books of 2020—Financial Times “Levy’s all-access Facebook reflects the reputational swan dive of its subject. . . . The result is evenhanded and devastating.”—San Francisco Chronicle “[Levy’s] evenhanded conclusions are still damning.”—Reason “[He] doesn’t shy from asking the tough questions.”—The Washington Post “Reminds you the HBO show Silicon Valley did not have to reach far for its satire.”—NPR.org   The definitive history, packed with untold stories, of one of America’s most controversial and powerful companies: Facebook As a college sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg created a simple website to serve as a campus social network.   Today, Facebook is nearly unrecognizable from its first, modest iteration. In light of recent controversies surrounding election-influencing “fake news” accounts, the handling of its users’ personal data, and growing discontent with the actions of its founder and CEO—who has enormous power over what the world sees and says—never has a company been more central to the national conversation.   Millions of words have been written about Facebook, but no one has told the complete story, documenting its ascendancy and missteps. There is no denying the power and omnipresence of Facebook in American daily life, or the imperative of this book to document the unchecked power and shocking techniques of the company, from growing at all costs to outmaneuvering its biggest rivals to acquire WhatsApp and Instagram, to developing a platform so addictive even some of its own are now beginning to realize its dangers. Based on hundreds of interviews from inside and outside Facebook, Levy’s sweeping narrative of incredible entrepreneurial success and failure digs deep into the whole story of the company that has changed the world and reaped the consequences. Steven Levy Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391251 thebookvoice.com 19:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facebook: The Inside Story Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the Best Technology Books of 2020—Financial Times “Levy’s all-access Facebook reflects the reputational swan dive of its subject. . . . The result is evenhanded and devastating.”—San Francisco Chronicle “[Levy’s] evenhanded conclusions are still damning.”—Reason “[He] doesn’t shy from asking the tough questions.”—The Washington Post “Reminds you the HBO show Silicon Valley did not have to reach far for its satire.”—NPR.org   The definitive history, packed with untold stories, of one of America’s most controversial and powerful companies: Facebook As a college sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg created a simple website to serve as a campus social network.   Today, Facebook is nearly unrecognizable from its first, modest iteration. In light of recent controversies surrounding election-influencing “fake news” accounts, the handling of its users’ personal data, and growing discontent with the actions of its founder and CEO—who has enormous power over what the world sees and says—never has a company been more central to the national conversation.   Millions of words have been written about Facebook, but no one has told the complete story, documenting its ascendancy and missteps. There is no denying the power and omnipresence of Facebook in American daily life, or the imperative of this book to document the unchecked power and shocking techniques of the company, from growing at all costs to outmaneuvering its biggest rivals to acquire WhatsApp and Instagram, to developing a platform so addictive even some of its own are now beginning to realize its dangers. Based on hundreds of interviews from inside and outside Facebook, Levy’s sweeping narrative of incredible entrepreneurial success and failure digs deep into the whole story of the company that has changed the world and reaped the consequences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391251]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Facebook: The Inside Story Author: Steven Levy Narrator: Will Damron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 19 hours 0 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One of the Best Technology Books of 2020—Financial Times “Levy’s all-access Facebook reflects the reputational swan dive of its subject. . . . The result is evenhanded and devastating.”—San Francisco Chronicle “[Levy’s] evenhanded conclusions are still damning.”—Reason “[He] doesn’t shy from asking the tough questions.”—The Washington Post “Reminds you the HBO show Silicon Valley did not have to reach far for its satire.”—NPR.org   The definitive history, packed with untold stories, of one of America’s most controversial and powerful companies: Facebook As a college sophomore, Mark Zuckerberg created a simple website to serve as a campus social network.   Today, Facebook is nearly unrecognizable from its first, modest iteration. In light of recent controversies surrounding election-influencing “fake news” accounts, the handling of its users’ personal data, and growing discontent with the actions of its founder and CEO—who has enormous power over what the world sees and says—never has a company been more central to the national conversation.   Millions of words have been written about Facebook, but no one has told the complete story, documenting its ascendancy and missteps. There is no denying the power and omnipresence of Facebook in American daily life, or the imperative of this book to document the unchecked power and shocking techniques of the company, from growing at all costs to outmaneuvering its biggest rivals to acquire WhatsApp and Instagram, to developing a platform so addictive even some of its own are now beginning to realize its dangers. Based on hundreds of interviews from inside and outside Facebook, Levy’s sweeping narrative of incredible entrepreneurial success and failure digs deep into the whole story of the company that has changed the world and reaped the consequences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391249 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Always Day One: How the Tech Titans Plan to Stay on Top Forever Author: Alex Kantrowitz Narrator: Alex Kantrowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is a terrific book' - Kara Swisher An acclaimed tech reporter reveals the inner workings of Amazon, Facebook, Google, Apple, and Microsoft, showing how to compete with the tech titans using their own playbook. At Amazon, 'Day One' is code for inventing like a startup, with little regard for legacy. Day Two is, in Jeff Bezos's own words, 'stasis, followed by irrelevance, followed by excruciating, painful decline, followed by death.' Most companies today are set up for Day Two. They build advantages and defend them fiercely, rather than invent the future. But Amazon and fellow tech titans Facebook, Google, and Microsoft are operating in Day One: they prioritize reinvention over tradition and collaboration over ownership. Through 130 interviews with insiders, from Mark Zuckerberg to hourly workers, Always Day One reveals the tech giants' blueprint for sustainable success in a business world where no advantage is safe. Companies today can spin up new products at record speed -- thanks to artificial intelligence and cloud computing -- and those who stand still will be picked apart. The tech giants remain dominant because they've built cultures that spark continual reinvention. It might sound radical, but those who don't act like it's always day one do so at their own peril. Kantrowitz uncovers the engine propelling the tech giants' continued dominance at a stage when most big companies begin to decline. And he shows the way forward for everyone who wants to compete with--and beat--the titans. Alex Kantrowitz Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391249 thebookvoice.com 6:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Always Day One: How the Tech Titans Plan to Stay on Top Forever Author: Alex Kantrowitz Narrator: Alex Kantrowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is a terrific book' - Kara Swisher An acclaimed tech reporter reveals the inner workings of Amazon, Facebook, Google, Apple, and Microsoft, showing how to compete with the tech titans using their own playbook. At Amazon, 'Day One' is code for inventing like a startup, with little regard for legacy. Day Two is, in Jeff Bezos's own words, 'stasis, followed by irrelevance, followed by excruciating, painful decline, followed by death.' Most companies today are set up for Day Two. They build advantages and defend them fiercely, rather than invent the future. But Amazon and fellow tech titans Facebook, Google, and Microsoft are operating in Day One: they prioritize reinvention over tradition and collaboration over ownership. Through 130 interviews with insiders, from Mark Zuckerberg to hourly workers, Always Day One reveals the tech giants' blueprint for sustainable success in a business world where no advantage is safe. Companies today can spin up new products at record speed -- thanks to artificial intelligence and cloud computing -- and those who stand still will be picked apart. The tech giants remain dominant because they've built cultures that spark continual reinvention. It might sound radical, but those who don't act like it's always day one do so at their own peril. Kantrowitz uncovers the engine propelling the tech giants' continued dominance at a stage when most big companies begin to decline. And he shows the way forward for everyone who wants to compete with--and beat--the titans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391249]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Always Day One: How the Tech Titans Plan to Stay on Top Forever Author: Alex Kantrowitz Narrator: Alex Kantrowitz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is a terrific book' - Kara Swisher An acclaimed tech reporter reveals the inner workings of Amazon, Facebook, Google, Apple, and Microsoft, showing how to compete with the tech titans using their own playbook. At Amazon, 'Day One' is code for inventing like a startup, with little regard for legacy. Day Two is, in Jeff Bezos's own words, 'stasis, followed by irrelevance, followed by excruciating, painful decline, followed by death.' Most companies today are set up for Day Two. They build advantages and defend them fiercely, rather than invent the future. But Amazon and fellow tech titans Facebook, Google, and Microsoft are operating in Day One: they prioritize reinvention over tradition and collaboration over ownership. Through 130 interviews with insiders, from Mark Zuckerberg to hourly workers, Always Day One reveals the tech giants' blueprint for sustainable success in a business world where no advantage is safe. Companies today can spin up new products at record speed -- thanks to artificial intelligence and cloud computing -- and those who stand still will be picked apart. The tech giants remain dominant because they've built cultures that spark continual reinvention. It might sound radical, but those who don't act like it's always day one do so at their own peril. Kantrowitz uncovers the engine propelling the tech giants' continued dominance at a stage when most big companies begin to decline. And he shows the way forward for everyone who wants to compete with--and beat--the titans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391139 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scrum Fieldbook: Faster performance. Better results. Starting now. Author: J.J. Sutherland Narrator: J.J. Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. FROM THE INTERNATIONALLY BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF SCRUM A revolutionary new method to make every business more productive – as used by Amazon, Google and the FBI Work. You’re doing it wrong. Do you ever worry that you never get as much done as you want to? Or that your projects encounter insurmountable problems before they even get started? Or that your colleagues spend days talking over their ideas without actually implementing them? J. J. Sutherland has the solution. In his international bestseller Scrum, he introduced a simple, revolutionary tool to turbo-charge the output of every team. Based on decades of research and road-tested at the headquarters of Google and Amazon, the Scrum method transformed how a generation of leaders work – first in Silicon Valley, and then in boardrooms around the world. Now, in The Scrum Fieldbook, Sutherland returns with a hands-on guide to using the Scrum method at any level of every company. He reveals how its focus on rapid innovation, no-bullshit meetings and quick-fire decision-making has immediate relevance for every organisation on Earth. And he offers a step-by-step method for using Scrum in your projects – starting today. The result is a game-changing fieldbook that will make your business more productive. (c) J.J. Sutherland, 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 J.J. Sutherland Thu, 03 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391139 thebookvoice.com 6:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scrum Fieldbook: Faster performance. Better results. Starting now. Author: J.J. Sutherland Narrator: J.J. Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. FROM THE INTERNATIONALLY BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF SCRUM A revolutionary new method to make every business more productive – as used by Amazon, Google and the FBI Work. You’re doing it wrong. Do you ever worry that you never get as much done as you want to? Or that your projects encounter insurmountable problems before they even get started? Or that your colleagues spend days talking over their ideas without actually implementing them? J. J. Sutherland has the solution. In his international bestseller Scrum, he introduced a simple, revolutionary tool to turbo-charge the output of every team. Based on decades of research and road-tested at the headquarters of Google and Amazon, the Scrum method transformed how a generation of leaders work – first in Silicon Valley, and then in boardrooms around the world. Now, in The Scrum Fieldbook, Sutherland returns with a hands-on guide to using the Scrum method at any level of every company. He reveals how its focus on rapid innovation, no-bullshit meetings and quick-fire decision-making has immediate relevance for every organisation on Earth. And he offers a step-by-step method for using Scrum in your projects – starting today. The result is a game-changing fieldbook that will make your business more productive. (c) J.J. Sutherland, 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scrum Fieldbook: Faster performance. Better results. Starting now. Author: J.J. Sutherland Narrator: J.J. Sutherland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 31 minutes Release date: October 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. FROM THE INTERNATIONALLY BESTSELLING AUTHOR OF SCRUM A revolutionary new method to make every business more productive – as used by Amazon, Google and the FBI Work. You’re doing it wrong. Do you ever worry that you never get as much done as you want to? Or that your projects encounter insurmountable problems before they even get started? Or that your colleagues spend days talking over their ideas without actually implementing them? J. J. Sutherland has the solution. In his international bestseller Scrum, he introduced a simple, revolutionary tool to turbo-charge the output of every team. Based on decades of research and road-tested at the headquarters of Google and Amazon, the Scrum method transformed how a generation of leaders work – first in Silicon Valley, and then in boardrooms around the world. Now, in The Scrum Fieldbook, Sutherland returns with a hands-on guide to using the Scrum method at any level of every company. He reveals how its focus on rapid innovation, no-bullshit meetings and quick-fire decision-making has immediate relevance for every organisation on Earth. And he offers a step-by-step method for using Scrum in your projects – starting today. The result is a game-changing fieldbook that will make your business more productive. (c) J.J. Sutherland, 2019 (P) Penguin Audio 2019 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391107 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Scale: A Road Map to Growing a Remarkable Company Author: Les McKeown Narrator: Les Mckeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scaling up is something most founders aspire to, especially once the tricky start-up phase has been navigated. It can increase your reach and futureproof your business. But how do you 'scale'? And how does it differ from 'flipping' for a quick profit or slower organic growth? Les McKeown advises industry leaders on how to achieve scalable, sustainable growth. In Do Scale, he draws from his decades of experience to provide a clear understanding of what's involved, and the strategies needed to take your business (or not-for-profit) to the next level. You'll find out: · What if means to scale - and if now is the right time · Why founders need to 'get out of their own way' · How to develop winning teams · Your secret weapon for decision making With practical advice and clear guidance, Do Scale is an essential manual for anyone looking to grow a successful and sustainable organisation - and turn it into something truly remarkable. ©2019 Les McKeown (P)2019 Do Books Audio Les McKeown Thu, 08 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391107 thebookvoice.com 2:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Scale: A Road Map to Growing a Remarkable Company Author: Les McKeown Narrator: Les Mckeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scaling up is something most founders aspire to, especially once the tricky start-up phase has been navigated. It can increase your reach and futureproof your business. But how do you 'scale'? And how does it differ from 'flipping' for a quick profit or slower organic growth? Les McKeown advises industry leaders on how to achieve scalable, sustainable growth. In Do Scale, he draws from his decades of experience to provide a clear understanding of what's involved, and the strategies needed to take your business (or not-for-profit) to the next level. You'll find out: · What if means to scale - and if now is the right time · Why founders need to 'get out of their own way' · How to develop winning teams · Your secret weapon for decision making With practical advice and clear guidance, Do Scale is an essential manual for anyone looking to grow a successful and sustainable organisation - and turn it into something truly remarkable. ©2019 Les McKeown (P)2019 Do Books Audio Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391107]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do Scale: A Road Map to Growing a Remarkable Company Author: Les McKeown Narrator: Les Mckeown Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 13 minutes Release date: August 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Scaling up is something most founders aspire to, especially once the tricky start-up phase has been navigated. It can increase your reach and futureproof your business. But how do you 'scale'? And how does it differ from 'flipping' for a quick profit or slower organic growth? Les McKeown advises industry leaders on how to achieve scalable, sustainable growth. In Do Scale, he draws from his decades of experience to provide a clear understanding of what's involved, and the strategies needed to take your business (or not-for-profit) to the next level. You'll find out: · What if means to scale - and if now is the right time · Why founders need to 'get out of their own way' · How to develop winning teams · Your secret weapon for decision making With practical advice and clear guidance, Do Scale is an essential manual for anyone looking to grow a successful and sustainable organisation - and turn it into something truly remarkable. ©2019 Les McKeown (P)2019 Do Books Audio https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391042 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty of Care: An Executive Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era Author: Alizabeth Calder Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An essential guide for board members and executives who need to understand the impact of digital on their thinking and decision making Duty of Care: An Executive's Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era offers a much needed guide for board directors and leaders who need to get up-to-speed and close their digital knowledge gap in order to make the right decisions about digital technology investment and deployments. Written in easy-to-understand language, this book targets directors and executives who want to protect themselves from risks ranging from massive cyber security breaches to digital infrastructure investment mistakes. Most board members don't have the information they need to understand digital information systems, modern high-speed networks, and rapidly evolving software and hardware ecosystems. They also don't have the time to seek out or filter what they need from the many diverse sources. Their lack of knowledge can lead to disastrous decisions that can cost shareholders billions of dollars in lost income or risk liability. Written by a globally recognized experienced business executive and expert in cyber security, this essential guide and blueprint can serve the strategic and governance needs of every company. Alizabeth Calder Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391042 thebookvoice.com 4:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty of Care: An Executive Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era Author: Alizabeth Calder Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An essential guide for board members and executives who need to understand the impact of digital on their thinking and decision making Duty of Care: An Executive's Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era offers a much needed guide for board directors and leaders who need to get up-to-speed and close their digital knowledge gap in order to make the right decisions about digital technology investment and deployments. Written in easy-to-understand language, this book targets directors and executives who want to protect themselves from risks ranging from massive cyber security breaches to digital infrastructure investment mistakes. Most board members don't have the information they need to understand digital information systems, modern high-speed networks, and rapidly evolving software and hardware ecosystems. They also don't have the time to seek out or filter what they need from the many diverse sources. Their lack of knowledge can lead to disastrous decisions that can cost shareholders billions of dollars in lost income or risk liability. Written by a globally recognized experienced business executive and expert in cyber security, this essential guide and blueprint can serve the strategic and governance needs of every company. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391042]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Duty of Care: An Executive Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era Author: Alizabeth Calder Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 4 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An essential guide for board members and executives who need to understand the impact of digital on their thinking and decision making Duty of Care: An Executive's Guide for Corporate Boards in the Digital Era offers a much needed guide for board directors and leaders who need to get up-to-speed and close their digital knowledge gap in order to make the right decisions about digital technology investment and deployments. Written in easy-to-understand language, this book targets directors and executives who want to protect themselves from risks ranging from massive cyber security breaches to digital infrastructure investment mistakes. Most board members don't have the information they need to understand digital information systems, modern high-speed networks, and rapidly evolving software and hardware ecosystems. They also don't have the time to seek out or filter what they need from the many diverse sources. Their lack of knowledge can lead to disastrous decisions that can cost shareholders billions of dollars in lost income or risk liability. Written by a globally recognized experienced business executive and expert in cyber security, this essential guide and blueprint can serve the strategic and governance needs of every company. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391037 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Rethink: Why Entrepreneurs Should Act Like Revolutionaries Author: David Mccourt Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, and in life, everything is changing fast, apart from how we behave. Our ways of thinking and making decisions have changed little since we lived in agricultural and industrial societies, but the problems we now need to solve are entirely different. It requires a revolution in thinking and behavior to meet the challenges that now face us and to avoid disaster we need to totally rethink the model. Part business biography, part business blueprint, Total Rethink explains how this can be done. Successful telecoms entrepreneur David McCourt lays out the reality of the dangerous situation we find ourselves in and suggests solutions which will empower everyone to repair the damage we have already done, and prepare for the dramatic changes to come. ● Change the way you think and behave to be a true entrepreneur ● Understand why incremental change no longer works ● Move at the speed of the times we're living in to keep up ● Find trusted, effective guidance you can put to practice today Written by a sought-after speaker, businessman, and entrepreneur, the advice in this book will help you learn to think—and live—like a revolutionary. David Mccourt Tue, 13 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391037 thebookvoice.com 8:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Rethink: Why Entrepreneurs Should Act Like Revolutionaries Author: David Mccourt Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, and in life, everything is changing fast, apart from how we behave. Our ways of thinking and making decisions have changed little since we lived in agricultural and industrial societies, but the problems we now need to solve are entirely different. It requires a revolution in thinking and behavior to meet the challenges that now face us and to avoid disaster we need to totally rethink the model. Part business biography, part business blueprint, Total Rethink explains how this can be done. Successful telecoms entrepreneur David McCourt lays out the reality of the dangerous situation we find ourselves in and suggests solutions which will empower everyone to repair the damage we have already done, and prepare for the dramatic changes to come. ● Change the way you think and behave to be a true entrepreneur ● Understand why incremental change no longer works ● Move at the speed of the times we're living in to keep up ● Find trusted, effective guidance you can put to practice today Written by a sought-after speaker, businessman, and entrepreneur, the advice in this book will help you learn to think—and live—like a revolutionary. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/391037]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Total Rethink: Why Entrepreneurs Should Act Like Revolutionaries Author: David Mccourt Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 50 minutes Release date: August 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In business, and in life, everything is changing fast, apart from how we behave. Our ways of thinking and making decisions have changed little since we lived in agricultural and industrial societies, but the problems we now need to solve are entirely different. It requires a revolution in thinking and behavior to meet the challenges that now face us and to avoid disaster we need to totally rethink the model. Part business biography, part business blueprint, Total Rethink explains how this can be done. Successful telecoms entrepreneur David McCourt lays out the reality of the dangerous situation we find ourselves in and suggests solutions which will empower everyone to repair the damage we have already done, and prepare for the dramatic changes to come. ● Change the way you think and behave to be a true entrepreneur ● Understand why incremental change no longer works ● Move at the speed of the times we're living in to keep up ● Find trusted, effective guidance you can put to practice today Written by a sought-after speaker, businessman, and entrepreneur, the advice in this book will help you learn to think—and live—like a revolutionary. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390923 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GOVERNMENT TENDERS (DON'T) SUCK! Author: Monica Rubombora Narrator: Nyakwezi K Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Definitive Guide to Doing Business with the Government. Winning a Government contract can be incredibly lucrative for a small business, but responding to Government Requests for Proposals can leave you feeling frustrated, confused, and overwhelmed due to its level of complexity. The Government is the biggest buyer of goods and services in the world. But did you know that many Government Contracts are won way before they are ever published? Author, Monica Rubombora, brings over two decades of an insider's view of the Government Contracting business. She has served as a Deputy Director-General in the South African Civil Service and a Managing Director in the Public Sector business of Accenture. Today she runs her own management and technology consulting company, with Government as an anchor client. Based on her deep understanding of the challenges that face many small businesses, Rubombora wrote this book to help small businesses navigate these complexities so they can win more government contracts. Government Tenders Don't Suck! is a no-nonsense playbook for the overwhelmed small business owner who wants to navigate the complicated government tendering process and win. It has been designed to help you-the "little gal and guy" to: * Avoid common pitfalls and make the most of your business understanding, skills, and experience to win profitable Government Contracts; * Compete for business through meaningful written responses to solicitations from potential government clients; * Figure out how to respond to government tenders without losing your mind, even when your resources are constrained; and * Manage tender response operations on shoestring budgets through time-saving tools and templates you can rinse and reuse. As a small business owner or manager, this may be the most important book you read this year. Imagine how winning a single Government contract would impact your business! Download 'Government Tenders Don't Suck' now! Monica Rubombora Thu, 18 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390923 thebookvoice.com 3:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GOVERNMENT TENDERS (DON'T) SUCK! Author: Monica Rubombora Narrator: Nyakwezi K Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Definitive Guide to Doing Business with the Government. Winning a Government contract can be incredibly lucrative for a small business, but responding to Government Requests for Proposals can leave you feeling frustrated, confused, and overwhelmed due to its level of complexity. The Government is the biggest buyer of goods and services in the world. But did you know that many Government Contracts are won way before they are ever published? Author, Monica Rubombora, brings over two decades of an insider's view of the Government Contracting business. She has served as a Deputy Director-General in the South African Civil Service and a Managing Director in the Public Sector business of Accenture. Today she runs her own management and technology consulting company, with Government as an anchor client. Based on her deep understanding of the challenges that face many small businesses, Rubombora wrote this book to help small businesses navigate these complexities so they can win more government contracts. Government Tenders Don't Suck! is a no-nonsense playbook for the overwhelmed small business owner who wants to navigate the complicated government tendering process and win. It has been designed to help you-the "little gal and guy" to: * Avoid common pitfalls and make the most of your business understanding, skills, and experience to win profitable Government Contracts; * Compete for business through meaningful written responses to solicitations from potential government clients; * Figure out how to respond to government tenders without losing your mind, even when your resources are constrained; and * Manage tender response operations on shoestring budgets through time-saving tools and templates you can rinse and reuse. As a small business owner or manager, this may be the most important book you read this year. Imagine how winning a single Government contract would impact your business! Download 'Government Tenders Don't Suck' now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390923]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: GOVERNMENT TENDERS (DON'T) SUCK! Author: Monica Rubombora Narrator: Nyakwezi K Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 46 minutes Release date: July 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Definitive Guide to Doing Business with the Government. Winning a Government contract can be incredibly lucrative for a small business, but responding to Government Requests for Proposals can leave you feeling frustrated, confused, and overwhelmed due to its level of complexity. The Government is the biggest buyer of goods and services in the world. But did you know that many Government Contracts are won way before they are ever published? Author, Monica Rubombora, brings over two decades of an insider's view of the Government Contracting business. She has served as a Deputy Director-General in the South African Civil Service and a Managing Director in the Public Sector business of Accenture. Today she runs her own management and technology consulting company, with Government as an anchor client. Based on her deep understanding of the challenges that face many small businesses, Rubombora wrote this book to help small businesses navigate these complexities so they can win more government contracts. Government Tenders Don't Suck! is a no-nonsense playbook for the overwhelmed small business owner who wants to navigate the complicated government tendering process and win. It has been designed to help you-the "little gal and guy" to: * Avoid common pitfalls and make the most of your business understanding, skills, and experience to win profitable Government Contracts; * Compete for business through meaningful written responses to solicitations from potential government clients; * Figure out how to respond to government tenders without losing your mind, even when your resources are constrained; and * Manage tender response operations on shoestring budgets through time-saving tools and templates you can rinse and reuse. As a small business owner or manager, this may be the most important book you read this year. Imagine how winning a single Government contract would impact your business! Download 'Government Tenders Don't Suck' now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390671 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: One Man's Dark Empire and the Making of Our Favorite Drug Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice “Extremely wide-ranging and well researched . . . In a tradition of protest literature rooted more in William Blake than in Marx.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker   The epic story of how coffee connected and divided the modern world   Coffee is an indispensable part of daily life for billions of people around the world. But few coffee drinkers know this story. It centers on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of Manchester, England, founded one of the world’s great coffee dynasties at the turn of the twentieth century. Adapting the innovations of the Industrial Revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history—a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality, and violence. In the process, both El Salvador and the United States earned the nickname “Coffeeland,” but for starkly different reasons, and with consequences that reach into the present. Provoking a reconsideration of what it means to be connected to faraway people and places, Coffeeland tells the hidden and surprising story of one of the most valuable commodities in the history of global capitalism. Augustine Sedgewick Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390671 thebookvoice.com 14:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: One Man's Dark Empire and the Making of Our Favorite Drug Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice “Extremely wide-ranging and well researched . . . In a tradition of protest literature rooted more in William Blake than in Marx.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker   The epic story of how coffee connected and divided the modern world   Coffee is an indispensable part of daily life for billions of people around the world. But few coffee drinkers know this story. It centers on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of Manchester, England, founded one of the world’s great coffee dynasties at the turn of the twentieth century. Adapting the innovations of the Industrial Revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history—a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality, and violence. In the process, both El Salvador and the United States earned the nickname “Coffeeland,” but for starkly different reasons, and with consequences that reach into the present. Provoking a reconsideration of what it means to be connected to faraway people and places, Coffeeland tells the hidden and surprising story of one of the most valuable commodities in the history of global capitalism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390671]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coffeeland: One Man's Dark Empire and the Making of Our Favorite Drug Author: Augustine Sedgewick Narrator: Jason Culp Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A New York Times Book Review Editors’ Choice “Extremely wide-ranging and well researched . . . In a tradition of protest literature rooted more in William Blake than in Marx.” —Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker   The epic story of how coffee connected and divided the modern world   Coffee is an indispensable part of daily life for billions of people around the world. But few coffee drinkers know this story. It centers on the volcanic highlands of El Salvador, where James Hill, born in the slums of Manchester, England, founded one of the world’s great coffee dynasties at the turn of the twentieth century. Adapting the innovations of the Industrial Revolution to plantation agriculture, Hill helped turn El Salvador into perhaps the most intensive monoculture in modern history—a place of extraordinary productivity, inequality, and violence. In the process, both El Salvador and the United States earned the nickname “Coffeeland,” but for starkly different reasons, and with consequences that reach into the present. Provoking a reconsideration of what it means to be connected to faraway people and places, Coffeeland tells the hidden and surprising story of one of the most valuable commodities in the history of global capitalism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Company: What We've Learned From Patagonia's First 40 Years Author: Yvon Chouinard, Vincent Stanley Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patagonia, named by Fortune in 2007 as the coolest company on the planet, has earned a reputation as much for its ground-breaking environmental and social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In this exceptionally frank account, Chouinard and Stanley recount how the company and its culture gained the confidence, by step and misstep, to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately share its discoveries with companies as large as Wal-Mart or as small as the corner bakery. In plain, compelling prose, the authors describe the current impact of manufacturing and commerce on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact now forces business to change its ways. The Responsible Company shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. The advice in this book is simple but powerful: reduce your environmental footprint, make legitimate products that last, reclaim deep knowledge of your business and its supply chain to make the most of opportunities in the years to come, and earn the trust you'll need by treating your workers, customers and communities with respect. Yvon Chouinard, Vincent Stanley Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390522 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Company: What We've Learned From Patagonia's First 40 Years Author: Yvon Chouinard, Vincent Stanley Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patagonia, named by Fortune in 2007 as the coolest company on the planet, has earned a reputation as much for its ground-breaking environmental and social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In this exceptionally frank account, Chouinard and Stanley recount how the company and its culture gained the confidence, by step and misstep, to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately share its discoveries with companies as large as Wal-Mart or as small as the corner bakery. In plain, compelling prose, the authors describe the current impact of manufacturing and commerce on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact now forces business to change its ways. The Responsible Company shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. The advice in this book is simple but powerful: reduce your environmental footprint, make legitimate products that last, reclaim deep knowledge of your business and its supply chain to make the most of opportunities in the years to come, and earn the trust you'll need by treating your workers, customers and communities with respect. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Responsible Company: What We've Learned From Patagonia's First 40 Years Author: Yvon Chouinard, Vincent Stanley Narrator: Walter Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Patagonia, named by Fortune in 2007 as the coolest company on the planet, has earned a reputation as much for its ground-breaking environmental and social practices as for the quality of its clothes. In this exceptionally frank account, Chouinard and Stanley recount how the company and its culture gained the confidence, by step and misstep, to make its work progressively more responsible, and to ultimately share its discoveries with companies as large as Wal-Mart or as small as the corner bakery. In plain, compelling prose, the authors describe the current impact of manufacturing and commerce on the planet's natural systems and human communities, and how that impact now forces business to change its ways. The Responsible Company shows companies how to reduce the harm they cause, improve the quality of their business, and provide the kind of meaningful work everyone seeks. It concludes with specific, practical steps every business can undertake, as well as advice on what to do, in what order. The advice in this book is simple but powerful: reduce your environmental footprint, make legitimate products that last, reclaim deep knowledge of your business and its supply chain to make the most of opportunities in the years to come, and earn the trust you'll need by treating your workers, customers and communities with respect. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390511 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friction: Passion Brands in the Age of Disruption Author: Jordan Berg, Jeff Rosenblum Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every industry around the globe is being completely disrupted. Stalwart brands are losing market share to upstarts that capture our collective consciousness. Trillions of dollars are at stake. Brands know a new approach is needed. But most don't realize the strategic underpinnings need to change. Great brands are no longer built through interruptive advertisements. Friction argues that brands don't simply need clever messages or new, shiny technologies. They need a fundamental change in strategy. Friction provides a system for embracing transparency, engaging audiences, creating evangelists, and unleashing unprecedented growth. The authors of Friction have worked on some of the industry's most innovative assignments for the world's most successful brands. This groundbreaking book reveals how corporations can divorce themselves from legacy business models to create a passion brand. A brand that breaks its addiction to traditional advertising. A brand that empowers its customers. A brand that dominates the competition. Jordan Berg, Jeff Rosenblum Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390511 thebookvoice.com 3:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friction: Passion Brands in the Age of Disruption Author: Jordan Berg, Jeff Rosenblum Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every industry around the globe is being completely disrupted. Stalwart brands are losing market share to upstarts that capture our collective consciousness. Trillions of dollars are at stake. Brands know a new approach is needed. But most don't realize the strategic underpinnings need to change. Great brands are no longer built through interruptive advertisements. Friction argues that brands don't simply need clever messages or new, shiny technologies. They need a fundamental change in strategy. Friction provides a system for embracing transparency, engaging audiences, creating evangelists, and unleashing unprecedented growth. The authors of Friction have worked on some of the industry's most innovative assignments for the world's most successful brands. This groundbreaking book reveals how corporations can divorce themselves from legacy business models to create a passion brand. A brand that breaks its addiction to traditional advertising. A brand that empowers its customers. A brand that dominates the competition. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390511]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Friction: Passion Brands in the Age of Disruption Author: Jordan Berg, Jeff Rosenblum Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every industry around the globe is being completely disrupted. Stalwart brands are losing market share to upstarts that capture our collective consciousness. Trillions of dollars are at stake. Brands know a new approach is needed. But most don't realize the strategic underpinnings need to change. Great brands are no longer built through interruptive advertisements. Friction argues that brands don't simply need clever messages or new, shiny technologies. They need a fundamental change in strategy. Friction provides a system for embracing transparency, engaging audiences, creating evangelists, and unleashing unprecedented growth. The authors of Friction have worked on some of the industry's most innovative assignments for the world's most successful brands. This groundbreaking book reveals how corporations can divorce themselves from legacy business models to create a passion brand. A brand that breaks its addiction to traditional advertising. A brand that empowers its customers. A brand that dominates the competition. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390496 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog, Inc.: Blogging for Passion, Profit, and to Create Community Author: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Narrator: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With roughly 95,000 blogs launched worldwide every 24 hours (BlogPulse), making a fledgling site stand out isn't easy. This authoritative handbook gives creative hopefuls a leg up. Joy Cho, of the award-winning Oh Joy!, offers expert advice on starting and growing a blog, from design and finance to overcoming blogger's block, attracting readers, and more. With a foreword from Grace Bonney of Design*Sponge plus expert interviews, this book will fine-tune what the next generation of bloggers shares with the world. Learn how to design your site, choose the right platform, attract a fan base, finance your blog, maintain work/life balance, manage comments, find content inspiration, overcome blogger's block, choose the right ads, develop a voice, protect your work, create a media kit, leverage your social network, take better photographs, set up an affiliate program, partner with sponsors, build community, go full-time with your blog, and more! Joy Deangdeelert Cho Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390496 thebookvoice.com 3:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog, Inc.: Blogging for Passion, Profit, and to Create Community Author: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Narrator: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With roughly 95,000 blogs launched worldwide every 24 hours (BlogPulse), making a fledgling site stand out isn't easy. This authoritative handbook gives creative hopefuls a leg up. Joy Cho, of the award-winning Oh Joy!, offers expert advice on starting and growing a blog, from design and finance to overcoming blogger's block, attracting readers, and more. With a foreword from Grace Bonney of Design*Sponge plus expert interviews, this book will fine-tune what the next generation of bloggers shares with the world. Learn how to design your site, choose the right platform, attract a fan base, finance your blog, maintain work/life balance, manage comments, find content inspiration, overcome blogger's block, choose the right ads, develop a voice, protect your work, create a media kit, leverage your social network, take better photographs, set up an affiliate program, partner with sponsors, build community, go full-time with your blog, and more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390496]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blog, Inc.: Blogging for Passion, Profit, and to Create Community Author: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Narrator: Joy Deangdeelert Cho Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 0 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With roughly 95,000 blogs launched worldwide every 24 hours (BlogPulse), making a fledgling site stand out isn't easy. This authoritative handbook gives creative hopefuls a leg up. Joy Cho, of the award-winning Oh Joy!, offers expert advice on starting and growing a blog, from design and finance to overcoming blogger's block, attracting readers, and more. With a foreword from Grace Bonney of Design*Sponge plus expert interviews, this book will fine-tune what the next generation of bloggers shares with the world. Learn how to design your site, choose the right platform, attract a fan base, finance your blog, maintain work/life balance, manage comments, find content inspiration, overcome blogger's block, choose the right ads, develop a voice, protect your work, create a media kit, leverage your social network, take better photographs, set up an affiliate program, partner with sponsors, build community, go full-time with your blog, and more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup 2nd Edition Author: David Cohen, Brad Feld Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Refreshed, updated, and expanded. Do More Faster provides time-tested advice, tips, and experiences by founders and mentors of Techstars to help entrepreneurs succeed! David Cohen and Brad Feld, leading advocates for entrepreneurs and startups, team up to provide first-time entrepreneurs with the tools, insights, and experiences to help them do more faster. The authors share their decades of experience working with thousands of startup founders and have enlisted the advice of dozens of Techstars startup founders and mentors. Contributors include Tim Ferriss, Eric Ries, Matt Mullenweg (WordPress), Isaac Saldana (SendGrid), and other successful entrepreneurs. Cofounders of Techstars, the worldwide network that helps entrepreneurs succeed, Cohen and Feld recognize the daunting task of creating a sustainable business and have seen first-hand the common mistakes first-time entrepreneurs make over and over. The authors take the complexity and uncertainty of starting a business and distill the critical factors into seven themes: Ideas and Vision, People, Working Effectively, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Harmony. They share their hard-won successes, failures, and advice for anyone with an idea who wants to create a business. David Cohen, Brad Feld Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390489 thebookvoice.com 8:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup 2nd Edition Author: David Cohen, Brad Feld Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Refreshed, updated, and expanded. Do More Faster provides time-tested advice, tips, and experiences by founders and mentors of Techstars to help entrepreneurs succeed! David Cohen and Brad Feld, leading advocates for entrepreneurs and startups, team up to provide first-time entrepreneurs with the tools, insights, and experiences to help them do more faster. The authors share their decades of experience working with thousands of startup founders and have enlisted the advice of dozens of Techstars startup founders and mentors. Contributors include Tim Ferriss, Eric Ries, Matt Mullenweg (WordPress), Isaac Saldana (SendGrid), and other successful entrepreneurs. Cofounders of Techstars, the worldwide network that helps entrepreneurs succeed, Cohen and Feld recognize the daunting task of creating a sustainable business and have seen first-hand the common mistakes first-time entrepreneurs make over and over. The authors take the complexity and uncertainty of starting a business and distill the critical factors into seven themes: Ideas and Vision, People, Working Effectively, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Harmony. They share their hard-won successes, failures, and advice for anyone with an idea who wants to create a business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Do More Faster: TechStars Lessons to Accelerate Your Startup 2nd Edition Author: David Cohen, Brad Feld Narrator: Edward Bauer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Refreshed, updated, and expanded. Do More Faster provides time-tested advice, tips, and experiences by founders and mentors of Techstars to help entrepreneurs succeed! David Cohen and Brad Feld, leading advocates for entrepreneurs and startups, team up to provide first-time entrepreneurs with the tools, insights, and experiences to help them do more faster. The authors share their decades of experience working with thousands of startup founders and have enlisted the advice of dozens of Techstars startup founders and mentors. Contributors include Tim Ferriss, Eric Ries, Matt Mullenweg (WordPress), Isaac Saldana (SendGrid), and other successful entrepreneurs. Cofounders of Techstars, the worldwide network that helps entrepreneurs succeed, Cohen and Feld recognize the daunting task of creating a sustainable business and have seen first-hand the common mistakes first-time entrepreneurs make over and over. The authors take the complexity and uncertainty of starting a business and distill the critical factors into seven themes: Ideas and Vision, People, Working Effectively, Product, Fundraising, Legal and Structure, and Work and Life Harmony. They share their hard-won successes, failures, and advice for anyone with an idea who wants to create a business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390486 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tax and Legal Playbook: Game-Changing Solutions To Your Small Business Questions 2nd Edition Author: Mark J. Kohler Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Attorney and CPA Mark J. Kohler targets the leading tax and business issues among small business owners, across all stages of business, and delivers a practical guide to the fundamental tax and legal conflicts faced by new and established entrepreneurs. Coached by Kohler, business owners are armed to seek out the right professionals relevant to their concerns, confidently ask the right questions, and ultimately, save time, money, and in many cases, potential heartache. Approaching each chapter the same way he approaches a client consult, Kohler delivers topic- or question-specific solutions illustrating each critical business matter with entertaining, real-world examples to educate flustered business owners, who are then presented with varied, clearly defined solutions and next steps for moving forward. Each 'consultation' offers tools such as assessment quizzes, valuable details to know, possible pitfalls and deceptions, what strategies should always be practiced, and what new strategies or tactics are worth considering. Wowing listeners with the clear-cut truths, thoughtful advice, and outside-of-the-box thinking shared in his many Entrepreneur.com contributions, speaking events, and previous books, Kohler presents a simplified look at the complex FAQs within the areas of legal and tax planning for business. Mark J. Kohler Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390486 thebookvoice.com 10:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tax and Legal Playbook: Game-Changing Solutions To Your Small Business Questions 2nd Edition Author: Mark J. Kohler Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Attorney and CPA Mark J. Kohler targets the leading tax and business issues among small business owners, across all stages of business, and delivers a practical guide to the fundamental tax and legal conflicts faced by new and established entrepreneurs. Coached by Kohler, business owners are armed to seek out the right professionals relevant to their concerns, confidently ask the right questions, and ultimately, save time, money, and in many cases, potential heartache. Approaching each chapter the same way he approaches a client consult, Kohler delivers topic- or question-specific solutions illustrating each critical business matter with entertaining, real-world examples to educate flustered business owners, who are then presented with varied, clearly defined solutions and next steps for moving forward. Each 'consultation' offers tools such as assessment quizzes, valuable details to know, possible pitfalls and deceptions, what strategies should always be practiced, and what new strategies or tactics are worth considering. Wowing listeners with the clear-cut truths, thoughtful advice, and outside-of-the-box thinking shared in his many Entrepreneur.com contributions, speaking events, and previous books, Kohler presents a simplified look at the complex FAQs within the areas of legal and tax planning for business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390486]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tax and Legal Playbook: Game-Changing Solutions To Your Small Business Questions 2nd Edition Author: Mark J. Kohler Narrator: Christopher Grove Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 10 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Attorney and CPA Mark J. Kohler targets the leading tax and business issues among small business owners, across all stages of business, and delivers a practical guide to the fundamental tax and legal conflicts faced by new and established entrepreneurs. Coached by Kohler, business owners are armed to seek out the right professionals relevant to their concerns, confidently ask the right questions, and ultimately, save time, money, and in many cases, potential heartache. Approaching each chapter the same way he approaches a client consult, Kohler delivers topic- or question-specific solutions illustrating each critical business matter with entertaining, real-world examples to educate flustered business owners, who are then presented with varied, clearly defined solutions and next steps for moving forward. Each 'consultation' offers tools such as assessment quizzes, valuable details to know, possible pitfalls and deceptions, what strategies should always be practiced, and what new strategies or tactics are worth considering. Wowing listeners with the clear-cut truths, thoughtful advice, and outside-of-the-box thinking shared in his many Entrepreneur.com contributions, speaking events, and previous books, Kohler presents a simplified look at the complex FAQs within the areas of legal and tax planning for business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390485 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consultant's Quick Start Guide: An Action Plan for Your First Year in Business Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An action plan for working as a consultant Management consulting is a $250 billion industry and growing at a rate of over four percent annually. Many predict that more than 40 percent of the U.S. workforce will soon be contingent, freelance, or consulting members of the workforce—making this book more relevant than ever. Individuals become independent consultants out of necessity or preference: necessity because they lost their job or the company offered an attractive exit package; preference because they want a career change, more control over their time, or an enriched, varied work situation. Consulting also appeals to the Millennial workforce who are searching for careers that offer a good salary as well as meaningful work. The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide: ● Serves as a companion to The New Business of Consulting ● Provides you with a place to plan your transition into consulting ● Helps you identify your niche, develop a business plan, charge what you're worth, and create a marketing strategy to ensure a steady stream of clients ● Prepares you for changes you will encounter beyond your professional life, including social, family, and financial aspects Elaine Biech Tue, 30 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390485 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consultant's Quick Start Guide: An Action Plan for Your First Year in Business Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An action plan for working as a consultant Management consulting is a $250 billion industry and growing at a rate of over four percent annually. Many predict that more than 40 percent of the U.S. workforce will soon be contingent, freelance, or consulting members of the workforce—making this book more relevant than ever. Individuals become independent consultants out of necessity or preference: necessity because they lost their job or the company offered an attractive exit package; preference because they want a career change, more control over their time, or an enriched, varied work situation. Consulting also appeals to the Millennial workforce who are searching for careers that offer a good salary as well as meaningful work. The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide: ● Serves as a companion to The New Business of Consulting ● Provides you with a place to plan your transition into consulting ● Helps you identify your niche, develop a business plan, charge what you're worth, and create a marketing strategy to ensure a steady stream of clients ● Prepares you for changes you will encounter beyond your professional life, including social, family, and financial aspects Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390485]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Consultant's Quick Start Guide: An Action Plan for Your First Year in Business Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Leslie Howard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: July 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An action plan for working as a consultant Management consulting is a $250 billion industry and growing at a rate of over four percent annually. Many predict that more than 40 percent of the U.S. workforce will soon be contingent, freelance, or consulting members of the workforce—making this book more relevant than ever. Individuals become independent consultants out of necessity or preference: necessity because they lost their job or the company offered an attractive exit package; preference because they want a career change, more control over their time, or an enriched, varied work situation. Consulting also appeals to the Millennial workforce who are searching for careers that offer a good salary as well as meaningful work. The New Consultant's Quick Start Guide: ● Serves as a companion to The New Business of Consulting ● Provides you with a place to plan your transition into consulting ● Helps you identify your niche, develop a business plan, charge what you're worth, and create a marketing strategy to ensure a steady stream of clients ● Prepares you for changes you will encounter beyond your professional life, including social, family, and financial aspects https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reprogramming The American Dream: From Rural America to Silicon Valley—Making AI Serve Us All Author: Greg Shaw, Kevin Scott Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this essential book written by a rural native and Silicon Valley veteran, Microsoft’s Chief technology officer tackles one of the most critical issues facing society today: the future of artificial intelligence and how it can be realistically used to promote growth, even in a shifting employment landscape. There are two prevailing stories about AI: for heartland low- and middle-skill workers, a dystopian tale of steadily increasing job destruction; for urban knowledge workers and the professional class, a utopian tale of enhanced productivity and convenience. But there is a third way to look at this technology that will revolutionize the workplace and ultimately the world. Kevin Scott argues that AI has the potential to create abundance and opportunity for everyone and help solve some of our most vexing problems. As the chief technology officer at Microsoft, he is deeply involved in the development of AI applications, yet mindful of their potential impact on workers—knowledge he gained firsthand growing up in rural Virginia. Yes, the AI Revolution will radically disrupt economics and employment for everyone for generations to come. But what if leaders prioritized the programming of both future technology and public policy to work together to find solutions ahead of the coming AI epoch? Like public health, the space program, climate change and public education, we need international understanding and collaboration on the future of AI and work. For Scott, the crucial question facing all of us is this: How do we work to ensure that the continued development of AI allows us to keep the American Dream alive? In this thoughtful, informed guide, he offers a clear roadmap to find the answer. Greg Shaw, Kevin Scott Tue, 07 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390255 thebookvoice.com 8:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reprogramming The American Dream: From Rural America to Silicon Valley—Making AI Serve Us All Author: Greg Shaw, Kevin Scott Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this essential book written by a rural native and Silicon Valley veteran, Microsoft’s Chief technology officer tackles one of the most critical issues facing society today: the future of artificial intelligence and how it can be realistically used to promote growth, even in a shifting employment landscape. There are two prevailing stories about AI: for heartland low- and middle-skill workers, a dystopian tale of steadily increasing job destruction; for urban knowledge workers and the professional class, a utopian tale of enhanced productivity and convenience. But there is a third way to look at this technology that will revolutionize the workplace and ultimately the world. Kevin Scott argues that AI has the potential to create abundance and opportunity for everyone and help solve some of our most vexing problems. As the chief technology officer at Microsoft, he is deeply involved in the development of AI applications, yet mindful of their potential impact on workers—knowledge he gained firsthand growing up in rural Virginia. Yes, the AI Revolution will radically disrupt economics and employment for everyone for generations to come. But what if leaders prioritized the programming of both future technology and public policy to work together to find solutions ahead of the coming AI epoch? Like public health, the space program, climate change and public education, we need international understanding and collaboration on the future of AI and work. For Scott, the crucial question facing all of us is this: How do we work to ensure that the continued development of AI allows us to keep the American Dream alive? In this thoughtful, informed guide, he offers a clear roadmap to find the answer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/390255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Reprogramming The American Dream: From Rural America to Silicon Valley—Making AI Serve Us All Author: Greg Shaw, Kevin Scott Narrator: Matt Godfrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this essential book written by a rural native and Silicon Valley veteran, Microsoft’s Chief technology officer tackles one of the most critical issues facing society today: the future of artificial intelligence and how it can be realistically used to promote growth, even in a shifting employment landscape. There are two prevailing stories about AI: for heartland low- and middle-skill workers, a dystopian tale of steadily increasing job destruction; for urban knowledge workers and the professional class, a utopian tale of enhanced productivity and convenience. But there is a third way to look at this technology that will revolutionize the workplace and ultimately the world. Kevin Scott argues that AI has the potential to create abundance and opportunity for everyone and help solve some of our most vexing problems. As the chief technology officer at Microsoft, he is deeply involved in the development of AI applications, yet mindful of their potential impact on workers—knowledge he gained firsthand growing up in rural Virginia. Yes, the AI Revolution will radically disrupt economics and employment for everyone for generations to come. But what if leaders prioritized the programming of both future technology and public policy to work together to find solutions ahead of the coming AI epoch? Like public health, the space program, climate change and public education, we need international understanding and collaboration on the future of AI and work. For Scott, the crucial question facing all of us is this: How do we work to ensure that the continued development of AI allows us to keep the American Dream alive? In this thoughtful, informed guide, he offers a clear roadmap to find the answer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El sistema Clockwork: Diseña tu negocio para que funcione solo, como relojito Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Carlos Monroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Te preocupa que tu negocio se derrumbe sin tu presencia? ¿Sacrificas a tu familia, tus amigos y tu tiempo para mantener tu negocio vivo? ¿Qué pasaría si tu negocio funcionara por sí solo? Si eres como la mayoría de los emprendedores, comenzaste tu negocio para ser tu propio jefe, ganar más dinero y vivir la vida en tus propios términos. Pero la realidad es otra, estás atascado en la rutina diaria, apagando incendios, respondiendo a un sinfín de preguntas y buscando continuamente dinero. En El sistema Clockwork Mike Michalowicz te ofrece un camino paso a paso para salir de este dilema a través de un enfoque simple para hacer que tu negocio sea ultra eficiente. Entre otras estrategias, descubrirás cómo: - Hacer que tus empleados actúen como propietarios. - Identificar la función más importante de tu negocio. - Saber qué es lo primero que hay que solucionar. Ya sea que tu empresa sea de un empleado o cien, ya sea que comiences a emprender, El sistema Clockwork será tu camino para que finalmente tu negocio trabaje para ti. 'El sistema Clockwork está repleto de consejos prácticos con los que te identificarás. Les recordará a los emprendedores por qué se lanzaron a la aventura y les servirá como una caja de herramientas.' Simon Sinek, autor de Start With Why y Leaders Eat Last 'Cuando tu negocio funciona como un reloj, finalmente puedes relajarte. En este divertido libro, Mike muestra cómo puedes lograr el sueño de que tu empresa prospere mientras disfrutas de la vida.' Laura Vanderkam, autora de Qué hace la gente exitosa con su tiempo libre y Qué hace la gente exitosa antes del desayuno Mike Michalowicz Thu, 11 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389145 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El sistema Clockwork: Diseña tu negocio para que funcione solo, como relojito Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Carlos Monroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Te preocupa que tu negocio se derrumbe sin tu presencia? ¿Sacrificas a tu familia, tus amigos y tu tiempo para mantener tu negocio vivo? ¿Qué pasaría si tu negocio funcionara por sí solo? Si eres como la mayoría de los emprendedores, comenzaste tu negocio para ser tu propio jefe, ganar más dinero y vivir la vida en tus propios términos. Pero la realidad es otra, estás atascado en la rutina diaria, apagando incendios, respondiendo a un sinfín de preguntas y buscando continuamente dinero. En El sistema Clockwork Mike Michalowicz te ofrece un camino paso a paso para salir de este dilema a través de un enfoque simple para hacer que tu negocio sea ultra eficiente. Entre otras estrategias, descubrirás cómo: - Hacer que tus empleados actúen como propietarios. - Identificar la función más importante de tu negocio. - Saber qué es lo primero que hay que solucionar. Ya sea que tu empresa sea de un empleado o cien, ya sea que comiences a emprender, El sistema Clockwork será tu camino para que finalmente tu negocio trabaje para ti. 'El sistema Clockwork está repleto de consejos prácticos con los que te identificarás. Les recordará a los emprendedores por qué se lanzaron a la aventura y les servirá como una caja de herramientas.' Simon Sinek, autor de Start With Why y Leaders Eat Last 'Cuando tu negocio funciona como un reloj, finalmente puedes relajarte. En este divertido libro, Mike muestra cómo puedes lograr el sueño de que tu empresa prospere mientras disfrutas de la vida.' Laura Vanderkam, autora de Qué hace la gente exitosa con su tiempo libre y Qué hace la gente exitosa antes del desayuno Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/389145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El sistema Clockwork: Diseña tu negocio para que funcione solo, como relojito Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Carlos Monroy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: July 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: ¿Te preocupa que tu negocio se derrumbe sin tu presencia? ¿Sacrificas a tu familia, tus amigos y tu tiempo para mantener tu negocio vivo? ¿Qué pasaría si tu negocio funcionara por sí solo? Si eres como la mayoría de los emprendedores, comenzaste tu negocio para ser tu propio jefe, ganar más dinero y vivir la vida en tus propios términos. Pero la realidad es otra, estás atascado en la rutina diaria, apagando incendios, respondiendo a un sinfín de preguntas y buscando continuamente dinero. En El sistema Clockwork Mike Michalowicz te ofrece un camino paso a paso para salir de este dilema a través de un enfoque simple para hacer que tu negocio sea ultra eficiente. Entre otras estrategias, descubrirás cómo: - Hacer que tus empleados actúen como propietarios. - Identificar la función más importante de tu negocio. - Saber qué es lo primero que hay que solucionar. Ya sea que tu empresa sea de un empleado o cien, ya sea que comiences a emprender, El sistema Clockwork será tu camino para que finalmente tu negocio trabaje para ti. 'El sistema Clockwork está repleto de consejos prácticos con los que te identificarás. Les recordará a los emprendedores por qué se lanzaron a la aventura y les servirá como una caja de herramientas.' Simon Sinek, autor de Start With Why y Leaders Eat Last 'Cuando tu negocio funciona como un reloj, finalmente puedes relajarte. En este divertido libro, Mike muestra cómo puedes lograr el sueño de que tu empresa prospere mientras disfrutas de la vida.' Laura Vanderkam, autora de Qué hace la gente exitosa con su tiempo libre y Qué hace la gente exitosa antes del desayuno https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY Author: Laman Lega Narrator: James Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY audiobook. This audiobook talk about how I being raised poor , every words ,every signal , every sounds that I receive from the environment,my parents , my friends , is conditioning me to be poor . Later on through the journey , you will learn how I break through everything , by failing , losing , and at last , through struggle , social discrimination , finally I get to live the life that I dreams of as an Entrepreneur. You will get to learn , the mindset that I have, when the worst situation hit me , where I need to choose between giving up my dreams and work for the rest of my life for others. Trust me , it is a tough choice . When you have nothing left but yourself , it is the time that you will reveal the inner monster inside you . Enjoy . Laman Lega Thu, 04 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387973 thebookvoice.com 0:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY Author: Laman Lega Narrator: James Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY audiobook. This audiobook talk about how I being raised poor , every words ,every signal , every sounds that I receive from the environment,my parents , my friends , is conditioning me to be poor . Later on through the journey , you will learn how I break through everything , by failing , losing , and at last , through struggle , social discrimination , finally I get to live the life that I dreams of as an Entrepreneur. You will get to learn , the mindset that I have, when the worst situation hit me , where I need to choose between giving up my dreams and work for the rest of my life for others. Trust me , it is a tough choice . When you have nothing left but yourself , it is the time that you will reveal the inner monster inside you . Enjoy . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY Author: Laman Lega Narrator: James Holmes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Welcome to ZERO TO HERO , A CHINESE GUY'S ENTREPRENEUR JOURNEY audiobook. This audiobook talk about how I being raised poor , every words ,every signal , every sounds that I receive from the environment,my parents , my friends , is conditioning me to be poor . Later on through the journey , you will learn how I break through everything , by failing , losing , and at last , through struggle , social discrimination , finally I get to live the life that I dreams of as an Entrepreneur. You will get to learn , the mindset that I have, when the worst situation hit me , where I need to choose between giving up my dreams and work for the rest of my life for others. Trust me , it is a tough choice . When you have nothing left but yourself , it is the time that you will reveal the inner monster inside you . Enjoy . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387352 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy: An Economist Examines the Markets, Power, and Politics of World Trade. New Preface and Epilogue with Updates on Economic Issues and Main Characters 2nd Edition Author: Pietra Rivoli Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy is a critically acclaimed narrative that illuminates the globalization debates and reveals the key factors to success in global business. Tracing a T-shirt's life story from a Texas cotton field to a Chinese factory and back to a U.S. storefront before arriving at the used clothing market in Africa, the book uncovers the political and economic forces at work in the global economy. Along the way, this fascinating exploration addresses a wealth of compelling questions about politics, trade, economics, ethics, and the impact of history on today's business landscape. Using a simple, everyday T-shirt as a lens through which to explore the business, economic, moral, and political complexities of globalization in a historical context, Travels encapsulates a number of complex issues into a single identifiable object that will strike a chord with readers as they: investigate the sources of sustained competitive advantage in different industries; examine the global economic and political forces that explain trade patters between countries; analyze complex moral issues related to globalization and international business; and discover the importance of cultural and human elements in international trade. Pietra Rivoli Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387352 thebookvoice.com 14:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy: An Economist Examines the Markets, Power, and Politics of World Trade. New Preface and Epilogue with Updates on Economic Issues and Main Characters 2nd Edition Author: Pietra Rivoli Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy is a critically acclaimed narrative that illuminates the globalization debates and reveals the key factors to success in global business. Tracing a T-shirt's life story from a Texas cotton field to a Chinese factory and back to a U.S. storefront before arriving at the used clothing market in Africa, the book uncovers the political and economic forces at work in the global economy. Along the way, this fascinating exploration addresses a wealth of compelling questions about politics, trade, economics, ethics, and the impact of history on today's business landscape. Using a simple, everyday T-shirt as a lens through which to explore the business, economic, moral, and political complexities of globalization in a historical context, Travels encapsulates a number of complex issues into a single identifiable object that will strike a chord with readers as they: investigate the sources of sustained competitive advantage in different industries; examine the global economic and political forces that explain trade patters between countries; analyze complex moral issues related to globalization and international business; and discover the importance of cultural and human elements in international trade. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387352]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy: An Economist Examines the Markets, Power, and Politics of World Trade. New Preface and Epilogue with Updates on Economic Issues and Main Characters 2nd Edition Author: Pietra Rivoli Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Travels of a T-Shirt in the Global Economy is a critically acclaimed narrative that illuminates the globalization debates and reveals the key factors to success in global business. Tracing a T-shirt's life story from a Texas cotton field to a Chinese factory and back to a U.S. storefront before arriving at the used clothing market in Africa, the book uncovers the political and economic forces at work in the global economy. Along the way, this fascinating exploration addresses a wealth of compelling questions about politics, trade, economics, ethics, and the impact of history on today's business landscape. Using a simple, everyday T-shirt as a lens through which to explore the business, economic, moral, and political complexities of globalization in a historical context, Travels encapsulates a number of complex issues into a single identifiable object that will strike a chord with readers as they: investigate the sources of sustained competitive advantage in different industries; examine the global economic and political forces that explain trade patters between countries; analyze complex moral issues related to globalization and international business; and discover the importance of cultural and human elements in international trade. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional's Guide to a Fulfilling Career Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD Narrator: Amy Ippoliti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You'll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga. Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD Wed, 24 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296 thebookvoice.com 4:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional's Guide to a Fulfilling Career Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD Narrator: Amy Ippoliti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You'll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387296]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Art and Business of Teaching Yoga: The Yoga Professional's Guide to a Fulfilling Career Author: Amy Ippoliti, Taro Smith PhD Narrator: Amy Ippoliti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Thousands of yoga lovers take teacher training courses each year, hoping to share what they learn with others. Many want to make yoga teaching their full-time career, but most training programs fall short in covering business acumen, and they may not equip graduates with the entrepreneurial skills and savvy they need to make a go of it. This indispensable and inspiring book guides both new and established professionals toward maximizing their impact as teachers and achieving their career goals. You'll learn to: build a loyal student base, plan dynamic classes, optimize your own practice, become more financially stable, maintain a marketing plan, use social media effectively, create a unique brand identity, and inspire even more students to embrace yoga. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Maurice E. Stucke, Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Using dozens of vivid examples to show how society overprescribed competition as a solution and when unbridled rivalry hurts consumers, kills entrepreneurship, and increases economic inequality, two free-market thinkers diagnose the sickness caused by competition overdose and provide remedies that will promote sustainable growth and progress for everyone, not just wealthy shareholders and those at the top. Whatever illness our society suffers, competition is the remedy. Do we want better schools for our children? Cheaper prices for everything? More choices in the marketplace? The answer is always: Increase competition.  Yet, many of us are unhappy with the results. We think we’re paying less, but we’re getting much less. Our food has undeclared additives (or worse), our drinking water contains toxic chemicals, our hotel bills reveal surprise additions, our kids’ schools are failing, our activities are tracked so that advertisers can target us with relentless promotions. All will be cured, we are told, by increasing the competitive pressure and defanging the bloated regulatory state. In a captivating exposé, Maurice E. Stucke and Ariel Ezrachi show how we are falling prey to greed, chicanery, and cronyism. Refuting the almost religious belief in rivalry as the vehicle for prosperity, the authors identify the powerful corporations, lobbyists, and lawmakers responsible for pushing this toxic competition—and argue instead for a healthier, even nobler, form of competition. Competition Overdose diagnoses the disease—and provides a cure for it. Maurice E. Stucke, Ariel Ezrachi Tue, 17 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Maurice E. Stucke, Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Using dozens of vivid examples to show how society overprescribed competition as a solution and when unbridled rivalry hurts consumers, kills entrepreneurship, and increases economic inequality, two free-market thinkers diagnose the sickness caused by competition overdose and provide remedies that will promote sustainable growth and progress for everyone, not just wealthy shareholders and those at the top. Whatever illness our society suffers, competition is the remedy. Do we want better schools for our children? Cheaper prices for everything? More choices in the marketplace? The answer is always: Increase competition.  Yet, many of us are unhappy with the results. We think we’re paying less, but we’re getting much less. Our food has undeclared additives (or worse), our drinking water contains toxic chemicals, our hotel bills reveal surprise additions, our kids’ schools are failing, our activities are tracked so that advertisers can target us with relentless promotions. All will be cured, we are told, by increasing the competitive pressure and defanging the bloated regulatory state. In a captivating exposé, Maurice E. Stucke and Ariel Ezrachi show how we are falling prey to greed, chicanery, and cronyism. Refuting the almost religious belief in rivalry as the vehicle for prosperity, the authors identify the powerful corporations, lobbyists, and lawmakers responsible for pushing this toxic competition—and argue instead for a healthier, even nobler, form of competition. Competition Overdose diagnoses the disease—and provides a cure for it. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Competition Overdose: How Free Market Mythology Transformed Us from Citizen Kings to Market Servants Author: Maurice E. Stucke, Ariel Ezrachi Narrator: Steve Wojtas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 17, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Using dozens of vivid examples to show how society overprescribed competition as a solution and when unbridled rivalry hurts consumers, kills entrepreneurship, and increases economic inequality, two free-market thinkers diagnose the sickness caused by competition overdose and provide remedies that will promote sustainable growth and progress for everyone, not just wealthy shareholders and those at the top. Whatever illness our society suffers, competition is the remedy. Do we want better schools for our children? Cheaper prices for everything? More choices in the marketplace? The answer is always: Increase competition.  Yet, many of us are unhappy with the results. We think we’re paying less, but we’re getting much less. Our food has undeclared additives (or worse), our drinking water contains toxic chemicals, our hotel bills reveal surprise additions, our kids’ schools are failing, our activities are tracked so that advertisers can target us with relentless promotions. All will be cured, we are told, by increasing the competitive pressure and defanging the bloated regulatory state. In a captivating exposé, Maurice E. Stucke and Ariel Ezrachi show how we are falling prey to greed, chicanery, and cronyism. Refuting the almost religious belief in rivalry as the vehicle for prosperity, the authors identify the powerful corporations, lobbyists, and lawmakers responsible for pushing this toxic competition—and argue instead for a healthier, even nobler, form of competition. Competition Overdose diagnoses the disease—and provides a cure for it. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387244 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Information Trade: How Big Tech Conquers Countries, Challenges Our Rights, and Transforms Our World Author: Alexis Wichowski Narrator: Tia Rider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this timely, provocative, and ultimately hopeful book, a widely respected government and tech expert reveals how Facebook, Google, Amazon, Tesla, and other tech giants are disrupting the way the world works, and outlines the growing risk they pose to our future if we do not act to contain them. Today’s major technology companies—Google, Facebook, Amazon, Tesla, and others—wield more power than national governments. Because of their rising influence, Alexis Wichowski, a former press official for the State Department during the Obama administration, has re-branded these major tech companies “net states.” In this comprehensive, engaging, and prescriptive book, she considers their growing and unavoidable influence in our lives, showing in eye-opening detail how these net states are conquering countries, disrupting reality, and jeopardizing our future—and what we can do to regulate and reform the industry before it does irreparable harm to the way we think, how we act, and how we’re governed. Combining original reporting and insights drawn from more than 100 interviews with technology and government insiders, including Microsoft president Brad Smith, Google CEO Eric Schmidt, the former Federal Trade Commission chair under President Obama, the co-founder of the Center for Humane Technology , and the managing director of Jigsaw—Google’s Department of Counterterrorism against extremis and cyber-attacks—The Information Trade explores what happens when we cede our power to them, willingly trading our personal freedom and individual autonomy for an easy, plugged-in existence. Neither an industry apologist or fearmonger, Wichowski reminds us that we are not helpless victims; we still control our relationship with the technologies and the companies behind them. Most important, she shows us how we can curtail and control net states in practical, actionable ways—and makes urgently clear what’s at stake if we don’t. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Alexis Wichowski Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387244 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Information Trade: How Big Tech Conquers Countries, Challenges Our Rights, and Transforms Our World Author: Alexis Wichowski Narrator: Tia Rider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this timely, provocative, and ultimately hopeful book, a widely respected government and tech expert reveals how Facebook, Google, Amazon, Tesla, and other tech giants are disrupting the way the world works, and outlines the growing risk they pose to our future if we do not act to contain them. Today’s major technology companies—Google, Facebook, Amazon, Tesla, and others—wield more power than national governments. Because of their rising influence, Alexis Wichowski, a former press official for the State Department during the Obama administration, has re-branded these major tech companies “net states.” In this comprehensive, engaging, and prescriptive book, she considers their growing and unavoidable influence in our lives, showing in eye-opening detail how these net states are conquering countries, disrupting reality, and jeopardizing our future—and what we can do to regulate and reform the industry before it does irreparable harm to the way we think, how we act, and how we’re governed. Combining original reporting and insights drawn from more than 100 interviews with technology and government insiders, including Microsoft president Brad Smith, Google CEO Eric Schmidt, the former Federal Trade Commission chair under President Obama, the co-founder of the Center for Humane Technology , and the managing director of Jigsaw—Google’s Department of Counterterrorism against extremis and cyber-attacks—The Information Trade explores what happens when we cede our power to them, willingly trading our personal freedom and individual autonomy for an easy, plugged-in existence. Neither an industry apologist or fearmonger, Wichowski reminds us that we are not helpless victims; we still control our relationship with the technologies and the companies behind them. Most important, she shows us how we can curtail and control net states in practical, actionable ways—and makes urgently clear what’s at stake if we don’t. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387244]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Information Trade: How Big Tech Conquers Countries, Challenges Our Rights, and Transforms Our World Author: Alexis Wichowski Narrator: Tia Rider Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this timely, provocative, and ultimately hopeful book, a widely respected government and tech expert reveals how Facebook, Google, Amazon, Tesla, and other tech giants are disrupting the way the world works, and outlines the growing risk they pose to our future if we do not act to contain them. Today’s major technology companies—Google, Facebook, Amazon, Tesla, and others—wield more power than national governments. Because of their rising influence, Alexis Wichowski, a former press official for the State Department during the Obama administration, has re-branded these major tech companies “net states.” In this comprehensive, engaging, and prescriptive book, she considers their growing and unavoidable influence in our lives, showing in eye-opening detail how these net states are conquering countries, disrupting reality, and jeopardizing our future—and what we can do to regulate and reform the industry before it does irreparable harm to the way we think, how we act, and how we’re governed. Combining original reporting and insights drawn from more than 100 interviews with technology and government insiders, including Microsoft president Brad Smith, Google CEO Eric Schmidt, the former Federal Trade Commission chair under President Obama, the co-founder of the Center for Humane Technology , and the managing director of Jigsaw—Google’s Department of Counterterrorism against extremis and cyber-attacks—The Information Trade explores what happens when we cede our power to them, willingly trading our personal freedom and individual autonomy for an easy, plugged-in existence. Neither an industry apologist or fearmonger, Wichowski reminds us that we are not helpless victims; we still control our relationship with the technologies and the companies behind them. Most important, she shows us how we can curtail and control net states in practical, actionable ways—and makes urgently clear what’s at stake if we don’t. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387149 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target 3 Billion: PURA: Innovative Solutions Towards Sustainable Development Author: Apj Abdul Kalam, Srijan Pal Narrator: Dr Nitish Suryavanshi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With 750 million people living in villages, India has the largest rural population in the world. Based on his Indian experience, Dr Kalam recommends a sustainable and inclusive development system called PURA—Providing Urban Amenities in Rural Areas—to uplift the rural masses not by subsidies but through entrepreneurship with community participation. To make his case, Dr Kalam cites the examples of individuals and institutions, in India and from across the world, who, with an entrepreneurial spirit and a burning desire to make a difference, have successfully generated and tapped into the potential of the rural masses. Fabio Luiz de Oliveira Rosa changed the face of the rural district of Palmares, Brazil, by acquiring for the farmers access to electricity and water, which effect combined with better agricultural methods led to an increase in prosperity and stemmed the migration to the cities The 123-strong Magar clan owned Magarpatta, a 430-acre plot on the outskirts of Pune, Maharashtra. In the 1990s, they organized and set up the Magarpatta city which is now home to over 35,000 residents and a working population of 65,000, and boasts of an IT park. Apj Abdul Kalam, Srijan Pal Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387149 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target 3 Billion: PURA: Innovative Solutions Towards Sustainable Development Author: Apj Abdul Kalam, Srijan Pal Narrator: Dr Nitish Suryavanshi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With 750 million people living in villages, India has the largest rural population in the world. Based on his Indian experience, Dr Kalam recommends a sustainable and inclusive development system called PURA—Providing Urban Amenities in Rural Areas—to uplift the rural masses not by subsidies but through entrepreneurship with community participation. To make his case, Dr Kalam cites the examples of individuals and institutions, in India and from across the world, who, with an entrepreneurial spirit and a burning desire to make a difference, have successfully generated and tapped into the potential of the rural masses. Fabio Luiz de Oliveira Rosa changed the face of the rural district of Palmares, Brazil, by acquiring for the farmers access to electricity and water, which effect combined with better agricultural methods led to an increase in prosperity and stemmed the migration to the cities The 123-strong Magar clan owned Magarpatta, a 430-acre plot on the outskirts of Pune, Maharashtra. In the 1990s, they organized and set up the Magarpatta city which is now home to over 35,000 residents and a working population of 65,000, and boasts of an IT park. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/387149]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target 3 Billion: PURA: Innovative Solutions Towards Sustainable Development Author: Apj Abdul Kalam, Srijan Pal Narrator: Dr Nitish Suryavanshi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With 750 million people living in villages, India has the largest rural population in the world. Based on his Indian experience, Dr Kalam recommends a sustainable and inclusive development system called PURA—Providing Urban Amenities in Rural Areas—to uplift the rural masses not by subsidies but through entrepreneurship with community participation. To make his case, Dr Kalam cites the examples of individuals and institutions, in India and from across the world, who, with an entrepreneurial spirit and a burning desire to make a difference, have successfully generated and tapped into the potential of the rural masses. Fabio Luiz de Oliveira Rosa changed the face of the rural district of Palmares, Brazil, by acquiring for the farmers access to electricity and water, which effect combined with better agricultural methods led to an increase in prosperity and stemmed the migration to the cities The 123-strong Magar clan owned Magarpatta, a 430-acre plot on the outskirts of Pune, Maharashtra. In the 1990s, they organized and set up the Magarpatta city which is now home to over 35,000 residents and a working population of 65,000, and boasts of an IT park. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Following a deadly car crash, small-town lawyer Lance Cooper risked everything to battle one of the most powerful auto corporations in the world to get justice for a young woman. A fast-paced, journalistic account of tragedy turned to triumph, despair to hope, Cobalt Cover-Up is an inspirational, thoroughly compelling, and victorious audiobook.  In the midst of his own family struggles, small-town Georgia lawyer Lance Cooper agreed to defend Ken and Beth Melton and investigate the deadly accident that killed their daughter Brooke after she inexplicably lost control of her Chevy Cobalt. But what started as a heartbreaking yet all too common lawsuit quickly escalated into a David vs. Goliath case when Cooper discovered shocking evidence that General Motors concealed an ignition switch defect for nearly a decade--resulting in 124 deaths, including Brooke's, and risking the lives of millions more. ­­ Despite GM's settlement offers and attempts to bury evidence, Cooper refused to back down and worked tirelessly to expose the truth. Locked in a tenacious legal fight, Cooper and the Meltons faced incredible odds--Ken and Beth losing jobs and suffering the difficulty of grieving a beloved daughter during a court battle, Cooper risking his reputation and private practice against the overwhelming opposition from GM's team of lawyers, and both parties facing massive financial strain. Yet, in the relentless pursuit for justice and to protect future innocent lives, this small-town lawyer and a working-class American couple stared down the biggest US auto manufacturing mogul and ultimately transformed the entire industry. Lance Cooper Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Following a deadly car crash, small-town lawyer Lance Cooper risked everything to battle one of the most powerful auto corporations in the world to get justice for a young woman. A fast-paced, journalistic account of tragedy turned to triumph, despair to hope, Cobalt Cover-Up is an inspirational, thoroughly compelling, and victorious audiobook.  In the midst of his own family struggles, small-town Georgia lawyer Lance Cooper agreed to defend Ken and Beth Melton and investigate the deadly accident that killed their daughter Brooke after she inexplicably lost control of her Chevy Cobalt. But what started as a heartbreaking yet all too common lawsuit quickly escalated into a David vs. Goliath case when Cooper discovered shocking evidence that General Motors concealed an ignition switch defect for nearly a decade--resulting in 124 deaths, including Brooke's, and risking the lives of millions more. ­­ Despite GM's settlement offers and attempts to bury evidence, Cooper refused to back down and worked tirelessly to expose the truth. Locked in a tenacious legal fight, Cooper and the Meltons faced incredible odds--Ken and Beth losing jobs and suffering the difficulty of grieving a beloved daughter during a court battle, Cooper risking his reputation and private practice against the overwhelming opposition from GM's team of lawyers, and both parties facing massive financial strain. Yet, in the relentless pursuit for justice and to protect future innocent lives, this small-town lawyer and a working-class American couple stared down the biggest US auto manufacturing mogul and ultimately transformed the entire industry. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386681]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cobalt Cover-Up: The Inside Story of a Deadly Conspiracy at the Largest Car Manufacturer in the World Author: Lance Cooper Narrator: Van Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Following a deadly car crash, small-town lawyer Lance Cooper risked everything to battle one of the most powerful auto corporations in the world to get justice for a young woman. A fast-paced, journalistic account of tragedy turned to triumph, despair to hope, Cobalt Cover-Up is an inspirational, thoroughly compelling, and victorious audiobook.  In the midst of his own family struggles, small-town Georgia lawyer Lance Cooper agreed to defend Ken and Beth Melton and investigate the deadly accident that killed their daughter Brooke after she inexplicably lost control of her Chevy Cobalt. But what started as a heartbreaking yet all too common lawsuit quickly escalated into a David vs. Goliath case when Cooper discovered shocking evidence that General Motors concealed an ignition switch defect for nearly a decade--resulting in 124 deaths, including Brooke's, and risking the lives of millions more. ­­ Despite GM's settlement offers and attempts to bury evidence, Cooper refused to back down and worked tirelessly to expose the truth. Locked in a tenacious legal fight, Cooper and the Meltons faced incredible odds--Ken and Beth losing jobs and suffering the difficulty of grieving a beloved daughter during a court battle, Cooper risking his reputation and private practice against the overwhelming opposition from GM's team of lawyers, and both parties facing massive financial strain. Yet, in the relentless pursuit for justice and to protect future innocent lives, this small-town lawyer and a working-class American couple stared down the biggest US auto manufacturing mogul and ultimately transformed the entire industry. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386656 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built, Not Born: A Self-Made Billionaire's No-Nonsense Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Tom Golisano Narrator: Mike Terry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get tested and proven advice on how to navigate risk and succeed in all phases of business ownership from a successful entrepreneur who turned a small startup into a billion-dollar company. Self-made billionaire and Paychex founder Tom Golisano understands the fears, risks, and challenges small-business owners face every day. He has launched and grown his own highly successful business and mentored dozens of entrepreneurs, helping them build their own fruitful companies. Golisano knows how nervous aspiring business owners are about the risks of entrepreneurship. Now, he’s sharing the startup-to-exit secrets to success and how he turned $3,000 into $28 billion dollars. Built, Not Born shows you: - How going against the grain can be a great strategy for finding business opportunities and why it pays to question conventional wisdom. - Why the pregnant pause can be an effective weapon in negotiations and when interviewing potential employees. - Why a prenuptial or even a postnuptial agreement is critical to any business owner.  - What potential buyers and funding sources look for, and the best way to present a business plan. - And finally, the key growth and leadership strategies that have helped Paychex sustain its incredible level of growth and profitability. Built, Not Born provides a direct and practical approach on how to overcome everyday challenges. This essential handbook is a key resource for current and aspiring entrepreneurs on how to start, grow, and operate a successful business. Tom Golisano Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386656 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built, Not Born: A Self-Made Billionaire's No-Nonsense Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Tom Golisano Narrator: Mike Terry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get tested and proven advice on how to navigate risk and succeed in all phases of business ownership from a successful entrepreneur who turned a small startup into a billion-dollar company. Self-made billionaire and Paychex founder Tom Golisano understands the fears, risks, and challenges small-business owners face every day. He has launched and grown his own highly successful business and mentored dozens of entrepreneurs, helping them build their own fruitful companies. Golisano knows how nervous aspiring business owners are about the risks of entrepreneurship. Now, he’s sharing the startup-to-exit secrets to success and how he turned $3,000 into $28 billion dollars. Built, Not Born shows you: - How going against the grain can be a great strategy for finding business opportunities and why it pays to question conventional wisdom. - Why the pregnant pause can be an effective weapon in negotiations and when interviewing potential employees. - Why a prenuptial or even a postnuptial agreement is critical to any business owner.  - What potential buyers and funding sources look for, and the best way to present a business plan. - And finally, the key growth and leadership strategies that have helped Paychex sustain its incredible level of growth and profitability. Built, Not Born provides a direct and practical approach on how to overcome everyday challenges. This essential handbook is a key resource for current and aspiring entrepreneurs on how to start, grow, and operate a successful business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386656]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built, Not Born: A Self-Made Billionaire's No-Nonsense Guide for Entrepreneurs Author: Tom Golisano Narrator: Mike Terry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get tested and proven advice on how to navigate risk and succeed in all phases of business ownership from a successful entrepreneur who turned a small startup into a billion-dollar company. Self-made billionaire and Paychex founder Tom Golisano understands the fears, risks, and challenges small-business owners face every day. He has launched and grown his own highly successful business and mentored dozens of entrepreneurs, helping them build their own fruitful companies. Golisano knows how nervous aspiring business owners are about the risks of entrepreneurship. Now, he’s sharing the startup-to-exit secrets to success and how he turned $3,000 into $28 billion dollars. Built, Not Born shows you: - How going against the grain can be a great strategy for finding business opportunities and why it pays to question conventional wisdom. - Why the pregnant pause can be an effective weapon in negotiations and when interviewing potential employees. - Why a prenuptial or even a postnuptial agreement is critical to any business owner.  - What potential buyers and funding sources look for, and the best way to present a business plan. - And finally, the key growth and leadership strategies that have helped Paychex sustain its incredible level of growth and profitability. Built, Not Born provides a direct and practical approach on how to overcome everyday challenges. This essential handbook is a key resource for current and aspiring entrepreneurs on how to start, grow, and operate a successful business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386653 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial Leadership: The Art of Launching New Ventures, Inspiring Others, and Running Stuff Author: Joel Peterson Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make a lasting impact by launching new initiatives, inspiring others, and championing innovative approaches with this from-the-trenches guide by trusted executive mentor, entrepreneur, and leadership expert Joel Peterson. Many leaders see their roles as presidents/managers, with a primary focus on keeping results consistent with past performance and on budget. These kinds of leaders make important contributions but rarely leave a mark on the businesses they serve. For those wanting to make a lasting impact, new skills are required. Joel Peterson calls these higher-level leaders “entrepreneurial leaders,” and they create durable enterprises that deliver on their promise. After three careers and demanding roles as CFO, CEO, chairman, lead director, adjunct professor, founder, author, entrepreneur and investor, Joel Peterson is often sought as a mentor and coach by leaders and aspiring leaders. He has worked with all types of leaders and considers the entrepreneurial leader to be the highest level of influence. In Entrepreneurial Leadership, Peterson lays out a path to achieving this summit with a series of leadership maps organized around the four essential basecamps: - Establishing Trust - Creating a Sense of Mission - Building a Cohesive Team - Executing and Delivering Results These core philosophies, while easy to summarize, can be extremely difficult to implement.  This book of maps and mindsets is aimed at those who hope to lead others, help them achieve their best, break new barriers, change the status quo, create a legacy, develop a brand, and enjoy a life-altering experience. Let Entrepreneurial Leadership guide you on your journey. Joel Peterson Tue, 21 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386653 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial Leadership: The Art of Launching New Ventures, Inspiring Others, and Running Stuff Author: Joel Peterson Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make a lasting impact by launching new initiatives, inspiring others, and championing innovative approaches with this from-the-trenches guide by trusted executive mentor, entrepreneur, and leadership expert Joel Peterson. Many leaders see their roles as presidents/managers, with a primary focus on keeping results consistent with past performance and on budget. These kinds of leaders make important contributions but rarely leave a mark on the businesses they serve. For those wanting to make a lasting impact, new skills are required. Joel Peterson calls these higher-level leaders “entrepreneurial leaders,” and they create durable enterprises that deliver on their promise. After three careers and demanding roles as CFO, CEO, chairman, lead director, adjunct professor, founder, author, entrepreneur and investor, Joel Peterson is often sought as a mentor and coach by leaders and aspiring leaders. He has worked with all types of leaders and considers the entrepreneurial leader to be the highest level of influence. In Entrepreneurial Leadership, Peterson lays out a path to achieving this summit with a series of leadership maps organized around the four essential basecamps: - Establishing Trust - Creating a Sense of Mission - Building a Cohesive Team - Executing and Delivering Results These core philosophies, while easy to summarize, can be extremely difficult to implement.  This book of maps and mindsets is aimed at those who hope to lead others, help them achieve their best, break new barriers, change the status quo, create a legacy, develop a brand, and enjoy a life-altering experience. Let Entrepreneurial Leadership guide you on your journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386653]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneurial Leadership: The Art of Launching New Ventures, Inspiring Others, and Running Stuff Author: Joel Peterson Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 21, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make a lasting impact by launching new initiatives, inspiring others, and championing innovative approaches with this from-the-trenches guide by trusted executive mentor, entrepreneur, and leadership expert Joel Peterson. Many leaders see their roles as presidents/managers, with a primary focus on keeping results consistent with past performance and on budget. These kinds of leaders make important contributions but rarely leave a mark on the businesses they serve. For those wanting to make a lasting impact, new skills are required. Joel Peterson calls these higher-level leaders “entrepreneurial leaders,” and they create durable enterprises that deliver on their promise. After three careers and demanding roles as CFO, CEO, chairman, lead director, adjunct professor, founder, author, entrepreneur and investor, Joel Peterson is often sought as a mentor and coach by leaders and aspiring leaders. He has worked with all types of leaders and considers the entrepreneurial leader to be the highest level of influence. In Entrepreneurial Leadership, Peterson lays out a path to achieving this summit with a series of leadership maps organized around the four essential basecamps: - Establishing Trust - Creating a Sense of Mission - Building a Cohesive Team - Executing and Delivering Results These core philosophies, while easy to summarize, can be extremely difficult to implement.  This book of maps and mindsets is aimed at those who hope to lead others, help them achieve their best, break new barriers, change the status quo, create a legacy, develop a brand, and enjoy a life-altering experience. Let Entrepreneurial Leadership guide you on your journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386649 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildpreneurs: A Practical Guide to Pursuing Your Passion as a Business Author: Tamara Jacobi Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Real-life “wildpreneur” Tamara Jacobi shares her insights on what it takes to successfully make the leap from a safe yet soul-crushing day job to chasing your dreams. This book illuminates how surf guides, ski builders, yoga and wellness instructors, environmental activists, nature lovers, podcasters, artisans, and other creatives achieve an adventurous lifestyle and financial viability. Whether you’re stuck in the nine-to-five grind, are an enterprising college grad, a dynamic retiree, or are just an out-of-the-box thinker, it’s time to embrace your free spirit and become a Wildpreneur! Entrepreneur and author Tamara Jacobi understands the challenge and reward of turning your passion into a business. Over ten years ago, she and her family started the Tailwind Jungle Lodge, a treehouse style eco-lodge in the jungle on the Mexican Pacific coastline. Jacobi shares the lessons she’s learned, alongside stories and wisdom from other Wildpreneurs. In Wildpreneurs, you will: - Access a practical blueprint for starting and managing an unconventional business. - Receive the support needed to stay on track with what can be a difficult path filled with unexpected challenges and is worth it in the end. - Gain insights into the world of Wildpreneurship, its characters, and the lifestyle that is within anyone’s grasp. - Discover an alternative to living on autopilot, an opportunity to move beyond fear, come alive, and tune into inspiration while also making a living. Let Wildpreneurs help you blaze the path to your own journey of meaning, purposefulness, and adventure—and start living the life of your dreams. Tamara Jacobi Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386649 thebookvoice.com 7:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildpreneurs: A Practical Guide to Pursuing Your Passion as a Business Author: Tamara Jacobi Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Real-life “wildpreneur” Tamara Jacobi shares her insights on what it takes to successfully make the leap from a safe yet soul-crushing day job to chasing your dreams. This book illuminates how surf guides, ski builders, yoga and wellness instructors, environmental activists, nature lovers, podcasters, artisans, and other creatives achieve an adventurous lifestyle and financial viability. Whether you’re stuck in the nine-to-five grind, are an enterprising college grad, a dynamic retiree, or are just an out-of-the-box thinker, it’s time to embrace your free spirit and become a Wildpreneur! Entrepreneur and author Tamara Jacobi understands the challenge and reward of turning your passion into a business. Over ten years ago, she and her family started the Tailwind Jungle Lodge, a treehouse style eco-lodge in the jungle on the Mexican Pacific coastline. Jacobi shares the lessons she’s learned, alongside stories and wisdom from other Wildpreneurs. In Wildpreneurs, you will: - Access a practical blueprint for starting and managing an unconventional business. - Receive the support needed to stay on track with what can be a difficult path filled with unexpected challenges and is worth it in the end. - Gain insights into the world of Wildpreneurship, its characters, and the lifestyle that is within anyone’s grasp. - Discover an alternative to living on autopilot, an opportunity to move beyond fear, come alive, and tune into inspiration while also making a living. Let Wildpreneurs help you blaze the path to your own journey of meaning, purposefulness, and adventure—and start living the life of your dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386649]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wildpreneurs: A Practical Guide to Pursuing Your Passion as a Business Author: Tamara Jacobi Narrator: Jill Blackwood Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Real-life “wildpreneur” Tamara Jacobi shares her insights on what it takes to successfully make the leap from a safe yet soul-crushing day job to chasing your dreams. This book illuminates how surf guides, ski builders, yoga and wellness instructors, environmental activists, nature lovers, podcasters, artisans, and other creatives achieve an adventurous lifestyle and financial viability. Whether you’re stuck in the nine-to-five grind, are an enterprising college grad, a dynamic retiree, or are just an out-of-the-box thinker, it’s time to embrace your free spirit and become a Wildpreneur! Entrepreneur and author Tamara Jacobi understands the challenge and reward of turning your passion into a business. Over ten years ago, she and her family started the Tailwind Jungle Lodge, a treehouse style eco-lodge in the jungle on the Mexican Pacific coastline. Jacobi shares the lessons she’s learned, alongside stories and wisdom from other Wildpreneurs. In Wildpreneurs, you will: - Access a practical blueprint for starting and managing an unconventional business. - Receive the support needed to stay on track with what can be a difficult path filled with unexpected challenges and is worth it in the end. - Gain insights into the world of Wildpreneurship, its characters, and the lifestyle that is within anyone’s grasp. - Discover an alternative to living on autopilot, an opportunity to move beyond fear, come alive, and tune into inspiration while also making a living. Let Wildpreneurs help you blaze the path to your own journey of meaning, purposefulness, and adventure—and start living the life of your dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386647 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marvel Studios Story: How a Failing Comic Book Publisher Became a Hollywood Superhero Series: Part of The Business Storybook Series Author: Charlie Wetzel, Stephanie Wetzel Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What can you learn from the world’s most successful companies? Marvel characters have been shaping pop culture for decades and when comic books were no longer keeping the company afloat, Marvel Studios was born. Marvel Studios is the multibillion-dollar home to iconic franchises. They are known for creating brilliant multilayered worlds and storylines that allow their audiences to escape into a fantasy and inspire the creative side of every viewer. But, behind those visionaries is a well-oiled storytelling machine dedicated to getting the Hulk’s smash fists in the hands of every child and a sea of Spiderman costumes deployed every Halloween. The Marvel Studios Story educates you on how one of the largest creative companies in the planetary universe runs their business and keeps their fans and their parent company, Disney, counting the profits. Through the story of Marvel Studios, you’ll learn: - How to recognize and pursue additional revenue streams. - How a company can successfully balance the creative with business to appease investors and fans alike. - And how to keep a decades-old superhero franchise new and exciting without losing sight of its roots. The Marvel Studios Story will help you understand and adopt the competitive strategies, workplace culture, and daily business practices that enabled a struggling comic book publisher to parlay the power of myth and storytelling to become one of history’s most successful movie studios. Charlie Wetzel, Stephanie Wetzel Tue, 26 May 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386647 thebookvoice.com 3:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marvel Studios Story: How a Failing Comic Book Publisher Became a Hollywood Superhero Series: Part of The Business Storybook Series Author: Charlie Wetzel, Stephanie Wetzel Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What can you learn from the world’s most successful companies? Marvel characters have been shaping pop culture for decades and when comic books were no longer keeping the company afloat, Marvel Studios was born. Marvel Studios is the multibillion-dollar home to iconic franchises. They are known for creating brilliant multilayered worlds and storylines that allow their audiences to escape into a fantasy and inspire the creative side of every viewer. But, behind those visionaries is a well-oiled storytelling machine dedicated to getting the Hulk’s smash fists in the hands of every child and a sea of Spiderman costumes deployed every Halloween. The Marvel Studios Story educates you on how one of the largest creative companies in the planetary universe runs their business and keeps their fans and their parent company, Disney, counting the profits. Through the story of Marvel Studios, you’ll learn: - How to recognize and pursue additional revenue streams. - How a company can successfully balance the creative with business to appease investors and fans alike. - And how to keep a decades-old superhero franchise new and exciting without losing sight of its roots. The Marvel Studios Story will help you understand and adopt the competitive strategies, workplace culture, and daily business practices that enabled a struggling comic book publisher to parlay the power of myth and storytelling to become one of history’s most successful movie studios. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386647]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Marvel Studios Story: How a Failing Comic Book Publisher Became a Hollywood Superhero Series: Part of The Business Storybook Series Author: Charlie Wetzel, Stephanie Wetzel Narrator: Mark Smeby Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What can you learn from the world’s most successful companies? Marvel characters have been shaping pop culture for decades and when comic books were no longer keeping the company afloat, Marvel Studios was born. Marvel Studios is the multibillion-dollar home to iconic franchises. They are known for creating brilliant multilayered worlds and storylines that allow their audiences to escape into a fantasy and inspire the creative side of every viewer. But, behind those visionaries is a well-oiled storytelling machine dedicated to getting the Hulk’s smash fists in the hands of every child and a sea of Spiderman costumes deployed every Halloween. The Marvel Studios Story educates you on how one of the largest creative companies in the planetary universe runs their business and keeps their fans and their parent company, Disney, counting the profits. Through the story of Marvel Studios, you’ll learn: - How to recognize and pursue additional revenue streams. - How a company can successfully balance the creative with business to appease investors and fans alike. - And how to keep a decades-old superhero franchise new and exciting without losing sight of its roots. The Marvel Studios Story will help you understand and adopt the competitive strategies, workplace culture, and daily business practices that enabled a struggling comic book publisher to parlay the power of myth and storytelling to become one of history’s most successful movie studios. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind for Sales: Daily Habits and Practical Strategies for Sales Success Author: Csp Mark Hunter Narrator: Mark Hunter, Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For salespeople feeling stressed and disappointed that their customers don’t want to hear from them, this guide is the key to developing the mindset and habits required to reach a new level of sales success. The world of sales can be tough, so it’s easy to get discouraged when the rejections start piling up and your customers stop answering the phone. This allows the wrong thought patterns to start developing, soon you aren’t making quotas and then you begin looking at job listings waiting for your next downfall. Sales expert Mark Hunter can relate as his start to sales was discouraging. The lessons he’s learned throughout his career are revealed in A Mind for Sales. He discovered that sales can be incredibly rewarding, such as customers calling you for advice, thanking you for improving their business, and referring you to colleagues. The difference is simply developing mindset and momentum habits. In A Mind for Sales, you’ll learn how to: - Feel energized by renewed purpose and success in your sales role by following the success cycle approach. - Receive practical strategies on how to change your mindset and succeed in sales. - Learn the daily habits needed to maximize productivity and make hitting the ground running strategy #1. - Gain real-world insights from Hunter’s vast experience as a successful sales professional and sales coach. Let this book inspire and prepare you to form the new habits you need to succeed and to realize the incredible rewards that a successful life in sales makes possible. Csp Mark Hunter Tue, 31 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386643 thebookvoice.com 4:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind for Sales: Daily Habits and Practical Strategies for Sales Success Author: Csp Mark Hunter Narrator: Mark Hunter, Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For salespeople feeling stressed and disappointed that their customers don’t want to hear from them, this guide is the key to developing the mindset and habits required to reach a new level of sales success. The world of sales can be tough, so it’s easy to get discouraged when the rejections start piling up and your customers stop answering the phone. This allows the wrong thought patterns to start developing, soon you aren’t making quotas and then you begin looking at job listings waiting for your next downfall. Sales expert Mark Hunter can relate as his start to sales was discouraging. The lessons he’s learned throughout his career are revealed in A Mind for Sales. He discovered that sales can be incredibly rewarding, such as customers calling you for advice, thanking you for improving their business, and referring you to colleagues. The difference is simply developing mindset and momentum habits. In A Mind for Sales, you’ll learn how to: - Feel energized by renewed purpose and success in your sales role by following the success cycle approach. - Receive practical strategies on how to change your mindset and succeed in sales. - Learn the daily habits needed to maximize productivity and make hitting the ground running strategy #1. - Gain real-world insights from Hunter’s vast experience as a successful sales professional and sales coach. Let this book inspire and prepare you to form the new habits you need to succeed and to realize the incredible rewards that a successful life in sales makes possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Mind for Sales: Daily Habits and Practical Strategies for Sales Success Author: Csp Mark Hunter Narrator: Mark Hunter, Henry O. Arnold Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 52 minutes Release date: March 31, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For salespeople feeling stressed and disappointed that their customers don’t want to hear from them, this guide is the key to developing the mindset and habits required to reach a new level of sales success. The world of sales can be tough, so it’s easy to get discouraged when the rejections start piling up and your customers stop answering the phone. This allows the wrong thought patterns to start developing, soon you aren’t making quotas and then you begin looking at job listings waiting for your next downfall. Sales expert Mark Hunter can relate as his start to sales was discouraging. The lessons he’s learned throughout his career are revealed in A Mind for Sales. He discovered that sales can be incredibly rewarding, such as customers calling you for advice, thanking you for improving their business, and referring you to colleagues. The difference is simply developing mindset and momentum habits. In A Mind for Sales, you’ll learn how to: - Feel energized by renewed purpose and success in your sales role by following the success cycle approach. - Receive practical strategies on how to change your mindset and succeed in sales. - Learn the daily habits needed to maximize productivity and make hitting the ground running strategy #1. - Gain real-world insights from Hunter’s vast experience as a successful sales professional and sales coach. Let this book inspire and prepare you to form the new habits you need to succeed and to realize the incredible rewards that a successful life in sales makes possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386516 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Faster Than You Think: How Converging Technologies Are Transforming Business, Industries, and Our Lives Author: Steven Kotler, Peter H. Diamandis Narrator: Peter H. Diamandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 147 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 21 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! From the New York Times bestselling authors of Abundance and Bold comes a practical playbook for technological convergence in our modern era. In their book Abundance, bestselling authors and futurists Peter Diamandis and Steven Kotler tackled grand global challenges, such as poverty, hunger, and energy. Then, in Bold, they chronicled the use of exponential technologies that allowed the emergence of powerful new entrepreneurs. Now the bestselling authors are back with The Future Is Faster Than You Think, a blueprint for how our world will change in response to the next ten years of rapid technological disruption. Technology is accelerating far more quickly than anyone could have imagined. During the next decade, we will experience more upheaval and create more wealth than we have in the past hundred years. In this gripping and insightful roadmap to our near future, Diamandis and Kotler investigate how wave after wave of exponentially accelerating technologies will impact both our daily lives and society as a whole. What happens as AI, robotics, virtual reality, digital biology, and sensors crash into 3D printing, blockchain, and global gigabit networks? How will these convergences transform today’s legacy industries? What will happen to the way we raise our kids, govern our nations, and care for our planet? Diamandis, a space-entrepreneur-turned-innovation-pioneer, and Kotler, bestselling author and peak performance expert, probe the science of technological convergence and how it will reinvent every part of our lives—transportation, retail, advertising, education, health, entertainment, food, and finance—taking humanity into uncharted territories and reimagining the world as we know it. As indispensable as it is gripping, The Future Is Faster Than You Think provides a prescient look at our impending future. Steven Kotler, Peter H. Diamandis Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386516 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Faster Than You Think: How Converging Technologies Are Transforming Business, Industries, and Our Lives Author: Steven Kotler, Peter H. Diamandis Narrator: Peter H. Diamandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 147 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 21 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! From the New York Times bestselling authors of Abundance and Bold comes a practical playbook for technological convergence in our modern era. In their book Abundance, bestselling authors and futurists Peter Diamandis and Steven Kotler tackled grand global challenges, such as poverty, hunger, and energy. Then, in Bold, they chronicled the use of exponential technologies that allowed the emergence of powerful new entrepreneurs. Now the bestselling authors are back with The Future Is Faster Than You Think, a blueprint for how our world will change in response to the next ten years of rapid technological disruption. Technology is accelerating far more quickly than anyone could have imagined. During the next decade, we will experience more upheaval and create more wealth than we have in the past hundred years. In this gripping and insightful roadmap to our near future, Diamandis and Kotler investigate how wave after wave of exponentially accelerating technologies will impact both our daily lives and society as a whole. What happens as AI, robotics, virtual reality, digital biology, and sensors crash into 3D printing, blockchain, and global gigabit networks? How will these convergences transform today’s legacy industries? What will happen to the way we raise our kids, govern our nations, and care for our planet? Diamandis, a space-entrepreneur-turned-innovation-pioneer, and Kotler, bestselling author and peak performance expert, probe the science of technological convergence and how it will reinvent every part of our lives—transportation, retail, advertising, education, health, entertainment, food, and finance—taking humanity into uncharted territories and reimagining the world as we know it. As indispensable as it is gripping, The Future Is Faster Than You Think provides a prescient look at our impending future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future Is Faster Than You Think: How Converging Technologies Are Transforming Business, Industries, and Our Lives Author: Steven Kotler, Peter H. Diamandis Narrator: Peter H. Diamandis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.39 of Total 147 Ratings of Narrator: 4.29 of Total 21 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Audio Bonus! Includes exclusive conversations with the authors! From the New York Times bestselling authors of Abundance and Bold comes a practical playbook for technological convergence in our modern era. In their book Abundance, bestselling authors and futurists Peter Diamandis and Steven Kotler tackled grand global challenges, such as poverty, hunger, and energy. Then, in Bold, they chronicled the use of exponential technologies that allowed the emergence of powerful new entrepreneurs. Now the bestselling authors are back with The Future Is Faster Than You Think, a blueprint for how our world will change in response to the next ten years of rapid technological disruption. Technology is accelerating far more quickly than anyone could have imagined. During the next decade, we will experience more upheaval and create more wealth than we have in the past hundred years. In this gripping and insightful roadmap to our near future, Diamandis and Kotler investigate how wave after wave of exponentially accelerating technologies will impact both our daily lives and society as a whole. What happens as AI, robotics, virtual reality, digital biology, and sensors crash into 3D printing, blockchain, and global gigabit networks? How will these convergences transform today’s legacy industries? What will happen to the way we raise our kids, govern our nations, and care for our planet? Diamandis, a space-entrepreneur-turned-innovation-pioneer, and Kotler, bestselling author and peak performance expert, probe the science of technological convergence and how it will reinvent every part of our lives—transportation, retail, advertising, education, health, entertainment, food, and finance—taking humanity into uncharted territories and reimagining the world as we know it. As indispensable as it is gripping, The Future Is Faster Than You Think provides a prescient look at our impending future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386473 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pharma: Greed, Lies, and the Poisoning of America Author: Gerald L. Posner Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Award-winning journalist and New York Times bestselling author Gerald Posner reveals the heroes and villains of the trillion-dollar-a-year pharmaceutical industry and delivers “a withering and encyclopedic indictment of a drug industry that often seems to prioritize profits over patients (The New York Times Book Review). Pharmaceutical breakthroughs such as anti­biotics and vaccines rank among some of the greatest advancements in human history. Yet exorbitant prices for life-saving drugs, safety recalls affecting tens of millions of Americans, and soaring rates of addiction and overdose on pre­scription opioids have caused many to lose faith in drug companies. Now, Americans are demanding a national reckoning with a monolithic industry. “Gerald’s dogged reporting, sets Pharma apart from all books on this subject” (The Washington Standard) as we are introduced to brilliant scientists, incorruptible government regulators, and brave whistleblowers facing off against company exec­utives often blinded by greed. A business that profits from treating ills can create far deadlier problems than it cures. Addictive products are part of the industry’s DNA, from the days when corner drugstores sold morphine, heroin, and cocaine, to the past two decades of dangerously overprescribed opioids. Pharma also uncovers the real story of the Sacklers, the family that became one of America’s wealthiest from the success of OxyContin, their blockbuster narcotic painkiller at the center of the opioid crisis. Relying on thousands of pages of government and corporate archives, dozens of hours of interviews with insiders, and previously classified FBI files, Posner exposes the secrets of the Sacklers’ rise to power—revelations that have long been buried under a byzantine web of interlocking companies with ever-changing names and hidden owners. The unexpected twists and turns of the Sackler family saga are told against the startling chronicle of a powerful industry that sits at the intersection of public health and profits. “Explosively, even addictively, readable” (Booklist, starred review), Pharma reveals how and why American drug com­panies have put earnings ahead of patients. Gerald L. Posner Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386473 thebookvoice.com 22:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pharma: Greed, Lies, and the Poisoning of America Author: Gerald L. Posner Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Award-winning journalist and New York Times bestselling author Gerald Posner reveals the heroes and villains of the trillion-dollar-a-year pharmaceutical industry and delivers “a withering and encyclopedic indictment of a drug industry that often seems to prioritize profits over patients (The New York Times Book Review). Pharmaceutical breakthroughs such as anti­biotics and vaccines rank among some of the greatest advancements in human history. Yet exorbitant prices for life-saving drugs, safety recalls affecting tens of millions of Americans, and soaring rates of addiction and overdose on pre­scription opioids have caused many to lose faith in drug companies. Now, Americans are demanding a national reckoning with a monolithic industry. “Gerald’s dogged reporting, sets Pharma apart from all books on this subject” (The Washington Standard) as we are introduced to brilliant scientists, incorruptible government regulators, and brave whistleblowers facing off against company exec­utives often blinded by greed. A business that profits from treating ills can create far deadlier problems than it cures. Addictive products are part of the industry’s DNA, from the days when corner drugstores sold morphine, heroin, and cocaine, to the past two decades of dangerously overprescribed opioids. Pharma also uncovers the real story of the Sacklers, the family that became one of America’s wealthiest from the success of OxyContin, their blockbuster narcotic painkiller at the center of the opioid crisis. Relying on thousands of pages of government and corporate archives, dozens of hours of interviews with insiders, and previously classified FBI files, Posner exposes the secrets of the Sacklers’ rise to power—revelations that have long been buried under a byzantine web of interlocking companies with ever-changing names and hidden owners. The unexpected twists and turns of the Sackler family saga are told against the startling chronicle of a powerful industry that sits at the intersection of public health and profits. “Explosively, even addictively, readable” (Booklist, starred review), Pharma reveals how and why American drug com­panies have put earnings ahead of patients. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386473]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pharma: Greed, Lies, and the Poisoning of America Author: Gerald L. Posner Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 22 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Award-winning journalist and New York Times bestselling author Gerald Posner reveals the heroes and villains of the trillion-dollar-a-year pharmaceutical industry and delivers “a withering and encyclopedic indictment of a drug industry that often seems to prioritize profits over patients (The New York Times Book Review). Pharmaceutical breakthroughs such as anti­biotics and vaccines rank among some of the greatest advancements in human history. Yet exorbitant prices for life-saving drugs, safety recalls affecting tens of millions of Americans, and soaring rates of addiction and overdose on pre­scription opioids have caused many to lose faith in drug companies. Now, Americans are demanding a national reckoning with a monolithic industry. “Gerald’s dogged reporting, sets Pharma apart from all books on this subject” (The Washington Standard) as we are introduced to brilliant scientists, incorruptible government regulators, and brave whistleblowers facing off against company exec­utives often blinded by greed. A business that profits from treating ills can create far deadlier problems than it cures. Addictive products are part of the industry’s DNA, from the days when corner drugstores sold morphine, heroin, and cocaine, to the past two decades of dangerously overprescribed opioids. Pharma also uncovers the real story of the Sacklers, the family that became one of America’s wealthiest from the success of OxyContin, their blockbuster narcotic painkiller at the center of the opioid crisis. Relying on thousands of pages of government and corporate archives, dozens of hours of interviews with insiders, and previously classified FBI files, Posner exposes the secrets of the Sacklers’ rise to power—revelations that have long been buried under a byzantine web of interlocking companies with ever-changing names and hidden owners. The unexpected twists and turns of the Sackler family saga are told against the startling chronicle of a powerful industry that sits at the intersection of public health and profits. “Explosively, even addictively, readable” (Booklist, starred review), Pharma reveals how and why American drug com­panies have put earnings ahead of patients. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386462 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SAM: One Robot, a Dozen Engineers, and the Race to Revolutionize the Way We Build Author: Jonathan Waldman Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A true story of innovation that “reads like a movie” (Seth Godin), centered on a scrappy team of engineers—far from the Silicon Valley limelight—and their quest to revolutionize the traditional trade of masonry by building a robot that can lay bricks. Humans have landed men on the moon, programmed cars to drive themselves, and put the knowledge of our entire civilization in your back pocket. But no one—from MIT nerds to Army Corps engineers—has ever built a robot that can lay bricks as well as a mason. Unlike the controlled conditions of a factory line, where robots are now ubiquitous, no two construction sites are alike, and a day’s work involves countless variables—bricks that range in size and quality, temperamental mortar mixes, uneven terrain, fickle weather, and moody foremen. Twenty-five years ago, on a challenging construction job in Syracuse, architect Nate Podkaminer had a vision of a future full of efficient, automated machines that freed bricklayers from the repetitive, toilsome burden of lifting, in bricks, the equivalent of a Ford truck every few days. Offhandedly, he mentioned the idea to his daughter’s boyfriend, and after some inspired scheming, the architect and engineer—soon to be in-laws—cofounded a humble start-up called Construction Robotics. Working out of a small trailer, they recruited a boldly unconventional team of engineers to build the Semi-Automated Mason: SAM. In classic American tradition, a small, unlikely, and eccentric family-run start-up sought to reimagine the behemoth $1 trillion construction industry—the second biggest industry in America—in bootstrap fashion. In the tradition of Tracy Kidder’s The Soul of a New Machine, SAM unfolds as an engineering drama, full of trials and setbacks, heated showdowns between meticulous scientists and brash bricklayers (and their even more opinionated union), and hard-earned milestone achievements. Jonathan Waldman, acclaimed author of Rust, masterfully “reveals a world that surrounds us but mostly eludes our notice” (The Boston Globe). Jonathan Waldman Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386462 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SAM: One Robot, a Dozen Engineers, and the Race to Revolutionize the Way We Build Author: Jonathan Waldman Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A true story of innovation that “reads like a movie” (Seth Godin), centered on a scrappy team of engineers—far from the Silicon Valley limelight—and their quest to revolutionize the traditional trade of masonry by building a robot that can lay bricks. Humans have landed men on the moon, programmed cars to drive themselves, and put the knowledge of our entire civilization in your back pocket. But no one—from MIT nerds to Army Corps engineers—has ever built a robot that can lay bricks as well as a mason. Unlike the controlled conditions of a factory line, where robots are now ubiquitous, no two construction sites are alike, and a day’s work involves countless variables—bricks that range in size and quality, temperamental mortar mixes, uneven terrain, fickle weather, and moody foremen. Twenty-five years ago, on a challenging construction job in Syracuse, architect Nate Podkaminer had a vision of a future full of efficient, automated machines that freed bricklayers from the repetitive, toilsome burden of lifting, in bricks, the equivalent of a Ford truck every few days. Offhandedly, he mentioned the idea to his daughter’s boyfriend, and after some inspired scheming, the architect and engineer—soon to be in-laws—cofounded a humble start-up called Construction Robotics. Working out of a small trailer, they recruited a boldly unconventional team of engineers to build the Semi-Automated Mason: SAM. In classic American tradition, a small, unlikely, and eccentric family-run start-up sought to reimagine the behemoth $1 trillion construction industry—the second biggest industry in America—in bootstrap fashion. In the tradition of Tracy Kidder’s The Soul of a New Machine, SAM unfolds as an engineering drama, full of trials and setbacks, heated showdowns between meticulous scientists and brash bricklayers (and their even more opinionated union), and hard-earned milestone achievements. Jonathan Waldman, acclaimed author of Rust, masterfully “reveals a world that surrounds us but mostly eludes our notice” (The Boston Globe). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386462]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: SAM: One Robot, a Dozen Engineers, and the Race to Revolutionize the Way We Build Author: Jonathan Waldman Narrator: Corey Brill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A true story of innovation that “reads like a movie” (Seth Godin), centered on a scrappy team of engineers—far from the Silicon Valley limelight—and their quest to revolutionize the traditional trade of masonry by building a robot that can lay bricks. Humans have landed men on the moon, programmed cars to drive themselves, and put the knowledge of our entire civilization in your back pocket. But no one—from MIT nerds to Army Corps engineers—has ever built a robot that can lay bricks as well as a mason. Unlike the controlled conditions of a factory line, where robots are now ubiquitous, no two construction sites are alike, and a day’s work involves countless variables—bricks that range in size and quality, temperamental mortar mixes, uneven terrain, fickle weather, and moody foremen. Twenty-five years ago, on a challenging construction job in Syracuse, architect Nate Podkaminer had a vision of a future full of efficient, automated machines that freed bricklayers from the repetitive, toilsome burden of lifting, in bricks, the equivalent of a Ford truck every few days. Offhandedly, he mentioned the idea to his daughter’s boyfriend, and after some inspired scheming, the architect and engineer—soon to be in-laws—cofounded a humble start-up called Construction Robotics. Working out of a small trailer, they recruited a boldly unconventional team of engineers to build the Semi-Automated Mason: SAM. In classic American tradition, a small, unlikely, and eccentric family-run start-up sought to reimagine the behemoth $1 trillion construction industry—the second biggest industry in America—in bootstrap fashion. In the tradition of Tracy Kidder’s The Soul of a New Machine, SAM unfolds as an engineering drama, full of trials and setbacks, heated showdowns between meticulous scientists and brash bricklayers (and their even more opinionated union), and hard-earned milestone achievements. Jonathan Waldman, acclaimed author of Rust, masterfully “reveals a world that surrounds us but mostly eludes our notice” (The Boston Globe). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprightly and clear-eyed testimonial to the value of globalization” (The Wall Street Journal) as seen through six surprising everyday goods—the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the blockbuster HBO series Game of Thrones. Trade allows us to sell what we produce at home and purchase what we don’t. It lowers prices and gives us greater variety and innovation. Yet understanding our place in the global trade network is rarely simple. Trade has become an easy excuse for struggling economies, a scapegoat for our failures to adapt to a changing world, and—for many Americans on both the right and the left—nothing short of a four-letter word. But as Fred P. Hochberg reminds us, trade is easier to understand than we commonly think. In Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word, you’ll learn how NAFTA became a populist punching bag on both sides of the aisle. You’ll learn how Americans can avoid the grim specter of the $10 banana. And you’ll finally discover the truth about whether or not, as President Trump has famously tweeted, “trade wars are good and easy to win.” (Spoiler alert—they aren’t.) Hochberg debunks common trade myths by pulling back the curtain on six everyday products, each with a surprising story to tell: the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the smash hit HBO series Game of Thrones. Behind these six examples are stories that help explain not only how trade has shaped our lives so far but also how we can use trade to build a better future for our own families, for America, and for the world. Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is the antidote to today’s acronym-laden trade jargon pitched to voters with simple promises that rarely play out so one-dimensionally. Packed with colorful examples and highly digestible explanations, Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is “an accessible, necessary book that will increase our understanding of trade and economic policies and the ways in which they impact our daily lives” (Library Journal, starred review). Fred P. Hochberg Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprightly and clear-eyed testimonial to the value of globalization” (The Wall Street Journal) as seen through six surprising everyday goods—the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the blockbuster HBO series Game of Thrones. Trade allows us to sell what we produce at home and purchase what we don’t. It lowers prices and gives us greater variety and innovation. Yet understanding our place in the global trade network is rarely simple. Trade has become an easy excuse for struggling economies, a scapegoat for our failures to adapt to a changing world, and—for many Americans on both the right and the left—nothing short of a four-letter word. But as Fred P. Hochberg reminds us, trade is easier to understand than we commonly think. In Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word, you’ll learn how NAFTA became a populist punching bag on both sides of the aisle. You’ll learn how Americans can avoid the grim specter of the $10 banana. And you’ll finally discover the truth about whether or not, as President Trump has famously tweeted, “trade wars are good and easy to win.” (Spoiler alert—they aren’t.) Hochberg debunks common trade myths by pulling back the curtain on six everyday products, each with a surprising story to tell: the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the smash hit HBO series Game of Thrones. Behind these six examples are stories that help explain not only how trade has shaped our lives so far but also how we can use trade to build a better future for our own families, for America, and for the world. Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is the antidote to today’s acronym-laden trade jargon pitched to voters with simple promises that rarely play out so one-dimensionally. Packed with colorful examples and highly digestible explanations, Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is “an accessible, necessary book that will increase our understanding of trade and economic policies and the ways in which they impact our daily lives” (Library Journal, starred review). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386444]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trade is Not a Four-Letter Word: How Six Everyday Products Make the Case for Trade Author: Fred P. Hochberg Narrator: Fred P. Hochberg Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A sprightly and clear-eyed testimonial to the value of globalization” (The Wall Street Journal) as seen through six surprising everyday goods—the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the blockbuster HBO series Game of Thrones. Trade allows us to sell what we produce at home and purchase what we don’t. It lowers prices and gives us greater variety and innovation. Yet understanding our place in the global trade network is rarely simple. Trade has become an easy excuse for struggling economies, a scapegoat for our failures to adapt to a changing world, and—for many Americans on both the right and the left—nothing short of a four-letter word. But as Fred P. Hochberg reminds us, trade is easier to understand than we commonly think. In Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word, you’ll learn how NAFTA became a populist punching bag on both sides of the aisle. You’ll learn how Americans can avoid the grim specter of the $10 banana. And you’ll finally discover the truth about whether or not, as President Trump has famously tweeted, “trade wars are good and easy to win.” (Spoiler alert—they aren’t.) Hochberg debunks common trade myths by pulling back the curtain on six everyday products, each with a surprising story to tell: the taco salad, the Honda Odyssey, the banana, the iPhone, the college degree, and the smash hit HBO series Game of Thrones. Behind these six examples are stories that help explain not only how trade has shaped our lives so far but also how we can use trade to build a better future for our own families, for America, and for the world. Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is the antidote to today’s acronym-laden trade jargon pitched to voters with simple promises that rarely play out so one-dimensionally. Packed with colorful examples and highly digestible explanations, Trade Is Not a Four-Letter Word is “an accessible, necessary book that will increase our understanding of trade and economic policies and the ways in which they impact our daily lives” (Library Journal, starred review). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Filter: The Inside Story of Instagram Author: Sarah Frier Narrator: Megan Tusing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2020 Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award * Named “Best Book of the Year” by Fortune, The Financial Times, The Economist, Inc. Magazine, and NPR In this “sequel to The Social Network” (The New York Times), award-winning reporter Sarah Frier reveals the never-before-told story of how Instagram became the most culturally defining app of the decade. “The most enrapturing book about Silicon Valley drama since Hatching Twitter” (Fortune), No Filter “pairs phenomenal in-depth reporting with explosive storytelling that gets to the heart of how Instagram has shaped our lives, whether you use the app or not” (The New York Times). In 2010, Kevin Systrom and Mike Krieger released a photo-sharing app called Instagram, with one simple but irresistible feature: it would make anything you captured look more beautiful. The cofounders cultivated a community of photographers and artisans around the app, and it quickly went mainstream. In less than two years, it caught Facebook’s attention: Mark Zuckerberg bought the company for a historic $1 billion when Instagram had only thirteen employees. That might have been the end of a classic success story. But the cofounders stayed on, trying to maintain Instagram’s beauty, brand, and cachet, considering their app a separate company within the social networking giant. They urged their employees to make changes only when necessary, resisting Facebook’s grow-at-all-costs philosophy in favor of a strategy that highlighted creativity and celebrity. Just as Instagram was about to reach a billion users, Facebook’s CEO Mark Zuckerberg—once supportive of the founders’ autonomy—began to feel threatened by Instagram’s success. Frier draws on unprecedented access—from the founders of Instagram, as well as employees, executives, and competitors; Anna Wintour of Vogue; Kris Jenner of the Kardashian-Jenner empire; and a plethora of influencers worldwide—to show how Instagram has fundamentally changed the way we show, eat, travel, and communicate, all while fighting to preserve the values which contributed to the company’s success. “Deeply reported and beautifully written” (Nick Bilton, Vanity Fair), No Filter examines how Instagram’s dominance acts as a lens into our society today, highlighting our fraught relationship with technology, our desire for perfection, and the battle within tech for its most valuable commodity: our attention. Sarah Frier Tue, 14 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386425 thebookvoice.com 11:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Filter: The Inside Story of Instagram Author: Sarah Frier Narrator: Megan Tusing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2020 Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award * Named “Best Book of the Year” by Fortune, The Financial Times, The Economist, Inc. Magazine, and NPR In this “sequel to The Social Network” (The New York Times), award-winning reporter Sarah Frier reveals the never-before-told story of how Instagram became the most culturally defining app of the decade. “The most enrapturing book about Silicon Valley drama since Hatching Twitter” (Fortune), No Filter “pairs phenomenal in-depth reporting with explosive storytelling that gets to the heart of how Instagram has shaped our lives, whether you use the app or not” (The New York Times). In 2010, Kevin Systrom and Mike Krieger released a photo-sharing app called Instagram, with one simple but irresistible feature: it would make anything you captured look more beautiful. The cofounders cultivated a community of photographers and artisans around the app, and it quickly went mainstream. In less than two years, it caught Facebook’s attention: Mark Zuckerberg bought the company for a historic $1 billion when Instagram had only thirteen employees. That might have been the end of a classic success story. But the cofounders stayed on, trying to maintain Instagram’s beauty, brand, and cachet, considering their app a separate company within the social networking giant. They urged their employees to make changes only when necessary, resisting Facebook’s grow-at-all-costs philosophy in favor of a strategy that highlighted creativity and celebrity. Just as Instagram was about to reach a billion users, Facebook’s CEO Mark Zuckerberg—once supportive of the founders’ autonomy—began to feel threatened by Instagram’s success. Frier draws on unprecedented access—from the founders of Instagram, as well as employees, executives, and competitors; Anna Wintour of Vogue; Kris Jenner of the Kardashian-Jenner empire; and a plethora of influencers worldwide—to show how Instagram has fundamentally changed the way we show, eat, travel, and communicate, all while fighting to preserve the values which contributed to the company’s success. “Deeply reported and beautifully written” (Nick Bilton, Vanity Fair), No Filter examines how Instagram’s dominance acts as a lens into our society today, highlighting our fraught relationship with technology, our desire for perfection, and the battle within tech for its most valuable commodity: our attention. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: No Filter: The Inside Story of Instagram Author: Sarah Frier Narrator: Megan Tusing Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 21 minutes Release date: April 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Winner of the 2020 Financial Times and McKinsey Business Book of the Year Award * Named “Best Book of the Year” by Fortune, The Financial Times, The Economist, Inc. Magazine, and NPR In this “sequel to The Social Network” (The New York Times), award-winning reporter Sarah Frier reveals the never-before-told story of how Instagram became the most culturally defining app of the decade. “The most enrapturing book about Silicon Valley drama since Hatching Twitter” (Fortune), No Filter “pairs phenomenal in-depth reporting with explosive storytelling that gets to the heart of how Instagram has shaped our lives, whether you use the app or not” (The New York Times). In 2010, Kevin Systrom and Mike Krieger released a photo-sharing app called Instagram, with one simple but irresistible feature: it would make anything you captured look more beautiful. The cofounders cultivated a community of photographers and artisans around the app, and it quickly went mainstream. In less than two years, it caught Facebook’s attention: Mark Zuckerberg bought the company for a historic $1 billion when Instagram had only thirteen employees. That might have been the end of a classic success story. But the cofounders stayed on, trying to maintain Instagram’s beauty, brand, and cachet, considering their app a separate company within the social networking giant. They urged their employees to make changes only when necessary, resisting Facebook’s grow-at-all-costs philosophy in favor of a strategy that highlighted creativity and celebrity. Just as Instagram was about to reach a billion users, Facebook’s CEO Mark Zuckerberg—once supportive of the founders’ autonomy—began to feel threatened by Instagram’s success. Frier draws on unprecedented access—from the founders of Instagram, as well as employees, executives, and competitors; Anna Wintour of Vogue; Kris Jenner of the Kardashian-Jenner empire; and a plethora of influencers worldwide—to show how Instagram has fundamentally changed the way we show, eat, travel, and communicate, all while fighting to preserve the values which contributed to the company’s success. “Deeply reported and beautifully written” (Nick Bilton, Vanity Fair), No Filter examines how Instagram’s dominance acts as a lens into our society today, highlighting our fraught relationship with technology, our desire for perfection, and the battle within tech for its most valuable commodity: our attention. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386428 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enterprise Agility: Being Agile In a Changing World Author: Sunil Mundra Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge enterprises face today is dealing with fast-paced change in all spheres of business. Enterprise Agility shows how an enterprise can address this challenge head on and thrive in the dynamic environment. Agility is a fundamental shift in thinking about how enterprises work to effectively deal with disruptive changes in the business environment. The core belief underlying agility is that enterprises are open and living systems. These living systems, also known as complex adaptive systems (CAS), are ideally suited to deal with change very effectively. Agility is to enterprises what health is to humans. There are some foundational principles that can be broadly applied, but the definition of healthy is very specific to each individual. Enterprise Agility takes a similar approach with regard to agility: it suggests foundational practices to improve the overall health of the body culture, mindset, and leadership and the health of its various organs: people, process, governance, structure, technology, and customers. The book also suggests a practical framework to create a plan to enhance agility. Sunil Mundra Tue, 02 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386428 thebookvoice.com 14:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enterprise Agility: Being Agile In a Changing World Author: Sunil Mundra Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge enterprises face today is dealing with fast-paced change in all spheres of business. Enterprise Agility shows how an enterprise can address this challenge head on and thrive in the dynamic environment. Agility is a fundamental shift in thinking about how enterprises work to effectively deal with disruptive changes in the business environment. The core belief underlying agility is that enterprises are open and living systems. These living systems, also known as complex adaptive systems (CAS), are ideally suited to deal with change very effectively. Agility is to enterprises what health is to humans. There are some foundational principles that can be broadly applied, but the definition of healthy is very specific to each individual. Enterprise Agility takes a similar approach with regard to agility: it suggests foundational practices to improve the overall health of the body culture, mindset, and leadership and the health of its various organs: people, process, governance, structure, technology, and customers. The book also suggests a practical framework to create a plan to enhance agility. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386428]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Enterprise Agility: Being Agile In a Changing World Author: Sunil Mundra Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 29 minutes Release date: July 2, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The biggest challenge enterprises face today is dealing with fast-paced change in all spheres of business. Enterprise Agility shows how an enterprise can address this challenge head on and thrive in the dynamic environment. Agility is a fundamental shift in thinking about how enterprises work to effectively deal with disruptive changes in the business environment. The core belief underlying agility is that enterprises are open and living systems. These living systems, also known as complex adaptive systems (CAS), are ideally suited to deal with change very effectively. Agility is to enterprises what health is to humans. There are some foundational principles that can be broadly applied, but the definition of healthy is very specific to each individual. Enterprise Agility takes a similar approach with regard to agility: it suggests foundational practices to improve the overall health of the body culture, mindset, and leadership and the health of its various organs: people, process, governance, structure, technology, and customers. The book also suggests a practical framework to create a plan to enhance agility. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386326 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix This Next: Make the Vital Change That Will Level Up Your Business Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Mike Michalowicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Mike Michalowicz, the author of PROFIT FIRST, CLOCKWORK, and THE PUMPKIN PLAN, comes the ultimate diagnostic tool for every entrepreneur. The biggest problem entrepreneurs have is that they don't know what their biggest problem is. If you find yourself trapped between stagnating sales, staff turnover, and unhappy customers, what do you fix first? Every issue seems urgent -- but there's no way to address all of them at once. The result? A business that continues to go in endless circles putting out urgent fires and prioritizing the wrong things. Fortunately, Mike Michalowicz has a simple system to help you eradicate these frustrations and get your business moving forward, fast. Mike himself has lived through the struggles and countless distractions of entrepreneurship, and devoted years to finding a simple way to pinpoint exactly where to direct attention for rapid growth. He figured out that every business has a hierarchy of needs, and if you can understand where you are in that hierarchy, you can identify what needs immediate attention. Simply fix that one thing next, and your business will naturally and effortlessly level-up. Over the past decade, Mike has developed an ardent following for his funny, honest, and actionable insights told through the stories of real entrepreneurs. Now, Fix This Next offers a simple, unique, and wildly powerful business compass that has already helped hundreds of companies get to the next level, and will do the same for you. Immediately. *Includes exclusive author commentary throughout the audiobook and a bonus author interview at the end of the program. Mike Michalowicz Tue, 28 Apr 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386326 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix This Next: Make the Vital Change That Will Level Up Your Business Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Mike Michalowicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Mike Michalowicz, the author of PROFIT FIRST, CLOCKWORK, and THE PUMPKIN PLAN, comes the ultimate diagnostic tool for every entrepreneur. The biggest problem entrepreneurs have is that they don't know what their biggest problem is. If you find yourself trapped between stagnating sales, staff turnover, and unhappy customers, what do you fix first? Every issue seems urgent -- but there's no way to address all of them at once. The result? A business that continues to go in endless circles putting out urgent fires and prioritizing the wrong things. Fortunately, Mike Michalowicz has a simple system to help you eradicate these frustrations and get your business moving forward, fast. Mike himself has lived through the struggles and countless distractions of entrepreneurship, and devoted years to finding a simple way to pinpoint exactly where to direct attention for rapid growth. He figured out that every business has a hierarchy of needs, and if you can understand where you are in that hierarchy, you can identify what needs immediate attention. Simply fix that one thing next, and your business will naturally and effortlessly level-up. Over the past decade, Mike has developed an ardent following for his funny, honest, and actionable insights told through the stories of real entrepreneurs. Now, Fix This Next offers a simple, unique, and wildly powerful business compass that has already helped hundreds of companies get to the next level, and will do the same for you. Immediately. *Includes exclusive author commentary throughout the audiobook and a bonus author interview at the end of the program. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386326]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fix This Next: Make the Vital Change That Will Level Up Your Business Author: Mike Michalowicz Narrator: Mike Michalowicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: April 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From Mike Michalowicz, the author of PROFIT FIRST, CLOCKWORK, and THE PUMPKIN PLAN, comes the ultimate diagnostic tool for every entrepreneur. The biggest problem entrepreneurs have is that they don't know what their biggest problem is. If you find yourself trapped between stagnating sales, staff turnover, and unhappy customers, what do you fix first? Every issue seems urgent -- but there's no way to address all of them at once. The result? A business that continues to go in endless circles putting out urgent fires and prioritizing the wrong things. Fortunately, Mike Michalowicz has a simple system to help you eradicate these frustrations and get your business moving forward, fast. Mike himself has lived through the struggles and countless distractions of entrepreneurship, and devoted years to finding a simple way to pinpoint exactly where to direct attention for rapid growth. He figured out that every business has a hierarchy of needs, and if you can understand where you are in that hierarchy, you can identify what needs immediate attention. Simply fix that one thing next, and your business will naturally and effortlessly level-up. Over the past decade, Mike has developed an ardent following for his funny, honest, and actionable insights told through the stories of real entrepreneurs. Now, Fix This Next offers a simple, unique, and wildly powerful business compass that has already helped hundreds of companies get to the next level, and will do the same for you. Immediately. *Includes exclusive author commentary throughout the audiobook and a bonus author interview at the end of the program. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Stack: Building an Unbeatable Business One Crazy Idea at a Time Author: Jim Mckelvey Narrator: Jim Mckelvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the cofounder of Square, an inspiring and entertaining account of what it means to be a true entrepreneur and what it takes to build a resilient, world-changing company In 2009, a St. Louis glassblowing artist and recovering computer scientist named Jim McKelvey lost a sale because he couldn't accept American Express cards. Frustrated by the high costs and difficulty of accepting credit card payments, McKelvey joined his friend Jack Dorsey (the cofounder of Twitter) to launch Square, a startup that would enable small merchants to accept credit card payments on their mobile phones. With no expertise or experience in the world of payments, they approached the problem of credit cards with a new perspective, questioning the industry's assumptions, experimenting and innovating their way through early challenges, and achieving widespread adoption from merchants small and large. But just as Square was taking off, Amazon launched a similar product, marketed it aggressively, and undercut Square on price. For most ordinary startups, this would have spelled the end. Instead, less than a year later, Amazon was in retreat and soon discontinued its service. How did Square beat the most dangerous company on the planet? Was it just luck? These questions motivated McKelvey to study what Square had done differently from all the other companies Amazon had killed. He eventually found the key: a strategy he calls the Innovation Stack. McKelvey's fascinating and humorous stories of Square's early days are blended with historical examples of other world-changing companies built on the Innovation Stack to reveal a pattern of ground-breaking, competition-proof entrepreneurship that is rare but repeatable. The Innovation Stack is a thrilling business narrative that's much bigger than the story of Square. It is an irreverent first-person look inside the world of entrepreneurship, and a call to action for all of us to find the entrepreneur within ourselves and identify and fix unsolved problems--one crazy idea at a time. Jim Mckelvey Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386320 thebookvoice.com 6:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Stack: Building an Unbeatable Business One Crazy Idea at a Time Author: Jim Mckelvey Narrator: Jim Mckelvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the cofounder of Square, an inspiring and entertaining account of what it means to be a true entrepreneur and what it takes to build a resilient, world-changing company In 2009, a St. Louis glassblowing artist and recovering computer scientist named Jim McKelvey lost a sale because he couldn't accept American Express cards. Frustrated by the high costs and difficulty of accepting credit card payments, McKelvey joined his friend Jack Dorsey (the cofounder of Twitter) to launch Square, a startup that would enable small merchants to accept credit card payments on their mobile phones. With no expertise or experience in the world of payments, they approached the problem of credit cards with a new perspective, questioning the industry's assumptions, experimenting and innovating their way through early challenges, and achieving widespread adoption from merchants small and large. But just as Square was taking off, Amazon launched a similar product, marketed it aggressively, and undercut Square on price. For most ordinary startups, this would have spelled the end. Instead, less than a year later, Amazon was in retreat and soon discontinued its service. How did Square beat the most dangerous company on the planet? Was it just luck? These questions motivated McKelvey to study what Square had done differently from all the other companies Amazon had killed. He eventually found the key: a strategy he calls the Innovation Stack. McKelvey's fascinating and humorous stories of Square's early days are blended with historical examples of other world-changing companies built on the Innovation Stack to reveal a pattern of ground-breaking, competition-proof entrepreneurship that is rare but repeatable. The Innovation Stack is a thrilling business narrative that's much bigger than the story of Square. It is an irreverent first-person look inside the world of entrepreneurship, and a call to action for all of us to find the entrepreneur within ourselves and identify and fix unsolved problems--one crazy idea at a time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Stack: Building an Unbeatable Business One Crazy Idea at a Time Author: Jim Mckelvey Narrator: Jim Mckelvey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From the cofounder of Square, an inspiring and entertaining account of what it means to be a true entrepreneur and what it takes to build a resilient, world-changing company In 2009, a St. Louis glassblowing artist and recovering computer scientist named Jim McKelvey lost a sale because he couldn't accept American Express cards. Frustrated by the high costs and difficulty of accepting credit card payments, McKelvey joined his friend Jack Dorsey (the cofounder of Twitter) to launch Square, a startup that would enable small merchants to accept credit card payments on their mobile phones. With no expertise or experience in the world of payments, they approached the problem of credit cards with a new perspective, questioning the industry's assumptions, experimenting and innovating their way through early challenges, and achieving widespread adoption from merchants small and large. But just as Square was taking off, Amazon launched a similar product, marketed it aggressively, and undercut Square on price. For most ordinary startups, this would have spelled the end. Instead, less than a year later, Amazon was in retreat and soon discontinued its service. How did Square beat the most dangerous company on the planet? Was it just luck? These questions motivated McKelvey to study what Square had done differently from all the other companies Amazon had killed. He eventually found the key: a strategy he calls the Innovation Stack. McKelvey's fascinating and humorous stories of Square's early days are blended with historical examples of other world-changing companies built on the Innovation Stack to reveal a pattern of ground-breaking, competition-proof entrepreneurship that is rare but repeatable. The Innovation Stack is a thrilling business narrative that's much bigger than the story of Square. It is an irreverent first-person look inside the world of entrepreneurship, and a call to action for all of us to find the entrepreneur within ourselves and identify and fix unsolved problems--one crazy idea at a time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386225 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Bible: Forex Trading, Option Trading, Swing Trading And Stock Market Investing For Beginners Author: Andrew Douglas Narrator: Andrew Mcdermott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Has the stock market always fascinated you with tales of how people made millions? Is day trading something that has captured your attention? Do you think you have what it takes to trade stocks on a day-by-day basis? The stock market has always been a place of high drama; a place where amazing fortunes can be made, sometimes in a day, and where there is always a pulse of adrenalin ready to propel you to the next big deal. But what does it take to become a day trader and try to compress all of that into a few precious hours? In this book, Day Trader, you will discover what is needed to become successful in this high pressure world, with chapters that cover: ? What day trading is ? The psychology of it ? Developing a profitable system ? How to day trade in Forex ? Why most people lose money ? Common mistakes to avoid ? And lots more... There is no doubt that day trading is not for the faint hearted and that there is significant risk that should be considered. But the rewards, for anyone willing to properly prepare for it, are significant. Day Trading will help you understand the system that surrounds this part of the stock market and help you to eliminate basic errors that cost some traders dearly. It is perfect for beginners and for those who need a helping hand to make sure their day trading is a success! Andrew Douglas Thu, 20 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386225 thebookvoice.com 20:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Bible: Forex Trading, Option Trading, Swing Trading And Stock Market Investing For Beginners Author: Andrew Douglas Narrator: Andrew Mcdermott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Has the stock market always fascinated you with tales of how people made millions? Is day trading something that has captured your attention? Do you think you have what it takes to trade stocks on a day-by-day basis? The stock market has always been a place of high drama; a place where amazing fortunes can be made, sometimes in a day, and where there is always a pulse of adrenalin ready to propel you to the next big deal. But what does it take to become a day trader and try to compress all of that into a few precious hours? In this book, Day Trader, you will discover what is needed to become successful in this high pressure world, with chapters that cover: ? What day trading is ? The psychology of it ? Developing a profitable system ? How to day trade in Forex ? Why most people lose money ? Common mistakes to avoid ? And lots more... There is no doubt that day trading is not for the faint hearted and that there is significant risk that should be considered. But the rewards, for anyone willing to properly prepare for it, are significant. Day Trading will help you understand the system that surrounds this part of the stock market and help you to eliminate basic errors that cost some traders dearly. It is perfect for beginners and for those who need a helping hand to make sure their day trading is a success! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/386225]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Bible: Forex Trading, Option Trading, Swing Trading And Stock Market Investing For Beginners Author: Andrew Douglas Narrator: Andrew Mcdermott Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 20 hours 15 minutes Release date: June 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.58 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Has the stock market always fascinated you with tales of how people made millions? Is day trading something that has captured your attention? Do you think you have what it takes to trade stocks on a day-by-day basis? The stock market has always been a place of high drama; a place where amazing fortunes can be made, sometimes in a day, and where there is always a pulse of adrenalin ready to propel you to the next big deal. But what does it take to become a day trader and try to compress all of that into a few precious hours? In this book, Day Trader, you will discover what is needed to become successful in this high pressure world, with chapters that cover: ? What day trading is ? The psychology of it ? Developing a profitable system ? How to day trade in Forex ? Why most people lose money ? Common mistakes to avoid ? And lots more... There is no doubt that day trading is not for the faint hearted and that there is significant risk that should be considered. But the rewards, for anyone willing to properly prepare for it, are significant. Day Trading will help you understand the system that surrounds this part of the stock market and help you to eliminate basic errors that cost some traders dearly. It is perfect for beginners and for those who need a helping hand to make sure their day trading is a success! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Digital Transformations Fail: The Surprising Disciplines of How to Take Off and Stay Ahead Author: Tony Saldanha Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former Procter & Gamble Vice President for IT and Shared Services, Tony Saldanha gives you the keys to a successful digital transformation: a proven five-stage model and a disciplined process for executing it. Digital transformation is more imperative than ever. Enterprises must fully transform their entire business model to digital, not just parts of the business. But 70 percent of digital transformations fail. Why? Not because of a lack of technological capability, executive awareness, or CEO support, but because of a lack of direction and discipline. Tony Saldanha says your goal should be to arrive at a state of perpetual digital transformation, where your organization doesn't just disrupt its competitors but continuously disrupts itself (think Netflix, Amazon, or Google). To get there he outlines a three-phase execution process for digital transformations based on the famous airplane takeoff checklist, which has reduced crashes to one in every 1.2 million flights-a 0.00008 percent failure rate. Using this model, Saldanha shows companies how to get Ready, prepare a solid foundation for your change effort; Accelerate, learn from your experiences and continue to refine your approach; and Sustain the pace of technological innovation over the long haul. . Tony Saldanha Tue, 23 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385943 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Digital Transformations Fail: The Surprising Disciplines of How to Take Off and Stay Ahead Author: Tony Saldanha Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former Procter & Gamble Vice President for IT and Shared Services, Tony Saldanha gives you the keys to a successful digital transformation: a proven five-stage model and a disciplined process for executing it. Digital transformation is more imperative than ever. Enterprises must fully transform their entire business model to digital, not just parts of the business. But 70 percent of digital transformations fail. Why? Not because of a lack of technological capability, executive awareness, or CEO support, but because of a lack of direction and discipline. Tony Saldanha says your goal should be to arrive at a state of perpetual digital transformation, where your organization doesn't just disrupt its competitors but continuously disrupts itself (think Netflix, Amazon, or Google). To get there he outlines a three-phase execution process for digital transformations based on the famous airplane takeoff checklist, which has reduced crashes to one in every 1.2 million flights-a 0.00008 percent failure rate. Using this model, Saldanha shows companies how to get Ready, prepare a solid foundation for your change effort; Accelerate, learn from your experiences and continue to refine your approach; and Sustain the pace of technological innovation over the long haul. . Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Digital Transformations Fail: The Surprising Disciplines of How to Take Off and Stay Ahead Author: Tony Saldanha Narrator: Wayne Shepherd Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: July 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Former Procter & Gamble Vice President for IT and Shared Services, Tony Saldanha gives you the keys to a successful digital transformation: a proven five-stage model and a disciplined process for executing it. Digital transformation is more imperative than ever. Enterprises must fully transform their entire business model to digital, not just parts of the business. But 70 percent of digital transformations fail. Why? Not because of a lack of technological capability, executive awareness, or CEO support, but because of a lack of direction and discipline. Tony Saldanha says your goal should be to arrive at a state of perpetual digital transformation, where your organization doesn't just disrupt its competitors but continuously disrupts itself (think Netflix, Amazon, or Google). To get there he outlines a three-phase execution process for digital transformations based on the famous airplane takeoff checklist, which has reduced crashes to one in every 1.2 million flights-a 0.00008 percent failure rate. Using this model, Saldanha shows companies how to get Ready, prepare a solid foundation for your change effort; Accelerate, learn from your experiences and continue to refine your approach; and Sustain the pace of technological innovation over the long haul. . https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385696 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Too Old to Get Rich: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Starting a Business Mid-Life Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Kerry E. Hannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start a successful business mid-life When you think of someone launching a start-up, the image of a twenty-something techie probably springs to mind. However, Gen Xers and Baby Boomers are just as likely to start businesses and reinvent themselves later in life. Never Too Old to Get Rich is an exciting roadmap for anyone age fifty-plus looking to be their own boss and launch their dream business. This book provides up-to-date resources and guidance for launching a business when you're fifty-plus. There are snappy profiles of more than a dozen successful older entrepreneurs, describing their inspirational journeys launching businesses and nonprofits. The author walks you through her three-part fitness program: guidelines for becoming financially fit, physically fit, and spiritually fit, before delving more deeply into how would-be entrepreneurs over fifty can succeed. Never Too Old to Get Rich is the ideal book for older listeners looking to pursue new business ventures later in life. Kerry Hannon Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385696 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Too Old to Get Rich: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Starting a Business Mid-Life Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Kerry E. Hannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start a successful business mid-life When you think of someone launching a start-up, the image of a twenty-something techie probably springs to mind. However, Gen Xers and Baby Boomers are just as likely to start businesses and reinvent themselves later in life. Never Too Old to Get Rich is an exciting roadmap for anyone age fifty-plus looking to be their own boss and launch their dream business. This book provides up-to-date resources and guidance for launching a business when you're fifty-plus. There are snappy profiles of more than a dozen successful older entrepreneurs, describing their inspirational journeys launching businesses and nonprofits. The author walks you through her three-part fitness program: guidelines for becoming financially fit, physically fit, and spiritually fit, before delving more deeply into how would-be entrepreneurs over fifty can succeed. Never Too Old to Get Rich is the ideal book for older listeners looking to pursue new business ventures later in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385696]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Never Too Old to Get Rich: The Entrepreneur's Guide to Starting a Business Mid-Life Author: Kerry Hannon Narrator: Kerry E. Hannon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start a successful business mid-life When you think of someone launching a start-up, the image of a twenty-something techie probably springs to mind. However, Gen Xers and Baby Boomers are just as likely to start businesses and reinvent themselves later in life. Never Too Old to Get Rich is an exciting roadmap for anyone age fifty-plus looking to be their own boss and launch their dream business. This book provides up-to-date resources and guidance for launching a business when you're fifty-plus. There are snappy profiles of more than a dozen successful older entrepreneurs, describing their inspirational journeys launching businesses and nonprofits. The author walks you through her three-part fitness program: guidelines for becoming financially fit, physically fit, and spiritually fit, before delving more deeply into how would-be entrepreneurs over fifty can succeed. Never Too Old to Get Rich is the ideal book for older listeners looking to pursue new business ventures later in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385636 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments Author: Adam Smith Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Written in 1759 by Scottish philosopher and political economist Adam Smith, The Theory of Moral Sentiments provides much of the foundation for the ideas in his later works, most notably in The Wealth of Nations. Through this initial text, Smith expresses his general system of morals, exploring the propriety of action, reward and punishment, sense of duty, and the effect of numerous factors on moral sentiment. In so doing, Smith devised innovative theories on virtues, conscience, and moral judgment that are still relevant and accessible today. Though somewhat surprising to find a philosopher of Smith's abilities discussing aspects such as luck and sympathy and how they affect self-image or relationships, The Theory of Moral Sentiments never loses its critical excellence in its good-natured understanding of the human exploration for the meaning of being good. Adam Smith Thu, 13 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385636 thebookvoice.com 16:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments Author: Adam Smith Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Written in 1759 by Scottish philosopher and political economist Adam Smith, The Theory of Moral Sentiments provides much of the foundation for the ideas in his later works, most notably in The Wealth of Nations. Through this initial text, Smith expresses his general system of morals, exploring the propriety of action, reward and punishment, sense of duty, and the effect of numerous factors on moral sentiment. In so doing, Smith devised innovative theories on virtues, conscience, and moral judgment that are still relevant and accessible today. Though somewhat surprising to find a philosopher of Smith's abilities discussing aspects such as luck and sympathy and how they affect self-image or relationships, The Theory of Moral Sentiments never loses its critical excellence in its good-natured understanding of the human exploration for the meaning of being good. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385636]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Theory of Moral Sentiments Author: Adam Smith Narrator: John Clickman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 5 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Written in 1759 by Scottish philosopher and political economist Adam Smith, The Theory of Moral Sentiments provides much of the foundation for the ideas in his later works, most notably in The Wealth of Nations. Through this initial text, Smith expresses his general system of morals, exploring the propriety of action, reward and punishment, sense of duty, and the effect of numerous factors on moral sentiment. In so doing, Smith devised innovative theories on virtues, conscience, and moral judgment that are still relevant and accessible today. Though somewhat surprising to find a philosopher of Smith's abilities discussing aspects such as luck and sympathy and how they affect self-image or relationships, The Theory of Moral Sentiments never loses its critical excellence in its good-natured understanding of the human exploration for the meaning of being good. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At a time of anxiety about the effectiveness of our national government, Rahm Emanuel provides a clear vision, for both progressives and centrists, of how to get things done in America today--a bracing, optimistic vision of America's future from one of our most experienced and original political minds. In The Nation City, Rahm Emanuel, former two-term mayor of Chicago and White House Chief of Staff for President Barack Obama, offers a firsthand account of how cities, rather than the federal government, stand at the center of innovation and effective governance. Drawing on his own experiences in Chicago, and on his relationships with other mayors around America, Emanuel provides dozens of examples to show how cities are improving education, infrastructure, job conditions, and environmental policy at a local level. Emanuel argues that cities are the most ancient political institutions, dating back thousands of years and have reemerged as the nation-states of our time. He makes clear how mayors are accountable to their voters to a greater degree than any other elected officials and illuminates how progressives and centrists alike can best accomplish their goals by focusing their energies on local politics. The Nation City maps out a new, energizing, and hopeful way forward. Rahm Emanuel Tue, 25 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At a time of anxiety about the effectiveness of our national government, Rahm Emanuel provides a clear vision, for both progressives and centrists, of how to get things done in America today--a bracing, optimistic vision of America's future from one of our most experienced and original political minds. In The Nation City, Rahm Emanuel, former two-term mayor of Chicago and White House Chief of Staff for President Barack Obama, offers a firsthand account of how cities, rather than the federal government, stand at the center of innovation and effective governance. Drawing on his own experiences in Chicago, and on his relationships with other mayors around America, Emanuel provides dozens of examples to show how cities are improving education, infrastructure, job conditions, and environmental policy at a local level. Emanuel argues that cities are the most ancient political institutions, dating back thousands of years and have reemerged as the nation-states of our time. He makes clear how mayors are accountable to their voters to a greater degree than any other elected officials and illuminates how progressives and centrists alike can best accomplish their goals by focusing their energies on local politics. The Nation City maps out a new, energizing, and hopeful way forward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Nation City: Why Mayors Are Now Running the World Author: Rahm Emanuel Narrator: Rahm Emanuel, Johnathan Mcclain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: February 25, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: At a time of anxiety about the effectiveness of our national government, Rahm Emanuel provides a clear vision, for both progressives and centrists, of how to get things done in America today--a bracing, optimistic vision of America's future from one of our most experienced and original political minds. In The Nation City, Rahm Emanuel, former two-term mayor of Chicago and White House Chief of Staff for President Barack Obama, offers a firsthand account of how cities, rather than the federal government, stand at the center of innovation and effective governance. Drawing on his own experiences in Chicago, and on his relationships with other mayors around America, Emanuel provides dozens of examples to show how cities are improving education, infrastructure, job conditions, and environmental policy at a local level. Emanuel argues that cities are the most ancient political institutions, dating back thousands of years and have reemerged as the nation-states of our time. He makes clear how mayors are accountable to their voters to a greater degree than any other elected officials and illuminates how progressives and centrists alike can best accomplish their goals by focusing their energies on local politics. The Nation City maps out a new, energizing, and hopeful way forward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385489 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Effortless Experience: Conquering the New Battleground for Customer Loyalty Author: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Narrator: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone knows that the best way to create customer loyalty is with service so good, so over the top, that it surprises and delights. But what if everyone is wrong?  In their acclaimed bestseller The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and his colleagues at CEB busted many longstanding myths about sales. Now they’ve turned their research and analysis to a new vital business subject—customer loyalty—with a new book that turns the conventional wisdom on its head.  The idea that companies must delight customers by exceeding service expectations is so entrenched that managers rarely even question it. They devote untold time, energy, and resources to trying to dazzle people and inspire their undying loyalty. Yet CEB’s careful research over five years and tens of thousands of respondents proves that the “dazzle factor” is wildly overrated—it simply doesn’t predict repeat sales, share of wallet, or positive wordof-mouth. The reality:  Loyalty is driven by how well a company delivers on its basic promises and solves day-to-day problems, not on how spectacular its service experience might be. Most customers don’t want to be “wowed”; they want an effortless experience. And they are far more likely to punish you for bad service than to reward you for good service. If you put on your customer hat rather than your manager or marketer hat, this makes a lot of sense. What do you really want from your cable company, a free month of HBO when it screws up or a fast, painless restoration of your connection? What about your bank—do you want free cookies and a cheerful smile, even a personal relationship with your teller? Or just a quick in-and-out transaction and an easy way to get a refund when it accidentally overcharges on fees? The Effortless Experience takes readers on a fascinating journey deep inside the customer experience to reveal what really makes customers loyal—and disloyal. The authors lay out the four key pillars of a low-effort customer experience, along the way delivering robust data, shocking insights and profiles of companies that are already using the principles revealed by CEB’s research, with great results. And they include many tools and templates you can start applying right away to improve service, reduce costs, decrease customer churn, and ultimately generate the elusive loyalty that the “dazzle factor” fails to deliver.  The rewards are there for the taking, and the pathway to achieving them is now clearly marked. Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Tue, 03 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385489 thebookvoice.com 6:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Effortless Experience: Conquering the New Battleground for Customer Loyalty Author: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Narrator: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone knows that the best way to create customer loyalty is with service so good, so over the top, that it surprises and delights. But what if everyone is wrong?  In their acclaimed bestseller The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and his colleagues at CEB busted many longstanding myths about sales. Now they’ve turned their research and analysis to a new vital business subject—customer loyalty—with a new book that turns the conventional wisdom on its head.  The idea that companies must delight customers by exceeding service expectations is so entrenched that managers rarely even question it. They devote untold time, energy, and resources to trying to dazzle people and inspire their undying loyalty. Yet CEB’s careful research over five years and tens of thousands of respondents proves that the “dazzle factor” is wildly overrated—it simply doesn’t predict repeat sales, share of wallet, or positive wordof-mouth. The reality:  Loyalty is driven by how well a company delivers on its basic promises and solves day-to-day problems, not on how spectacular its service experience might be. Most customers don’t want to be “wowed”; they want an effortless experience. And they are far more likely to punish you for bad service than to reward you for good service. If you put on your customer hat rather than your manager or marketer hat, this makes a lot of sense. What do you really want from your cable company, a free month of HBO when it screws up or a fast, painless restoration of your connection? What about your bank—do you want free cookies and a cheerful smile, even a personal relationship with your teller? Or just a quick in-and-out transaction and an easy way to get a refund when it accidentally overcharges on fees? The Effortless Experience takes readers on a fascinating journey deep inside the customer experience to reveal what really makes customers loyal—and disloyal. The authors lay out the four key pillars of a low-effort customer experience, along the way delivering robust data, shocking insights and profiles of companies that are already using the principles revealed by CEB’s research, with great results. And they include many tools and templates you can start applying right away to improve service, reduce costs, decrease customer churn, and ultimately generate the elusive loyalty that the “dazzle factor” fails to deliver.  The rewards are there for the taking, and the pathway to achieving them is now clearly marked. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385489]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Effortless Experience: Conquering the New Battleground for Customer Loyalty Author: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Narrator: Rick Delisi, Nick Toman, Matthew Dixon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Everyone knows that the best way to create customer loyalty is with service so good, so over the top, that it surprises and delights. But what if everyone is wrong?  In their acclaimed bestseller The Challenger Sale, Matthew Dixon and his colleagues at CEB busted many longstanding myths about sales. Now they’ve turned their research and analysis to a new vital business subject—customer loyalty—with a new book that turns the conventional wisdom on its head.  The idea that companies must delight customers by exceeding service expectations is so entrenched that managers rarely even question it. They devote untold time, energy, and resources to trying to dazzle people and inspire their undying loyalty. Yet CEB’s careful research over five years and tens of thousands of respondents proves that the “dazzle factor” is wildly overrated—it simply doesn’t predict repeat sales, share of wallet, or positive wordof-mouth. The reality:  Loyalty is driven by how well a company delivers on its basic promises and solves day-to-day problems, not on how spectacular its service experience might be. Most customers don’t want to be “wowed”; they want an effortless experience. And they are far more likely to punish you for bad service than to reward you for good service. If you put on your customer hat rather than your manager or marketer hat, this makes a lot of sense. What do you really want from your cable company, a free month of HBO when it screws up or a fast, painless restoration of your connection? What about your bank—do you want free cookies and a cheerful smile, even a personal relationship with your teller? Or just a quick in-and-out transaction and an easy way to get a refund when it accidentally overcharges on fees? The Effortless Experience takes readers on a fascinating journey deep inside the customer experience to reveal what really makes customers loyal—and disloyal. The authors lay out the four key pillars of a low-effort customer experience, along the way delivering robust data, shocking insights and profiles of companies that are already using the principles revealed by CEB’s research, with great results. And they include many tools and templates you can start applying right away to improve service, reduce costs, decrease customer churn, and ultimately generate the elusive loyalty that the “dazzle factor” fails to deliver.  The rewards are there for the taking, and the pathway to achieving them is now clearly marked. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385208 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feck Perfuction: Dangerous Ideas on the Business of Life Author: James Victore Narrator: James Victore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'James Victore is a dangerous man. His ideas on optimizing your creativity, doing wow work, and building a life that inspires will devastate your limits. And show you how to win. Read this book fast.' —Robin Sharma, bestselling author of The Monk Who Sold His Ferrari Begin before you're ready and other lessons on living a happy and creative life: Renowned designer and professional hell-raiser James Victore wants to drag you off your couch and throw you headfirst into a life of bold creativity. In Feck Perfuction, Victore will guide you through all the twists, trials, and triumphs of starting your creative career, from finding your voice to picking the right moment to start a project (hint: It's now). Bring your biggest, craziest, most revolutionary ideas, and he will give you the kick in the pants you need to make them real. - Filled with humor and stern advice, Feck Perfuction provides 'dangerous ideas' for unearthing your authentic self, including 'the things that made you weird as a kid make you great today,' 'the struggle is everything,' and many more. - No matter what industry or medium you work in, this book will help you live, work, and create freely and fearlessly. - James Victore is an award-winning designer for bold believers, an advocate for creativity, a sought after teacher and speaker, and an artist whose work is exhibited around the globe. Fans of Austin Kleon's Keep Going: 10 Ways to Stay Creative in Good Times and Bad and Steal Like an Artist: 10 Things Nobody Told You About Being Creative will love James Victore's inspiring book on embracing authenticity and unleashing your creative self. Begin before you're ready, live dangerously, take a risk, and other lessons on living a purpose-driven life James Victore Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385208 thebookvoice.com 2:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feck Perfuction: Dangerous Ideas on the Business of Life Author: James Victore Narrator: James Victore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'James Victore is a dangerous man. His ideas on optimizing your creativity, doing wow work, and building a life that inspires will devastate your limits. And show you how to win. Read this book fast.' —Robin Sharma, bestselling author of The Monk Who Sold His Ferrari Begin before you're ready and other lessons on living a happy and creative life: Renowned designer and professional hell-raiser James Victore wants to drag you off your couch and throw you headfirst into a life of bold creativity. In Feck Perfuction, Victore will guide you through all the twists, trials, and triumphs of starting your creative career, from finding your voice to picking the right moment to start a project (hint: It's now). Bring your biggest, craziest, most revolutionary ideas, and he will give you the kick in the pants you need to make them real. - Filled with humor and stern advice, Feck Perfuction provides 'dangerous ideas' for unearthing your authentic self, including 'the things that made you weird as a kid make you great today,' 'the struggle is everything,' and many more. - No matter what industry or medium you work in, this book will help you live, work, and create freely and fearlessly. - James Victore is an award-winning designer for bold believers, an advocate for creativity, a sought after teacher and speaker, and an artist whose work is exhibited around the globe. Fans of Austin Kleon's Keep Going: 10 Ways to Stay Creative in Good Times and Bad and Steal Like an Artist: 10 Things Nobody Told You About Being Creative will love James Victore's inspiring book on embracing authenticity and unleashing your creative self. Begin before you're ready, live dangerously, take a risk, and other lessons on living a purpose-driven life Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385208]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feck Perfuction: Dangerous Ideas on the Business of Life Author: James Victore Narrator: James Victore Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 26 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'James Victore is a dangerous man. His ideas on optimizing your creativity, doing wow work, and building a life that inspires will devastate your limits. And show you how to win. Read this book fast.' —Robin Sharma, bestselling author of The Monk Who Sold His Ferrari Begin before you're ready and other lessons on living a happy and creative life: Renowned designer and professional hell-raiser James Victore wants to drag you off your couch and throw you headfirst into a life of bold creativity. In Feck Perfuction, Victore will guide you through all the twists, trials, and triumphs of starting your creative career, from finding your voice to picking the right moment to start a project (hint: It's now). Bring your biggest, craziest, most revolutionary ideas, and he will give you the kick in the pants you need to make them real. - Filled with humor and stern advice, Feck Perfuction provides 'dangerous ideas' for unearthing your authentic self, including 'the things that made you weird as a kid make you great today,' 'the struggle is everything,' and many more. - No matter what industry or medium you work in, this book will help you live, work, and create freely and fearlessly. - James Victore is an award-winning designer for bold believers, an advocate for creativity, a sought after teacher and speaker, and an artist whose work is exhibited around the globe. Fans of Austin Kleon's Keep Going: 10 Ways to Stay Creative in Good Times and Bad and Steal Like an Artist: 10 Things Nobody Told You About Being Creative will love James Victore's inspiring book on embracing authenticity and unleashing your creative self. Begin before you're ready, live dangerously, take a risk, and other lessons on living a purpose-driven life https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385060 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom: Bridging the Opportunity Gap to Reignite Startups Author: Craig Hall Narrator: Greg Lockett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For decades, the United States has been experiencing a shocking decline in the number of new business start-ups—and it has gotten worse since the Great Recession. While new business formation in Silicon Valley, New York, and Boston is booming, entrepreneurship in most of the country—particularly rural regions—is declining. Things are even worse for women and people of color. This is of paramount importance to the United States because start-ups account for all new net-job growth, champion innovation, and strengthen our middle class. From the perspective of an entrepreneur with more than fifty years of experience in diverse industries—from software to real estate to winemaking—author Craig Hall provides his expert evaluation on the challenges facing entrepreneurs today. After careful analysis defining the current environment for startups, Hall optimistically concludes with specific strategies for go-getters to successfully bridge the opportunity gap. We can, and must, reverse these trends in order to level the playing field for entrepreneurs to safeguard the future of the American Dream. Craig Hall Tue, 16 Jul 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385060 thebookvoice.com 6:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom: Bridging the Opportunity Gap to Reignite Startups Author: Craig Hall Narrator: Greg Lockett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For decades, the United States has been experiencing a shocking decline in the number of new business start-ups—and it has gotten worse since the Great Recession. While new business formation in Silicon Valley, New York, and Boston is booming, entrepreneurship in most of the country—particularly rural regions—is declining. Things are even worse for women and people of color. This is of paramount importance to the United States because start-ups account for all new net-job growth, champion innovation, and strengthen our middle class. From the perspective of an entrepreneur with more than fifty years of experience in diverse industries—from software to real estate to winemaking—author Craig Hall provides his expert evaluation on the challenges facing entrepreneurs today. After careful analysis defining the current environment for startups, Hall optimistically concludes with specific strategies for go-getters to successfully bridge the opportunity gap. We can, and must, reverse these trends in order to level the playing field for entrepreneurs to safeguard the future of the American Dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/385060]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Boom: Bridging the Opportunity Gap to Reignite Startups Author: Craig Hall Narrator: Greg Lockett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 48 minutes Release date: July 16, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: For decades, the United States has been experiencing a shocking decline in the number of new business start-ups—and it has gotten worse since the Great Recession. While new business formation in Silicon Valley, New York, and Boston is booming, entrepreneurship in most of the country—particularly rural regions—is declining. Things are even worse for women and people of color. This is of paramount importance to the United States because start-ups account for all new net-job growth, champion innovation, and strengthen our middle class. From the perspective of an entrepreneur with more than fifty years of experience in diverse industries—from software to real estate to winemaking—author Craig Hall provides his expert evaluation on the challenges facing entrepreneurs today. After careful analysis defining the current environment for startups, Hall optimistically concludes with specific strategies for go-getters to successfully bridge the opportunity gap. We can, and must, reverse these trends in order to level the playing field for entrepreneurs to safeguard the future of the American Dream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384997 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This story literally has what it takes: the anecdotes, the insights and, most of all, the values to guide the next generation of entrepreneurs' - Mark Carney Blackstone chairman, CEO and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman shows readers how to build, transform and lead thriving organisations. Stephen Schwarzman took $400,000 and cofounded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion and invests in hundreds of companies globally. He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state around the world and supports universities with funding for cutting edge research and technology. But behind these accomplishments is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact and live a life of consequence. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal-making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. Stephen A. Schwarzman Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384997 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This story literally has what it takes: the anecdotes, the insights and, most of all, the values to guide the next generation of entrepreneurs' - Mark Carney Blackstone chairman, CEO and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman shows readers how to build, transform and lead thriving organisations. Stephen Schwarzman took $400,000 and cofounded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion and invests in hundreds of companies globally. He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state around the world and supports universities with funding for cutting edge research and technology. But behind these accomplishments is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact and live a life of consequence. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal-making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384997]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.71 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This story literally has what it takes: the anecdotes, the insights and, most of all, the values to guide the next generation of entrepreneurs' - Mark Carney Blackstone chairman, CEO and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman shows readers how to build, transform and lead thriving organisations. Stephen Schwarzman took $400,000 and cofounded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion and invests in hundreds of companies globally. He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state around the world and supports universities with funding for cutting edge research and technology. But behind these accomplishments is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact and live a life of consequence. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal-making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're facing funding sharks or angel investors, we've got the keys to crafting that perfect pitch to help you secure the funds you need to launch your startup, build your business, and achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. In this new edition of the Entrepreneur Voices series, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and experts from both sides of the board room present the game-winning strategies and deal-closing tactics you need to succeed. Dive in and learn how to: ● Build a business model and financial plan for your new venture ● Make a great first impression and sell your idea in sixty seconds ● Connect with the investors most likely to finance your business idea ● See every 'No' as an opportunity to find the perfect 'Yes' Plus, gain exclusive insights from stars you've seen on Shark Tank, Planet of the Apps, Entrepreneur Elevator Pitch, and more. The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Tue, 18 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827 thebookvoice.com 4:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're facing funding sharks or angel investors, we've got the keys to crafting that perfect pitch to help you secure the funds you need to launch your startup, build your business, and achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. In this new edition of the Entrepreneur Voices series, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and experts from both sides of the board room present the game-winning strategies and deal-closing tactics you need to succeed. Dive in and learn how to: ● Build a business model and financial plan for your new venture ● Make a great first impression and sell your idea in sixty seconds ● Connect with the investors most likely to finance your business idea ● See every 'No' as an opportunity to find the perfect 'Yes' Plus, gain exclusive insights from stars you've seen on Shark Tank, Planet of the Apps, Entrepreneur Elevator Pitch, and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384827]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Voices on Elevator Pitches Author: The Staff Of Entrepreneur Media Narrator: Susan Hanfield, Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 8 minutes Release date: June 18, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Whether you're facing funding sharks or angel investors, we've got the keys to crafting that perfect pitch to help you secure the funds you need to launch your startup, build your business, and achieve your entrepreneurial dreams. In this new edition of the Entrepreneur Voices series, entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and experts from both sides of the board room present the game-winning strategies and deal-closing tactics you need to succeed. Dive in and learn how to: ● Build a business model and financial plan for your new venture ● Make a great first impression and sell your idea in sixty seconds ● Connect with the investors most likely to finance your business idea ● See every 'No' as an opportunity to find the perfect 'Yes' Plus, gain exclusive insights from stars you've seen on Shark Tank, Planet of the Apps, Entrepreneur Elevator Pitch, and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Randy Royal Beisner, Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking for an easy to comprehend day trading book? Let’s get to the point. Day trading isn’t something you can just jump into. But that doesn’t mean there aren’t ways to effectively prepare yourself for the world of the Stock Market, Option Trading, Forex Trading, Stock Trading and so on. That is what this book offers, an easy to read, comprehensible guide for both the beginner and advanced trader on Day Trading. Minimize your losses by being well prepared Initial losses are inevitable until you get a hang of the ropes, but why would you lose more money than you need to? This book will act as a cushion for the reader, minimizing losses by providing useful advice, tactics and tips and allowing you to turn small gains into BIG profits. All you will need to get started is a little bit of patience and planning, leave the rest to this book! Marcus Baumann Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384707 thebookvoice.com 12:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Randy Royal Beisner, Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking for an easy to comprehend day trading book? Let’s get to the point. Day trading isn’t something you can just jump into. But that doesn’t mean there aren’t ways to effectively prepare yourself for the world of the Stock Market, Option Trading, Forex Trading, Stock Trading and so on. That is what this book offers, an easy to read, comprehensible guide for both the beginner and advanced trader on Day Trading. Minimize your losses by being well prepared Initial losses are inevitable until you get a hang of the ropes, but why would you lose more money than you need to? This book will act as a cushion for the reader, minimizing losses by providing useful advice, tactics and tips and allowing you to turn small gains into BIG profits. All you will need to get started is a little bit of patience and planning, leave the rest to this book! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Day Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Randy Royal Beisner, Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 31 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Looking for an easy to comprehend day trading book? Let’s get to the point. Day trading isn’t something you can just jump into. But that doesn’t mean there aren’t ways to effectively prepare yourself for the world of the Stock Market, Option Trading, Forex Trading, Stock Trading and so on. That is what this book offers, an easy to read, comprehensible guide for both the beginner and advanced trader on Day Trading. Minimize your losses by being well prepared Initial losses are inevitable until you get a hang of the ropes, but why would you lose more money than you need to? This book will act as a cushion for the reader, minimizing losses by providing useful advice, tactics and tips and allowing you to turn small gains into BIG profits. All you will need to get started is a little bit of patience and planning, leave the rest to this book! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Of Economics Author: Michael Blastland Narrator: Michael Blastland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4, three-part factual series, first broadcast on 23 March 2011. Michael Blastland presents ‘The Story of Economics’, and lays out the history of economic ideas, to understand why economics goes wrong and whether it can ever go entirely right. Michael Blastland Tue, 01 Nov 2011 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384677 thebookvoice.com 1:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Of Economics Author: Michael Blastland Narrator: Michael Blastland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4, three-part factual series, first broadcast on 23 March 2011. Michael Blastland presents ‘The Story of Economics’, and lays out the history of economic ideas, to understand why economics goes wrong and whether it can ever go entirely right. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Story Of Economics Author: Michael Blastland Narrator: Michael Blastland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 22 minutes Release date: November 1, 2011 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A BBC Radio 4, three-part factual series, first broadcast on 23 March 2011. Michael Blastland presents ‘The Story of Economics’, and lays out the history of economic ideas, to understand why economics goes wrong and whether it can ever go entirely right. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384449 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stock Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is it possible to make a living swing trading? Yes, it's most definitely possible, and easier than you might think. Have you been scouring the internet for information on swing trading and the stock market but found yourself hitting a wall? If you have, the information inside this book will be invaluable to you. This isn't a book that will tell you what you already know and that is going to give you the runaround. 'Stock Trading' is going to provide you with methods and advice to turn those small gains into big profits, without smothering you with useless trader lingo. You may as well call this book the NO BS swing trading guide Swing trading is all about not spending your entire time in front of a screen watching the candles go up and down, so why should you spend your entire time reading a book? Learn how to get consistent results from the markets easily by seeing what I'm talking about inside this audiobook Marcus Baumann Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384449 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stock Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is it possible to make a living swing trading? Yes, it's most definitely possible, and easier than you might think. Have you been scouring the internet for information on swing trading and the stock market but found yourself hitting a wall? If you have, the information inside this book will be invaluable to you. This isn't a book that will tell you what you already know and that is going to give you the runaround. 'Stock Trading' is going to provide you with methods and advice to turn those small gains into big profits, without smothering you with useless trader lingo. You may as well call this book the NO BS swing trading guide Swing trading is all about not spending your entire time in front of a screen watching the candles go up and down, so why should you spend your entire time reading a book? Learn how to get consistent results from the markets easily by seeing what I'm talking about inside this audiobook Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384449]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stock Trading Author: Marcus Baumann Narrator: Scott Clem Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Is it possible to make a living swing trading? Yes, it's most definitely possible, and easier than you might think. Have you been scouring the internet for information on swing trading and the stock market but found yourself hitting a wall? If you have, the information inside this book will be invaluable to you. This isn't a book that will tell you what you already know and that is going to give you the runaround. 'Stock Trading' is going to provide you with methods and advice to turn those small gains into big profits, without smothering you with useless trader lingo. You may as well call this book the NO BS swing trading guide Swing trading is all about not spending your entire time in front of a screen watching the candles go up and down, so why should you spend your entire time reading a book? Learn how to get consistent results from the markets easily by seeing what I'm talking about inside this audiobook https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384277 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Centricity Playbook: Implement a Winning Strategy Driven by Customer Lifetime Value Author: Peter Fader, Sarah Toms Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How did global gaming company Electronic Arts go from being named 'Worst Company in America' to clearing a billion dollars in profit? They discovered a simple truth—and acted on it: Not all customers are the same, regardless of how they appear on the surface. The most successful companies, from Amazon to Best Buy, understand their best customers are their most valuable asset, and they tailor their acquisition, development, and retention efforts to those customers. In The Customer Centricity Playbook, Wharton School professor Peter Fader and Wharton Interactive's executive director Sarah Toms help you see your customers as individuals rather than a monolith, so you can stop wasting resources by chasing down product sales to each and every consumer. Fader and Toms offer a 360-degree analysis of all the elements that support customer centricity within an organization. In this book, you will learn how to: develop a customer-centric strategy for your organization; understand the right way to think about customer lifetime value (CLV); finetune investments in customer acquisition, retention, and development tactics based on customer heterogeneity; foster a culture that sustains customer centricity; and more. Peter Fader, Sarah Toms Tue, 11 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384277 thebookvoice.com 4:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Centricity Playbook: Implement a Winning Strategy Driven by Customer Lifetime Value Author: Peter Fader, Sarah Toms Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How did global gaming company Electronic Arts go from being named 'Worst Company in America' to clearing a billion dollars in profit? They discovered a simple truth—and acted on it: Not all customers are the same, regardless of how they appear on the surface. The most successful companies, from Amazon to Best Buy, understand their best customers are their most valuable asset, and they tailor their acquisition, development, and retention efforts to those customers. In The Customer Centricity Playbook, Wharton School professor Peter Fader and Wharton Interactive's executive director Sarah Toms help you see your customers as individuals rather than a monolith, so you can stop wasting resources by chasing down product sales to each and every consumer. Fader and Toms offer a 360-degree analysis of all the elements that support customer centricity within an organization. In this book, you will learn how to: develop a customer-centric strategy for your organization; understand the right way to think about customer lifetime value (CLV); finetune investments in customer acquisition, retention, and development tactics based on customer heterogeneity; foster a culture that sustains customer centricity; and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/384277]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer Centricity Playbook: Implement a Winning Strategy Driven by Customer Lifetime Value Author: Peter Fader, Sarah Toms Narrator: Steve Menasche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 2 minutes Release date: June 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How did global gaming company Electronic Arts go from being named 'Worst Company in America' to clearing a billion dollars in profit? They discovered a simple truth—and acted on it: Not all customers are the same, regardless of how they appear on the surface. The most successful companies, from Amazon to Best Buy, understand their best customers are their most valuable asset, and they tailor their acquisition, development, and retention efforts to those customers. In The Customer Centricity Playbook, Wharton School professor Peter Fader and Wharton Interactive's executive director Sarah Toms help you see your customers as individuals rather than a monolith, so you can stop wasting resources by chasing down product sales to each and every consumer. Fader and Toms offer a 360-degree analysis of all the elements that support customer centricity within an organization. In this book, you will learn how to: develop a customer-centric strategy for your organization; understand the right way to think about customer lifetime value (CLV); finetune investments in customer acquisition, retention, and development tactics based on customer heterogeneity; foster a culture that sustains customer centricity; and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Finger Project: Trash Your Imposter Syndrome and Live the Unf*ckwithable Life You Deserve Author: Ash Ambirge Narrator: Ash Ambirge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fresh, funny, and fearless, The Middle Finger Project is a point-by-point primer on how to get unstuck, slay imposter syndrome, trust in your own worth and ability, and become a strong, capable, wonderful, weird, brilliant, ballsy, unfuckwithable YOU. 'Don't worry, this isn't a book about God, nor is it a book about Ryan Gosling (second in command). But it is a book about authority and becoming your own.' --Ash Ambirge After a string of dead-end jobs and a death in the family, Ash Ambirge was down to her last $26 and sleeping in a Kmart parking lot when she faced the truth: No one was coming to her rescue. It was up to her to appoint herself. That night led to what eventually became a six-figure freelance career as a sought-after marketing and copywriting consultant, all while sipping coffee from her front porch in Costa Rica. She then launched The Middle Finger Project, a blog and online course hub, which has provided tens of thousands of young 'women who disobey' with the tools and mindset to give everyone else's expectations the finger and get on your own path to happiness, wealth, independence, and adventure. In her first book, Ash draws on her unconventional personal story to offer a fun, bracing, and occasionally potty-mouthed manifesto for the transformative power of radical self-reliance. Employing the signature wit and wordsmithing she's used to build an avid following, she offers paradigm-shifting advice along the lines of:   •  The best feeling in the world is knowing who you are and what you're capable of doing.   •  Life circumstances are not life sentences. If a Scranton girl who grew up in a trailer park can make it, so can you.   •  What you believe about yourself will either murder your chances or save your life. So why not believe something good?   •  You don't need a high-ranking job title to be authorized to contribute. You just need to contribute.   •  Be your own authority. Authority only works as long as you trust that someone smarter than you is making the rules.   •  The way you become a force is by being the most radically real version of yourself that you can be.   •  You only have 12 fucks a day to give, so use them wisely. Ash Ambirge Tue, 11 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383872 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Finger Project: Trash Your Imposter Syndrome and Live the Unf*ckwithable Life You Deserve Author: Ash Ambirge Narrator: Ash Ambirge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fresh, funny, and fearless, The Middle Finger Project is a point-by-point primer on how to get unstuck, slay imposter syndrome, trust in your own worth and ability, and become a strong, capable, wonderful, weird, brilliant, ballsy, unfuckwithable YOU. 'Don't worry, this isn't a book about God, nor is it a book about Ryan Gosling (second in command). But it is a book about authority and becoming your own.' --Ash Ambirge After a string of dead-end jobs and a death in the family, Ash Ambirge was down to her last $26 and sleeping in a Kmart parking lot when she faced the truth: No one was coming to her rescue. It was up to her to appoint herself. That night led to what eventually became a six-figure freelance career as a sought-after marketing and copywriting consultant, all while sipping coffee from her front porch in Costa Rica. She then launched The Middle Finger Project, a blog and online course hub, which has provided tens of thousands of young 'women who disobey' with the tools and mindset to give everyone else's expectations the finger and get on your own path to happiness, wealth, independence, and adventure. In her first book, Ash draws on her unconventional personal story to offer a fun, bracing, and occasionally potty-mouthed manifesto for the transformative power of radical self-reliance. Employing the signature wit and wordsmithing she's used to build an avid following, she offers paradigm-shifting advice along the lines of:   •  The best feeling in the world is knowing who you are and what you're capable of doing.   •  Life circumstances are not life sentences. If a Scranton girl who grew up in a trailer park can make it, so can you.   •  What you believe about yourself will either murder your chances or save your life. So why not believe something good?   •  You don't need a high-ranking job title to be authorized to contribute. You just need to contribute.   •  Be your own authority. Authority only works as long as you trust that someone smarter than you is making the rules.   •  The way you become a force is by being the most radically real version of yourself that you can be.   •  You only have 12 fucks a day to give, so use them wisely. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Middle Finger Project: Trash Your Imposter Syndrome and Live the Unf*ckwithable Life You Deserve Author: Ash Ambirge Narrator: Ash Ambirge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.8 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fresh, funny, and fearless, The Middle Finger Project is a point-by-point primer on how to get unstuck, slay imposter syndrome, trust in your own worth and ability, and become a strong, capable, wonderful, weird, brilliant, ballsy, unfuckwithable YOU. 'Don't worry, this isn't a book about God, nor is it a book about Ryan Gosling (second in command). But it is a book about authority and becoming your own.' --Ash Ambirge After a string of dead-end jobs and a death in the family, Ash Ambirge was down to her last $26 and sleeping in a Kmart parking lot when she faced the truth: No one was coming to her rescue. It was up to her to appoint herself. That night led to what eventually became a six-figure freelance career as a sought-after marketing and copywriting consultant, all while sipping coffee from her front porch in Costa Rica. She then launched The Middle Finger Project, a blog and online course hub, which has provided tens of thousands of young 'women who disobey' with the tools and mindset to give everyone else's expectations the finger and get on your own path to happiness, wealth, independence, and adventure. In her first book, Ash draws on her unconventional personal story to offer a fun, bracing, and occasionally potty-mouthed manifesto for the transformative power of radical self-reliance. Employing the signature wit and wordsmithing she's used to build an avid following, she offers paradigm-shifting advice along the lines of:   •  The best feeling in the world is knowing who you are and what you're capable of doing.   •  Life circumstances are not life sentences. If a Scranton girl who grew up in a trailer park can make it, so can you.   •  What you believe about yourself will either murder your chances or save your life. So why not believe something good?   •  You don't need a high-ranking job title to be authorized to contribute. You just need to contribute.   •  Be your own authority. Authority only works as long as you trust that someone smarter than you is making the rules.   •  The way you become a force is by being the most radically real version of yourself that you can be.   •  You only have 12 fucks a day to give, so use them wisely. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. Jennifer Emery Fri, 31 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383719]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leading for Organisational Change: Building purpose, motivation and belonging Author: Jennifer Emery Narrator: Henrietta Meire Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Harness the seven key elements of successful organisational change Leading for Organisational Change is an intelligent and practical guide to the human side of merger integration and other organizational change. Building a clear sense of common purpose and then reinforcing it through storytelling can underpin the success of an integration or significant change program. Pulling together the best thinking from neuroscience, psychology and business, and her rich personal experience in twenty years of leading change projects in professional services organizations and other people-centered businesses, author Jennifer Emery presents a framework for change rooted in seven key themes that help organisations establish their BECAUSE: belonging, evolution, confidence, agility, understanding, simplicity, and energy. Exploring the role each theme plays in the context of change, this insightful and warm book shares real-world examples and provides advice on building purpose and culture and strengthening motivation through listening, empowering, and collaborating. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Funding: Discover A Proven System to Get the Money and Resources You Need Now In Order to Grow Your Business Author: Kedma Ough Narrator: Kedma Ough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Target Funding is a strategic guide to funding opportunities aimed at specific types of businesses and business owners. You'll learn about all the options available to you—including conventional, alternative, and diversity funding—and how to access them based on your needs and your demographic, industry, location, and other variables. The book includes: ● Critical information on the wide range of funding options available to startups and small businesses of all kinds, including un-bankable ventures and independent inventors ● Hundreds of vetted funding sources that include the features and eligibility requirements of each grant, loan, and investment opportunity specified ● Real-life business funding stories that inspire and inform ● Expert advice and insider tips for mastering the funding game ● A roadmap for finding accessible funding opportunities that align with your funding needs Target Funding reveals a proven business-funding strategy that can make all the difference as you pursue your entrepreneurial dream. Kedma Ough Thu, 06 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383716 thebookvoice.com 12:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Funding: Discover A Proven System to Get the Money and Resources You Need Now In Order to Grow Your Business Author: Kedma Ough Narrator: Kedma Ough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Target Funding is a strategic guide to funding opportunities aimed at specific types of businesses and business owners. You'll learn about all the options available to you—including conventional, alternative, and diversity funding—and how to access them based on your needs and your demographic, industry, location, and other variables. The book includes: ● Critical information on the wide range of funding options available to startups and small businesses of all kinds, including un-bankable ventures and independent inventors ● Hundreds of vetted funding sources that include the features and eligibility requirements of each grant, loan, and investment opportunity specified ● Real-life business funding stories that inspire and inform ● Expert advice and insider tips for mastering the funding game ● A roadmap for finding accessible funding opportunities that align with your funding needs Target Funding reveals a proven business-funding strategy that can make all the difference as you pursue your entrepreneurial dream. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Target Funding: Discover A Proven System to Get the Money and Resources You Need Now In Order to Grow Your Business Author: Kedma Ough Narrator: Kedma Ough Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 6, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Target Funding is a strategic guide to funding opportunities aimed at specific types of businesses and business owners. You'll learn about all the options available to you—including conventional, alternative, and diversity funding—and how to access them based on your needs and your demographic, industry, location, and other variables. The book includes: ● Critical information on the wide range of funding options available to startups and small businesses of all kinds, including un-bankable ventures and independent inventors ● Hundreds of vetted funding sources that include the features and eligibility requirements of each grant, loan, and investment opportunity specified ● Real-life business funding stories that inspire and inform ● Expert advice and insider tips for mastering the funding game ● A roadmap for finding accessible funding opportunities that align with your funding needs Target Funding reveals a proven business-funding strategy that can make all the difference as you pursue your entrepreneurial dream. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383618 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Successful Projects Author: Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you struggling to juggle multiple projects? Do you often lose control of your budget? Does communicating your progress to the rest of your team cause you undue stress? Project management is an essential skill for anyone who needs to get things done in any organisation, and is absolutely critical for anyone leading strategic change. In Lead Successful Projects, the Penguin Business Expert guide, Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez introduces a simplified but strategic approach to project management developed over the last 20 years coaching executives, managers and MBAs. Learn how to break down your project into manageable elements, define smart goals and meet them in this concise and practical guide to project success. Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383618 thebookvoice.com 3:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Successful Projects Author: Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you struggling to juggle multiple projects? Do you often lose control of your budget? Does communicating your progress to the rest of your team cause you undue stress? Project management is an essential skill for anyone who needs to get things done in any organisation, and is absolutely critical for anyone leading strategic change. In Lead Successful Projects, the Penguin Business Expert guide, Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez introduces a simplified but strategic approach to project management developed over the last 20 years coaching executives, managers and MBAs. Learn how to break down your project into manageable elements, define smart goals and meet them in this concise and practical guide to project success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383618]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lead Successful Projects Author: Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez Narrator: Catherine Bailey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Are you struggling to juggle multiple projects? Do you often lose control of your budget? Does communicating your progress to the rest of your team cause you undue stress? Project management is an essential skill for anyone who needs to get things done in any organisation, and is absolutely critical for anyone leading strategic change. In Lead Successful Projects, the Penguin Business Expert guide, Antonio Nieto-Rodriguez introduces a simplified but strategic approach to project management developed over the last 20 years coaching executives, managers and MBAs. Learn how to break down your project into manageable elements, define smart goals and meet them in this concise and practical guide to project success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. Ann Francke Thu, 26 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617 thebookvoice.com 4:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383617]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace Author: Ann Francke Narrator: Kirsty Dillon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Equality at work expert Ann Francke reveals how to understand and tackle the damaging consequences of gender imbalance in the workplace Gender balance is first and foremost a business issue. McKinsey estimates we could add 28 trillion to global GDP if we achieved gender equality everywhere - that is more than the GDPs of the US and China combined. But it is so much more than that. Gender balance is one of the best levers we can pull to build better managers and leaders at every level, improve team performance and create better cultures where everyone can thrive. In the Penguin Experts: Create a Gender-Balanced Workplace, Ann Francke, the CEO of the Chartered Management Institute (CMI), introduces her solution to combating the problems at the heart of the continued imbalance and offers clear, actionable strategies for making a positive change in your organisation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of The Spiritual Entrepreneur Author: Pauline Nguyen Narrator: Pauline Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every business leader and entrepreneur should strive for success as well as deep fulfilment and happiness. Few, however, if they are being honest, actually achieve their goals. This causes great disappointment and disillusionment. Many decide they must make a choice between these seemingly opposing states. Is it even possible to be spiritual, incredibly happy and fulfilled and wealthy – all at the same time? Entrepreneur Pauline Nguyen has achieved this in The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur, her path to transform your life from existence and struggle to peace, harmony, joy, fulfilment and lasting happiness, without sacrificing your business, your relationships or your health. Entrepreneurs live in the real world where ‘happiness’ alone won’t cut it. ‘Calm courage’ is what must also be cultivated in order to overcome the natural vicissitudes of life. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur provides the tools and strategies you need to become fearless, stress free and unshakable – in business and in life. Through its unique combination of science and spirituality, this powerful book provides seven secrets to give you the competitive edge and the unfair advantage in your daily life – and to discover the source of your own confidence, inspiration and fulfilment. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur is about getting good at Life. Pauline Nguyen Wed, 01 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383571 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of The Spiritual Entrepreneur Author: Pauline Nguyen Narrator: Pauline Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every business leader and entrepreneur should strive for success as well as deep fulfilment and happiness. Few, however, if they are being honest, actually achieve their goals. This causes great disappointment and disillusionment. Many decide they must make a choice between these seemingly opposing states. Is it even possible to be spiritual, incredibly happy and fulfilled and wealthy – all at the same time? Entrepreneur Pauline Nguyen has achieved this in The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur, her path to transform your life from existence and struggle to peace, harmony, joy, fulfilment and lasting happiness, without sacrificing your business, your relationships or your health. Entrepreneurs live in the real world where ‘happiness’ alone won’t cut it. ‘Calm courage’ is what must also be cultivated in order to overcome the natural vicissitudes of life. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur provides the tools and strategies you need to become fearless, stress free and unshakable – in business and in life. Through its unique combination of science and spirituality, this powerful book provides seven secrets to give you the competitive edge and the unfair advantage in your daily life – and to discover the source of your own confidence, inspiration and fulfilment. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur is about getting good at Life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Way of The Spiritual Entrepreneur Author: Pauline Nguyen Narrator: Pauline Nguyen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: May 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Every business leader and entrepreneur should strive for success as well as deep fulfilment and happiness. Few, however, if they are being honest, actually achieve their goals. This causes great disappointment and disillusionment. Many decide they must make a choice between these seemingly opposing states. Is it even possible to be spiritual, incredibly happy and fulfilled and wealthy – all at the same time? Entrepreneur Pauline Nguyen has achieved this in The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur, her path to transform your life from existence and struggle to peace, harmony, joy, fulfilment and lasting happiness, without sacrificing your business, your relationships or your health. Entrepreneurs live in the real world where ‘happiness’ alone won’t cut it. ‘Calm courage’ is what must also be cultivated in order to overcome the natural vicissitudes of life. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur provides the tools and strategies you need to become fearless, stress free and unshakable – in business and in life. Through its unique combination of science and spirituality, this powerful book provides seven secrets to give you the competitive edge and the unfair advantage in your daily life – and to discover the source of your own confidence, inspiration and fulfilment. The Way of the Spiritual Entrepreneur is about getting good at Life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383488 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Selling Naked: A Revolutionary Approach to Launching Your Brand Online Author: Jesse Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A candid, behind-the-scenes look at how successful direct-to-consumer brands such as Hubble are launching their businesses on platforms like Facebook and Google.”—Lisa Sherman, president and CEO, the Ad Council   LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A must-read for anyone interested in starting a new business.”—Moiz Ali, CEO, Native   E-commerce startups have exploded in the marketplace, selling merchandise and services directly to consumers, often through mobile phones. They skip the middlemen, avoid the lower margins of retail channels of distribution, strike deals directly with manufacturers and suppliers, and, in doing so, save consumers money. Among the companies that are part of this e-commerce revolution are Dollar Shave Club, Casper, Quip, Peloton, and Hubble Contacts.   In Selling Naked, Hubble Contacts co-founder and co-CEO Jesse Horwitz shows entrepreneurs and enterprise companies alike precisely how to conceive, launch, and grow an e-commerce brand by using paid marketing social media channels. Horwitz shows entrepreneurs how to test consumer interest before spending a dime by placing mock ads on Facebook and other social media. Using this method, Hubble Contacts got an astonishing two thousand signups in four days, and as a result, raised $3.5 million in seed money. Hubble ran a second experiment to see if consumers would actually sign up for the service, which led to a second multimillion-dollar investment. Horwitz shows how startups can cut through the metrics bullshit to focus on the one metric that really matters; how to use third-party tools rather than build everything from scratch; and how to tell a great story to investors and frame your digital offering. In addition to running Hubble, Jesse Horwitz now works with established Fortune 500 enterprises to help build their e-commerce brands within the landscape of a larger retail environment.   Selling Naked is the definitive playbook on how to start up a successful direct-to-consumer business. Jesse Horwitz Tue, 18 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383488 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Selling Naked: A Revolutionary Approach to Launching Your Brand Online Author: Jesse Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A candid, behind-the-scenes look at how successful direct-to-consumer brands such as Hubble are launching their businesses on platforms like Facebook and Google.”—Lisa Sherman, president and CEO, the Ad Council   LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A must-read for anyone interested in starting a new business.”—Moiz Ali, CEO, Native   E-commerce startups have exploded in the marketplace, selling merchandise and services directly to consumers, often through mobile phones. They skip the middlemen, avoid the lower margins of retail channels of distribution, strike deals directly with manufacturers and suppliers, and, in doing so, save consumers money. Among the companies that are part of this e-commerce revolution are Dollar Shave Club, Casper, Quip, Peloton, and Hubble Contacts.   In Selling Naked, Hubble Contacts co-founder and co-CEO Jesse Horwitz shows entrepreneurs and enterprise companies alike precisely how to conceive, launch, and grow an e-commerce brand by using paid marketing social media channels. Horwitz shows entrepreneurs how to test consumer interest before spending a dime by placing mock ads on Facebook and other social media. Using this method, Hubble Contacts got an astonishing two thousand signups in four days, and as a result, raised $3.5 million in seed money. Hubble ran a second experiment to see if consumers would actually sign up for the service, which led to a second multimillion-dollar investment. Horwitz shows how startups can cut through the metrics bullshit to focus on the one metric that really matters; how to use third-party tools rather than build everything from scratch; and how to tell a great story to investors and frame your digital offering. In addition to running Hubble, Jesse Horwitz now works with established Fortune 500 enterprises to help build their e-commerce brands within the landscape of a larger retail environment.   Selling Naked is the definitive playbook on how to start up a successful direct-to-consumer business. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383488]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Selling Naked: A Revolutionary Approach to Launching Your Brand Online Author: Jesse Horwitz Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 18, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: “A candid, behind-the-scenes look at how successful direct-to-consumer brands such as Hubble are launching their businesses on platforms like Facebook and Google.”—Lisa Sherman, president and CEO, the Ad Council   LONGLISTED FOR THE PORCHLIGHT BUSINESS BOOK AWARD • “A must-read for anyone interested in starting a new business.”—Moiz Ali, CEO, Native   E-commerce startups have exploded in the marketplace, selling merchandise and services directly to consumers, often through mobile phones. They skip the middlemen, avoid the lower margins of retail channels of distribution, strike deals directly with manufacturers and suppliers, and, in doing so, save consumers money. Among the companies that are part of this e-commerce revolution are Dollar Shave Club, Casper, Quip, Peloton, and Hubble Contacts.   In Selling Naked, Hubble Contacts co-founder and co-CEO Jesse Horwitz shows entrepreneurs and enterprise companies alike precisely how to conceive, launch, and grow an e-commerce brand by using paid marketing social media channels. Horwitz shows entrepreneurs how to test consumer interest before spending a dime by placing mock ads on Facebook and other social media. Using this method, Hubble Contacts got an astonishing two thousand signups in four days, and as a result, raised $3.5 million in seed money. Hubble ran a second experiment to see if consumers would actually sign up for the service, which led to a second multimillion-dollar investment. Horwitz shows how startups can cut through the metrics bullshit to focus on the one metric that really matters; how to use third-party tools rather than build everything from scratch; and how to tell a great story to investors and frame your digital offering. In addition to running Hubble, Jesse Horwitz now works with established Fortune 500 enterprises to help build their e-commerce brands within the landscape of a larger retail environment.   Selling Naked is the definitive playbook on how to start up a successful direct-to-consumer business. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383454 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scientist and the Spy: A True Story of China, the FBI, and Industrial Espionage Author: Mara Hvistendahl Narrator: Mara Hvistendahl, James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A riveting true story of industrial espionage in which a Chinese-born scientist is pursued by the U.S. government for trying to steal trade secrets, by a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in nonfiction.   In September 2011, sheriff’s deputies in Iowa encountered three ethnic Chinese men near a field where a farmer was growing corn seed under contract with Monsanto. What began as a simple trespassing inquiry mushroomed into a two-year FBI operation in which investigators bugged the men’s rental cars, used a warrant intended for foreign terrorists and spies, and flew surveillance planes over corn country—all in the name of protecting trade secrets of corporate giants Monsanto and DuPont Pioneer. In The Scientist and the Spy, Hvistendahl gives a gripping account of this unusually far-reaching investigation, which pitted a veteran FBI special agent against Florida resident Robert Mo, who after his academic career foundered took a questionable job with the Chinese agricultural company DBN—and became a pawn in a global rivalry. Industrial espionage by Chinese companies lies beneath the United States’ recent trade war with China, and it is one of the top counterintelligence targets of the FBI. But a decade of efforts to stem the problem have been largely ineffective. Through previously unreleased FBI files and her reporting from across the United States and China, Hvistendahl describes a long history of shoddy counterintelligence on China, much of it tinged with racism, and questions the role that corporate influence plays in trade secrets theft cases brought by the U.S. government. The Scientist and the Spy is both an important exploration of the issues at stake and a compelling, involving read. Mara Hvistendahl Tue, 04 Feb 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383454 thebookvoice.com 8:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scientist and the Spy: A True Story of China, the FBI, and Industrial Espionage Author: Mara Hvistendahl Narrator: Mara Hvistendahl, James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A riveting true story of industrial espionage in which a Chinese-born scientist is pursued by the U.S. government for trying to steal trade secrets, by a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in nonfiction.   In September 2011, sheriff’s deputies in Iowa encountered three ethnic Chinese men near a field where a farmer was growing corn seed under contract with Monsanto. What began as a simple trespassing inquiry mushroomed into a two-year FBI operation in which investigators bugged the men’s rental cars, used a warrant intended for foreign terrorists and spies, and flew surveillance planes over corn country—all in the name of protecting trade secrets of corporate giants Monsanto and DuPont Pioneer. In The Scientist and the Spy, Hvistendahl gives a gripping account of this unusually far-reaching investigation, which pitted a veteran FBI special agent against Florida resident Robert Mo, who after his academic career foundered took a questionable job with the Chinese agricultural company DBN—and became a pawn in a global rivalry. Industrial espionage by Chinese companies lies beneath the United States’ recent trade war with China, and it is one of the top counterintelligence targets of the FBI. But a decade of efforts to stem the problem have been largely ineffective. Through previously unreleased FBI files and her reporting from across the United States and China, Hvistendahl describes a long history of shoddy counterintelligence on China, much of it tinged with racism, and questions the role that corporate influence plays in trade secrets theft cases brought by the U.S. government. The Scientist and the Spy is both an important exploration of the issues at stake and a compelling, involving read. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383454]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scientist and the Spy: A True Story of China, the FBI, and Industrial Espionage Author: Mara Hvistendahl Narrator: Mara Hvistendahl, James Lurie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A riveting true story of industrial espionage in which a Chinese-born scientist is pursued by the U.S. government for trying to steal trade secrets, by a finalist for the Pulitzer Prize in nonfiction.   In September 2011, sheriff’s deputies in Iowa encountered three ethnic Chinese men near a field where a farmer was growing corn seed under contract with Monsanto. What began as a simple trespassing inquiry mushroomed into a two-year FBI operation in which investigators bugged the men’s rental cars, used a warrant intended for foreign terrorists and spies, and flew surveillance planes over corn country—all in the name of protecting trade secrets of corporate giants Monsanto and DuPont Pioneer. In The Scientist and the Spy, Hvistendahl gives a gripping account of this unusually far-reaching investigation, which pitted a veteran FBI special agent against Florida resident Robert Mo, who after his academic career foundered took a questionable job with the Chinese agricultural company DBN—and became a pawn in a global rivalry. Industrial espionage by Chinese companies lies beneath the United States’ recent trade war with China, and it is one of the top counterintelligence targets of the FBI. But a decade of efforts to stem the problem have been largely ineffective. Through previously unreleased FBI files and her reporting from across the United States and China, Hvistendahl describes a long history of shoddy counterintelligence on China, much of it tinged with racism, and questions the role that corporate influence plays in trade secrets theft cases brought by the U.S. government. The Scientist and the Spy is both an important exploration of the issues at stake and a compelling, involving read. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383410 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Murray Rothbard was known as the state's greatest living enemy, and this book is his most powerful statement on the topic. He explains what a state is and what it is not. He shows how it is an institution that violates all that we hold as honest and moral, and how it operates under a false cover. He shows how the state wrecks freedom, destroys civilization, and threatens all lives and property and social wellbeing, all under the veneer of "good intentions". Murray Rothbard Sun, 05 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383410 thebookvoice.com 0:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Murray Rothbard was known as the state's greatest living enemy, and this book is his most powerful statement on the topic. He explains what a state is and what it is not. He shows how it is an institution that violates all that we hold as honest and moral, and how it operates under a false cover. He shows how the state wrecks freedom, destroys civilization, and threatens all lives and property and social wellbeing, all under the veneer of "good intentions". Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383410]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anatomy of the State Author: Murray Rothbard Narrator: John Riddle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Murray Rothbard was known as the state's greatest living enemy, and this book is his most powerful statement on the topic. He explains what a state is and what it is not. He shows how it is an institution that violates all that we hold as honest and moral, and how it operates under a false cover. He shows how the state wrecks freedom, destroys civilization, and threatens all lives and property and social wellbeing, all under the veneer of "good intentions". https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383411 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Hailed by The New York Times as "a compelling dystopian look at paranoia from one of the most unique and perceptive writers of our time," this brief, captivating novel offers a cautionary tale. The story unfolds within a society in which all traces of individualism have been eliminated from every aspect of life - use of the word "I" is a capital offense. The hero, a rebel who discovers that man's greatest moral duty is the pursuit of his own happiness, embodies the values the author embraced in her personal philosophy of objectivism: reason, ethics, volition, and individualism. Anthem anticipates the themes Ayn Rand explored in her later masterpieces, The Fountainhead and Atlas Shrugged. Publisher's Weekly acclaimed it as "a diamond in the rough, often dwarfed by the superstar company it keeps with the author's more popular work, but every bit as gripping, daring, and powerful." Ayn Rand Sun, 05 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383411 thebookvoice.com 1:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Hailed by The New York Times as "a compelling dystopian look at paranoia from one of the most unique and perceptive writers of our time," this brief, captivating novel offers a cautionary tale. The story unfolds within a society in which all traces of individualism have been eliminated from every aspect of life - use of the word "I" is a capital offense. The hero, a rebel who discovers that man's greatest moral duty is the pursuit of his own happiness, embodies the values the author embraced in her personal philosophy of objectivism: reason, ethics, volition, and individualism. Anthem anticipates the themes Ayn Rand explored in her later masterpieces, The Fountainhead and Atlas Shrugged. Publisher's Weekly acclaimed it as "a diamond in the rough, often dwarfed by the superstar company it keeps with the author's more popular work, but every bit as gripping, daring, and powerful." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383411]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anthem Author: Ayn Rand Narrator: Jason Mccoy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 39 minutes Release date: May 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Hailed by The New York Times as "a compelling dystopian look at paranoia from one of the most unique and perceptive writers of our time," this brief, captivating novel offers a cautionary tale. The story unfolds within a society in which all traces of individualism have been eliminated from every aspect of life - use of the word "I" is a capital offense. The hero, a rebel who discovers that man's greatest moral duty is the pursuit of his own happiness, embodies the values the author embraced in her personal philosophy of objectivism: reason, ethics, volition, and individualism. Anthem anticipates the themes Ayn Rand explored in her later masterpieces, The Fountainhead and Atlas Shrugged. Publisher's Weekly acclaimed it as "a diamond in the rough, often dwarfed by the superstar company it keeps with the author's more popular work, but every bit as gripping, daring, and powerful." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney's Land Author: Richard Snow Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin. But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it. On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly). Richard Snow Tue, 03 Dec 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319 thebookvoice.com 12:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney's Land Author: Richard Snow Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin. But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it. On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383319]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Disney's Land Author: Richard Snow Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 2 minutes Release date: December 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A propulsive and “entertaining” (The Wall Street Journal) history chronicling the conception and creation of the iconic Disneyland theme park, as told like never before by popular historian Richard Snow. One day in the early 1950s, Walt Disney stood looking over 240 acres of farmland in Anaheim, California, and imagined building a park where people “could live among Mickey Mouse and Snow White in a world still powered by steam and fire for a day or a week or (if the visitor is slightly mad) forever.” Despite his wealth and fame, exactly no one wanted Disney to build such a park. Not his brother Roy, who ran the company’s finances; not the bankers; and not his wife, Lillian. Amusement parks at that time, such as Coney Island, were a generally despised business, sagging and sordid remnants of bygone days. Disney was told that he would only be heading toward financial ruin. But Walt persevered, initially financing the park against his own life insurance policy and later with sponsorship from ABC and the sale of thousands and thousands of Davy Crockett coonskin caps. Disney assembled a talented team of engineers, architects, artists, animators, landscapers, and even a retired admiral to transform his ideas into a soaring yet soothing wonderland of a park. The catch was that they had only a year and a day in which to build it. On July 17, 1955, Disneyland opened its gates…and the first day was a disaster. Disney was nearly suicidal with grief that he had failed on a grand scale. But the curious masses kept coming, and the rest is entertainment history. Eight hundred million visitors have flocked to the park since then. In Disney’s Land, “Snow brings a historian’s eye and a child’s delight, not to mention superb writing, to the telling of this fascinating narrative” (Ken Burns) that “will entertain Disneyphiles and readers of popular American history” (Publishers Weekly). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383150 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Clients Buy: A Practical Guide to Business Development for Consulting and Professional Services Author: Tom Mcmakin, Doug Fletcher Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The real-world guide to selling your services and bringing in business How Clients Buy is the much-needed guide to selling your services. If you're one of the millions of people whose skills are the 'product,' you know that you cannot be successful unless you bring in clients. The problem is, you're trained to do your job—not sell it. No matter how great you may be at your actual role, you likely feel a bit lost, hesitant, or 'behind' when it comes to courting clients, an unfamiliar territory where you're never quite sure of the line between under- and over-selling. This book comes to the rescue with real, practical advice for selling what you do. You'll have to unlearn everything you know about sales, but then you'll learn new skills that will help you make connections, develop rapport, create interest, earn trust, and turn prospects into clients. Business development is critical to your personal success, and your skills in this area will dictate the course of your career. This invaluable guide gives you a set of real-world best practices that can help you become the rainmaker you want to be. Tom Mcmakin, Doug Fletcher Tue, 28 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383150 thebookvoice.com 6:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Clients Buy: A Practical Guide to Business Development for Consulting and Professional Services Author: Tom Mcmakin, Doug Fletcher Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The real-world guide to selling your services and bringing in business How Clients Buy is the much-needed guide to selling your services. If you're one of the millions of people whose skills are the 'product,' you know that you cannot be successful unless you bring in clients. The problem is, you're trained to do your job—not sell it. No matter how great you may be at your actual role, you likely feel a bit lost, hesitant, or 'behind' when it comes to courting clients, an unfamiliar territory where you're never quite sure of the line between under- and over-selling. This book comes to the rescue with real, practical advice for selling what you do. You'll have to unlearn everything you know about sales, but then you'll learn new skills that will help you make connections, develop rapport, create interest, earn trust, and turn prospects into clients. Business development is critical to your personal success, and your skills in this area will dictate the course of your career. This invaluable guide gives you a set of real-world best practices that can help you become the rainmaker you want to be. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383150]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How Clients Buy: A Practical Guide to Business Development for Consulting and Professional Services Author: Tom Mcmakin, Doug Fletcher Narrator: Barry Abrams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 35 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The real-world guide to selling your services and bringing in business How Clients Buy is the much-needed guide to selling your services. If you're one of the millions of people whose skills are the 'product,' you know that you cannot be successful unless you bring in clients. The problem is, you're trained to do your job—not sell it. No matter how great you may be at your actual role, you likely feel a bit lost, hesitant, or 'behind' when it comes to courting clients, an unfamiliar territory where you're never quite sure of the line between under- and over-selling. This book comes to the rescue with real, practical advice for selling what you do. You'll have to unlearn everything you know about sales, but then you'll learn new skills that will help you make connections, develop rapport, create interest, earn trust, and turn prospects into clients. Business development is critical to your personal success, and your skills in this area will dictate the course of your career. This invaluable guide gives you a set of real-world best practices that can help you become the rainmaker you want to be. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whistleblowing Guide: Speak-up Arrangements, Challenges and Best Practices Author: Marianna Fotaki, Wim Vandekerckhove, Kate Kenny Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The last five years have seen dramatic and fundamental changes in whistleblower procedures for organizations. Prompted by a spate of important public disclosures, organizations are now mandated by law to implement effective arrangements enabling employees to speak up about perceived wrongdoing. Currently few resources exist to help with this. To help fill the gap, The Whistleblowing Guide examines the opportunities and challenges associated with different types of whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements, making recommendations based on best practices you can trust. ● Identifies the major organizational, structural, and cultural obstacles to speaking up through speak-up arrangements ● Proposes effective whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements ● Explains the specific policy and legislation requirements that can promote or impede the effective implementation of speak-up arrangements, and how these can be translated into commercial and public organizations across sectors and cultures ● Makes a clear distinction between internal and external reporting arrangements Marianna Fotaki, Wim Vandekerckhove, Kate Kenny Fri, 31 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383145 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whistleblowing Guide: Speak-up Arrangements, Challenges and Best Practices Author: Marianna Fotaki, Wim Vandekerckhove, Kate Kenny Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The last five years have seen dramatic and fundamental changes in whistleblower procedures for organizations. Prompted by a spate of important public disclosures, organizations are now mandated by law to implement effective arrangements enabling employees to speak up about perceived wrongdoing. Currently few resources exist to help with this. To help fill the gap, The Whistleblowing Guide examines the opportunities and challenges associated with different types of whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements, making recommendations based on best practices you can trust. ● Identifies the major organizational, structural, and cultural obstacles to speaking up through speak-up arrangements ● Proposes effective whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements ● Explains the specific policy and legislation requirements that can promote or impede the effective implementation of speak-up arrangements, and how these can be translated into commercial and public organizations across sectors and cultures ● Makes a clear distinction between internal and external reporting arrangements Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/383145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Whistleblowing Guide: Speak-up Arrangements, Challenges and Best Practices Author: Marianna Fotaki, Wim Vandekerckhove, Kate Kenny Narrator: Susan Hanfield Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: May 31, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The last five years have seen dramatic and fundamental changes in whistleblower procedures for organizations. Prompted by a spate of important public disclosures, organizations are now mandated by law to implement effective arrangements enabling employees to speak up about perceived wrongdoing. Currently few resources exist to help with this. To help fill the gap, The Whistleblowing Guide examines the opportunities and challenges associated with different types of whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements, making recommendations based on best practices you can trust. ● Identifies the major organizational, structural, and cultural obstacles to speaking up through speak-up arrangements ● Proposes effective whistleblowing and speak-up arrangements ● Explains the specific policy and legislation requirements that can promote or impede the effective implementation of speak-up arrangements, and how these can be translated into commercial and public organizations across sectors and cultures ● Makes a clear distinction between internal and external reporting arrangements https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382991 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Risk and Return: A journey of entrepreneurship and self-discovery in Africa Author: Yomi Jemibewon Narrator: Ayo Owodunni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Risk and Return is the story of one man’s return to Africa—a journey that begins with a search for self-fulfillment, which then evolves into an entrepreneurial adventure filled with tribulations, triumphs and many life lessons that will keep readers engaged from start to finish. In a casual conversational voice, the author–Yomi Jemibewon, gives an honest, often hilarious and sometimes sobering account of what it feels like to chase a dream under highly uncertain circumstances. His anecdotes and reflections about navigating an unfamiliar, sometimes unforgiving, African business environment — as an idealistic returnee, an eager entrepreneur, or a young family man — will help readers navigate the challenging and sometimes terrifying times that a person experiences when embarking on a big life change. For those readers with a special passion for Africa, his story just might inspire action to join the wave of people collaborating to galvanize positive change in Africa. Yomi Jemibewon Fri, 10 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382991 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Risk and Return: A journey of entrepreneurship and self-discovery in Africa Author: Yomi Jemibewon Narrator: Ayo Owodunni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Risk and Return is the story of one man’s return to Africa—a journey that begins with a search for self-fulfillment, which then evolves into an entrepreneurial adventure filled with tribulations, triumphs and many life lessons that will keep readers engaged from start to finish. In a casual conversational voice, the author–Yomi Jemibewon, gives an honest, often hilarious and sometimes sobering account of what it feels like to chase a dream under highly uncertain circumstances. His anecdotes and reflections about navigating an unfamiliar, sometimes unforgiving, African business environment — as an idealistic returnee, an eager entrepreneur, or a young family man — will help readers navigate the challenging and sometimes terrifying times that a person experiences when embarking on a big life change. For those readers with a special passion for Africa, his story just might inspire action to join the wave of people collaborating to galvanize positive change in Africa. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382991]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Risk and Return: A journey of entrepreneurship and self-discovery in Africa Author: Yomi Jemibewon Narrator: Ayo Owodunni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: May 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Risk and Return is the story of one man’s return to Africa—a journey that begins with a search for self-fulfillment, which then evolves into an entrepreneurial adventure filled with tribulations, triumphs and many life lessons that will keep readers engaged from start to finish. In a casual conversational voice, the author–Yomi Jemibewon, gives an honest, often hilarious and sometimes sobering account of what it feels like to chase a dream under highly uncertain circumstances. His anecdotes and reflections about navigating an unfamiliar, sometimes unforgiving, African business environment — as an idealistic returnee, an eager entrepreneur, or a young family man — will help readers navigate the challenging and sometimes terrifying times that a person experiences when embarking on a big life change. For those readers with a special passion for Africa, his story just might inspire action to join the wave of people collaborating to galvanize positive change in Africa. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382943 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Stephen A. Schwarzman, Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Blackstone chairman, CEO, and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman, a long-awaited book that uses impactful episodes from Schwarzman's life to show readers how to build, transform, and lead thriving organizations. Whether you are a student, entrepreneur, philanthropist, executive, or simply someone looking for ways to maximize your potential, the same lessons apply. People know who Stephen Schwarzman is—at least they think they do. He’s the man who took $400,000 and co-founded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion (as of January 2019). He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state. He’s the billionaire philanthropist who founded Schwarzman Scholars, this century’s version of the Rhodes Scholarship, in China. But behind these achievements is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact, and live a life of consequence. Folding handkerchiefs in his father’s linen shop, Schwarzman dreamed of a larger life, filled with purpose and adventure. His grades and athleticism got him into Yale. After starting his career in finance with a short stint at a financial firm called DLJ, Schwarzman began working at Lehman Brothers where he ascended to run the mergers and acquisitions practice. He eventually partnered with his mentor and friend Pete Peterson to found Blackstone, vowing to create a new and different kind of financial institution. Building Blackstone into the leading global financial institution it is today didn’t come easy. Schwarzman focused intensely on culture, hiring great talent, and establishing processes that allow the firm to systematically analyze and evaluate risk. Schwarzman’s simple mantra “don’t lose money” has helped Blackstone become a leading private equity and real estate investor, and manager of alternative assets for institutional investors globally. Both he and the firm are known for the rigor of their investment process, their innovative approach to deal making, the diversification of their business lines, and a conviction to be the best at everything they do. Schwarzman is also an active philanthropist, having given away more than a billion dollars. In philanthropy, as in business, he is drawn to situations where his capital and energy can be applied to drive transformative solutions and change paradigms, notably in education. He uses the skills learned over a lifetime in finance to design, establish, and support impactful and innovative organizations and initiatives. His gifts have ranged from creating a new College of Computing at MIT for the study of artificial intelligence, to establishing a first-of-its-kind student and performing arts center at Yale, to enabling the renovation of the iconic New York Public Library, to founding the Schwarzman Scholars fellowship program at Tsinghua University in Beijing—the single largest philanthropic effort in China’s history from international donors. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining, and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to think about ambition and scale, risk and opportunities, and how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. Schwarzman not only offers readers a thoughtful reflection on all his own experiences, but in doing so provides a practical blueprint for success. Stephen A. Schwarzman Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382943 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Stephen A. Schwarzman, Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Blackstone chairman, CEO, and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman, a long-awaited book that uses impactful episodes from Schwarzman's life to show readers how to build, transform, and lead thriving organizations. Whether you are a student, entrepreneur, philanthropist, executive, or simply someone looking for ways to maximize your potential, the same lessons apply. People know who Stephen Schwarzman is—at least they think they do. He’s the man who took $400,000 and co-founded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion (as of January 2019). He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state. He’s the billionaire philanthropist who founded Schwarzman Scholars, this century’s version of the Rhodes Scholarship, in China. But behind these achievements is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact, and live a life of consequence. Folding handkerchiefs in his father’s linen shop, Schwarzman dreamed of a larger life, filled with purpose and adventure. His grades and athleticism got him into Yale. After starting his career in finance with a short stint at a financial firm called DLJ, Schwarzman began working at Lehman Brothers where he ascended to run the mergers and acquisitions practice. He eventually partnered with his mentor and friend Pete Peterson to found Blackstone, vowing to create a new and different kind of financial institution. Building Blackstone into the leading global financial institution it is today didn’t come easy. Schwarzman focused intensely on culture, hiring great talent, and establishing processes that allow the firm to systematically analyze and evaluate risk. Schwarzman’s simple mantra “don’t lose money” has helped Blackstone become a leading private equity and real estate investor, and manager of alternative assets for institutional investors globally. Both he and the firm are known for the rigor of their investment process, their innovative approach to deal making, the diversification of their business lines, and a conviction to be the best at everything they do. Schwarzman is also an active philanthropist, having given away more than a billion dollars. In philanthropy, as in business, he is drawn to situations where his capital and energy can be applied to drive transformative solutions and change paradigms, notably in education. He uses the skills learned over a lifetime in finance to design, establish, and support impactful and innovative organizations and initiatives. His gifts have ranged from creating a new College of Computing at MIT for the study of artificial intelligence, to establishing a first-of-its-kind student and performing arts center at Yale, to enabling the renovation of the iconic New York Public Library, to founding the Schwarzman Scholars fellowship program at Tsinghua University in Beijing—the single largest philanthropic effort in China’s history from international donors. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining, and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to think about ambition and scale, risk and opportunities, and how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. Schwarzman not only offers readers a thoughtful reflection on all his own experiences, but in doing so provides a practical blueprint for success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382943]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What It Takes: Lessons in the Pursuit of Excellence Author: Stephen A. Schwarzman Narrator: Stephen A. Schwarzman, Drew Birdseye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.53 of Total 47 Ratings of Narrator: 4.89 of Total 9 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER From Blackstone chairman, CEO, and co-founder Stephen A. Schwarzman, a long-awaited book that uses impactful episodes from Schwarzman's life to show readers how to build, transform, and lead thriving organizations. Whether you are a student, entrepreneur, philanthropist, executive, or simply someone looking for ways to maximize your potential, the same lessons apply. People know who Stephen Schwarzman is—at least they think they do. He’s the man who took $400,000 and co-founded Blackstone, the investment firm that manages over $500 billion (as of January 2019). He’s the CEO whose views are sought by heads of state. He’s the billionaire philanthropist who founded Schwarzman Scholars, this century’s version of the Rhodes Scholarship, in China. But behind these achievements is a man who has spent his life learning and reflecting on what it takes to achieve excellence, make an impact, and live a life of consequence. Folding handkerchiefs in his father’s linen shop, Schwarzman dreamed of a larger life, filled with purpose and adventure. His grades and athleticism got him into Yale. After starting his career in finance with a short stint at a financial firm called DLJ, Schwarzman began working at Lehman Brothers where he ascended to run the mergers and acquisitions practice. He eventually partnered with his mentor and friend Pete Peterson to found Blackstone, vowing to create a new and different kind of financial institution. Building Blackstone into the leading global financial institution it is today didn’t come easy. Schwarzman focused intensely on culture, hiring great talent, and establishing processes that allow the firm to systematically analyze and evaluate risk. Schwarzman’s simple mantra “don’t lose money” has helped Blackstone become a leading private equity and real estate investor, and manager of alternative assets for institutional investors globally. Both he and the firm are known for the rigor of their investment process, their innovative approach to deal making, the diversification of their business lines, and a conviction to be the best at everything they do. Schwarzman is also an active philanthropist, having given away more than a billion dollars. In philanthropy, as in business, he is drawn to situations where his capital and energy can be applied to drive transformative solutions and change paradigms, notably in education. He uses the skills learned over a lifetime in finance to design, establish, and support impactful and innovative organizations and initiatives. His gifts have ranged from creating a new College of Computing at MIT for the study of artificial intelligence, to establishing a first-of-its-kind student and performing arts center at Yale, to enabling the renovation of the iconic New York Public Library, to founding the Schwarzman Scholars fellowship program at Tsinghua University in Beijing—the single largest philanthropic effort in China’s history from international donors. Schwarzman’s story is an empowering, entertaining, and informative guide for anyone striving for greater personal impact. From deal making to investing, leadership to entrepreneurship, philanthropy to diplomacy, Schwarzman has lessons for how to think about ambition and scale, risk and opportunities, and how to achieve success through the relentless pursuit of excellence. Schwarzman not only offers readers a thoughtful reflection on all his own experiences, but in doing so provides a practical blueprint for success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382858 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Mighty Fall: And Why Some Companies Never Give In Series: #4 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Decline can be avoided. Decline can be detected. Decline can be reversed. Amidst the desolate landscape of fallen great companies, Jim Collins began to wonder: How do the mighty fall? Can decline be detected early and avoided? How far can a company fall before the path toward doom becomes inevitable and unshakable? How can companies reverse course? In How the Mighty Fall, Collins confronts these questions, offering leaders the well-founded hope that they can learn how to stave off decline and, if they find themselves falling, reverse their course. Collins' research project-more than four years in duration-uncovered five step-wise stages of decline: Stage 1: Hubris Born of Success Stage 2: Undisciplined Pursuit of More Stage 3: Denial of Risk and Peril Stage 4: Grasping for Salvation Stage 5: Capitulation to Irrelevance or Death By understanding these stages of decline, leaders can substantially reduce their chances of falling all the way to the bottom. Great companies can stumble, badly, and recover. Every institution, no matter how great, is vulnerable to decline. There is no law of nature that the most powerful will inevitably remain at the top. Anyone can fall and most eventually do. But, as Collins' research emphasizes, some companies do indeed recover-in some cases, coming back even stronger-even after having crashed into the depths of Stage 4. Decline, it turns out, is largely self-inflicted, and the path to recovery lies largely within our own hands. We are not imprisoned by our circumstances, our history, or even our staggering defeats along the way. As long as we never get entirely knocked out of the game, hope always remains. The mighty can fall, but they can often rise again. Jim Collins Thu, 02 Jul 2009 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382858 thebookvoice.com 4:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Mighty Fall: And Why Some Companies Never Give In Series: #4 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Decline can be avoided. Decline can be detected. Decline can be reversed. Amidst the desolate landscape of fallen great companies, Jim Collins began to wonder: How do the mighty fall? Can decline be detected early and avoided? How far can a company fall before the path toward doom becomes inevitable and unshakable? How can companies reverse course? In How the Mighty Fall, Collins confronts these questions, offering leaders the well-founded hope that they can learn how to stave off decline and, if they find themselves falling, reverse their course. Collins' research project-more than four years in duration-uncovered five step-wise stages of decline: Stage 1: Hubris Born of Success Stage 2: Undisciplined Pursuit of More Stage 3: Denial of Risk and Peril Stage 4: Grasping for Salvation Stage 5: Capitulation to Irrelevance or Death By understanding these stages of decline, leaders can substantially reduce their chances of falling all the way to the bottom. Great companies can stumble, badly, and recover. Every institution, no matter how great, is vulnerable to decline. There is no law of nature that the most powerful will inevitably remain at the top. Anyone can fall and most eventually do. But, as Collins' research emphasizes, some companies do indeed recover-in some cases, coming back even stronger-even after having crashed into the depths of Stage 4. Decline, it turns out, is largely self-inflicted, and the path to recovery lies largely within our own hands. We are not imprisoned by our circumstances, our history, or even our staggering defeats along the way. As long as we never get entirely knocked out of the game, hope always remains. The mighty can fall, but they can often rise again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382858]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How the Mighty Fall: And Why Some Companies Never Give In Series: #4 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 41 minutes Release date: July 2, 2009 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Decline can be avoided. Decline can be detected. Decline can be reversed. Amidst the desolate landscape of fallen great companies, Jim Collins began to wonder: How do the mighty fall? Can decline be detected early and avoided? How far can a company fall before the path toward doom becomes inevitable and unshakable? How can companies reverse course? In How the Mighty Fall, Collins confronts these questions, offering leaders the well-founded hope that they can learn how to stave off decline and, if they find themselves falling, reverse their course. Collins' research project-more than four years in duration-uncovered five step-wise stages of decline: Stage 1: Hubris Born of Success Stage 2: Undisciplined Pursuit of More Stage 3: Denial of Risk and Peril Stage 4: Grasping for Salvation Stage 5: Capitulation to Irrelevance or Death By understanding these stages of decline, leaders can substantially reduce their chances of falling all the way to the bottom. Great companies can stumble, badly, and recover. Every institution, no matter how great, is vulnerable to decline. There is no law of nature that the most powerful will inevitably remain at the top. Anyone can fall and most eventually do. But, as Collins' research emphasizes, some companies do indeed recover-in some cases, coming back even stronger-even after having crashed into the depths of Stage 4. Decline, it turns out, is largely self-inflicted, and the path to recovery lies largely within our own hands. We are not imprisoned by our circumstances, our history, or even our staggering defeats along the way. As long as we never get entirely knocked out of the game, hope always remains. The mighty can fall, but they can often rise again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382776 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Business of Consulting: The Basics and Beyond Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seismic changes occurring in the workforce are leading to more and more people entering the world of contract, freelance, and contingency work. Rapid changes in demographics and advances in technology have led companies and talent to engage in profoundly new ways and consulting is one of the keys to success. The New Business of Consulting is authentic and practical, and shares the knowledge and skills required to start and grow a successful consulting business. From how to make a smooth career transition, to how to determine a consulting fee, to how consultants inadvertently create a bad reputation, it covers everything you need to know to thrive and flourish in this competitive field. ● Covers contemporary topics, such as how to achieve success in the gig economy ● Discloses a reliable technique to land the clients you want ● Presents options to help you balance your life and your business ● Prepares you for naming your business, managing critical financial issues, and building a client relationship The crucial start-up days of a consulting business may be frenetic and fraught with questions. This new edition provides sanity and answers all the questions. Elaine Biech Tue, 14 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382776 thebookvoice.com 12:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Business of Consulting: The Basics and Beyond Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seismic changes occurring in the workforce are leading to more and more people entering the world of contract, freelance, and contingency work. Rapid changes in demographics and advances in technology have led companies and talent to engage in profoundly new ways and consulting is one of the keys to success. The New Business of Consulting is authentic and practical, and shares the knowledge and skills required to start and grow a successful consulting business. From how to make a smooth career transition, to how to determine a consulting fee, to how consultants inadvertently create a bad reputation, it covers everything you need to know to thrive and flourish in this competitive field. ● Covers contemporary topics, such as how to achieve success in the gig economy ● Discloses a reliable technique to land the clients you want ● Presents options to help you balance your life and your business ● Prepares you for naming your business, managing critical financial issues, and building a client relationship The crucial start-up days of a consulting business may be frenetic and fraught with questions. This new edition provides sanity and answers all the questions. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382776]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The New Business of Consulting: The Basics and Beyond Author: Elaine Biech Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Seismic changes occurring in the workforce are leading to more and more people entering the world of contract, freelance, and contingency work. Rapid changes in demographics and advances in technology have led companies and talent to engage in profoundly new ways and consulting is one of the keys to success. The New Business of Consulting is authentic and practical, and shares the knowledge and skills required to start and grow a successful consulting business. From how to make a smooth career transition, to how to determine a consulting fee, to how consultants inadvertently create a bad reputation, it covers everything you need to know to thrive and flourish in this competitive field. ● Covers contemporary topics, such as how to achieve success in the gig economy ● Discloses a reliable technique to land the clients you want ● Presents options to help you balance your life and your business ● Prepares you for naming your business, managing critical financial issues, and building a client relationship The crucial start-up days of a consulting business may be frenetic and fraught with questions. This new edition provides sanity and answers all the questions. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382763 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Strategy: Professional Strategists and Practice Change, 1960 to Today Author: Richard Whittington Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Opening Strategy recounts the origins and development of Strategy as a profession from the middle of the last century to the present day. In particular, it focuses on how strategic planning superseded long-range planning, and the more recent rise of strategic management and open strategy. Together, these practices have contributed to growing inclusiveness and transparency in contemporary organizations. Informed by interviews with corporate strategists at leading companies around the world, eminent consultants at firms such as Bain, the Boston Consulting Group, and McKinsey & Co., and the internal archives of strategic innovators such as General Electric and Shell, this book provides vivid insights into the trials and tribulations of practice innovation in Strategy, and stresses the hard work of the little recognized and sometimes eccentric innovators within the profession. By building on a wide range of examples, covering both successes and failures, the book draws out general lessons for practice innovation in Strategy. Those studying the topic will be able to set standard strategy techniques in historical and social context and develop new areas for investigation, while practicing executives and consultants should gain a sense of how to innovate in Strategy—and how not to. Richard Whittington Tue, 21 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382763 thebookvoice.com 12:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Strategy: Professional Strategists and Practice Change, 1960 to Today Author: Richard Whittington Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Opening Strategy recounts the origins and development of Strategy as a profession from the middle of the last century to the present day. In particular, it focuses on how strategic planning superseded long-range planning, and the more recent rise of strategic management and open strategy. Together, these practices have contributed to growing inclusiveness and transparency in contemporary organizations. Informed by interviews with corporate strategists at leading companies around the world, eminent consultants at firms such as Bain, the Boston Consulting Group, and McKinsey & Co., and the internal archives of strategic innovators such as General Electric and Shell, this book provides vivid insights into the trials and tribulations of practice innovation in Strategy, and stresses the hard work of the little recognized and sometimes eccentric innovators within the profession. By building on a wide range of examples, covering both successes and failures, the book draws out general lessons for practice innovation in Strategy. Those studying the topic will be able to set standard strategy techniques in historical and social context and develop new areas for investigation, while practicing executives and consultants should gain a sense of how to innovate in Strategy—and how not to. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382763]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opening Strategy: Professional Strategists and Practice Change, 1960 to Today Author: Richard Whittington Narrator: Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 58 minutes Release date: May 21, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Opening Strategy recounts the origins and development of Strategy as a profession from the middle of the last century to the present day. In particular, it focuses on how strategic planning superseded long-range planning, and the more recent rise of strategic management and open strategy. Together, these practices have contributed to growing inclusiveness and transparency in contemporary organizations. Informed by interviews with corporate strategists at leading companies around the world, eminent consultants at firms such as Bain, the Boston Consulting Group, and McKinsey & Co., and the internal archives of strategic innovators such as General Electric and Shell, this book provides vivid insights into the trials and tribulations of practice innovation in Strategy, and stresses the hard work of the little recognized and sometimes eccentric innovators within the profession. By building on a wide range of examples, covering both successes and failures, the book draws out general lessons for practice innovation in Strategy. Those studying the topic will be able to set standard strategy techniques in historical and social context and develop new areas for investigation, while practicing executives and consultants should gain a sense of how to innovate in Strategy—and how not to. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382685 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billion Dollar Brand Club: How Dollar Shave Club, Warby Parker, and Other Disruptors Are Remaking What We Buy Author: Lawrence Ingrassia Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A leading business journalist takes us inside a business revolution: the upstart brands taking on the empires that long dominated the trillion-dollar consumer economy. Dollar Shave Club and its hilarious marketing. Casper mattresses popping out of a box. Third Love’s lingerie designed specifically for each woman’s body. Warby Parker mailing you five pairs of glasses to choose from. You’ve seen their ads. You (or someone you know) use their products. Each may appear, in isolation, as a rare David with the bravado to confront a Goliath, but taken together they represent a seismic shift in a business model that has lasted more than a century. As Lawrence Ingrassia--former business and economics editor and deputy managing editor at the New York Times--shows in this timely and eye-opening book, a growing number of digital entrepreneurs have found new and creative ways to crack the code on the bonanza of physical goods that move through our lives every day. They have discovered that manufacturing, marketing, logistics, and customer service have all been flattened—where there were once walls that protected big brands like Gillette, Sealy, Victoria’s Secret, or Lenscrafters, savvy and hungry innovators now can compete on price, value, quality, speed, convenience, and service. Billion Dollar Brand Club reveals the world of the entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and corporate behemoths battling over this terrain. And what fun it is. It’s a massive, high-stakes business saga animated by the personalities, flashes of insight, and stories behind the stuff we use every day. Lawrence Ingrassia Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382685 thebookvoice.com 8:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billion Dollar Brand Club: How Dollar Shave Club, Warby Parker, and Other Disruptors Are Remaking What We Buy Author: Lawrence Ingrassia Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A leading business journalist takes us inside a business revolution: the upstart brands taking on the empires that long dominated the trillion-dollar consumer economy. Dollar Shave Club and its hilarious marketing. Casper mattresses popping out of a box. Third Love’s lingerie designed specifically for each woman’s body. Warby Parker mailing you five pairs of glasses to choose from. You’ve seen their ads. You (or someone you know) use their products. Each may appear, in isolation, as a rare David with the bravado to confront a Goliath, but taken together they represent a seismic shift in a business model that has lasted more than a century. As Lawrence Ingrassia--former business and economics editor and deputy managing editor at the New York Times--shows in this timely and eye-opening book, a growing number of digital entrepreneurs have found new and creative ways to crack the code on the bonanza of physical goods that move through our lives every day. They have discovered that manufacturing, marketing, logistics, and customer service have all been flattened—where there were once walls that protected big brands like Gillette, Sealy, Victoria’s Secret, or Lenscrafters, savvy and hungry innovators now can compete on price, value, quality, speed, convenience, and service. Billion Dollar Brand Club reveals the world of the entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and corporate behemoths battling over this terrain. And what fun it is. It’s a massive, high-stakes business saga animated by the personalities, flashes of insight, and stories behind the stuff we use every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382685]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Billion Dollar Brand Club: How Dollar Shave Club, Warby Parker, and Other Disruptors Are Remaking What We Buy Author: Lawrence Ingrassia Narrator: Sean Patrick Hopkins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A leading business journalist takes us inside a business revolution: the upstart brands taking on the empires that long dominated the trillion-dollar consumer economy. Dollar Shave Club and its hilarious marketing. Casper mattresses popping out of a box. Third Love’s lingerie designed specifically for each woman’s body. Warby Parker mailing you five pairs of glasses to choose from. You’ve seen their ads. You (or someone you know) use their products. Each may appear, in isolation, as a rare David with the bravado to confront a Goliath, but taken together they represent a seismic shift in a business model that has lasted more than a century. As Lawrence Ingrassia--former business and economics editor and deputy managing editor at the New York Times--shows in this timely and eye-opening book, a growing number of digital entrepreneurs have found new and creative ways to crack the code on the bonanza of physical goods that move through our lives every day. They have discovered that manufacturing, marketing, logistics, and customer service have all been flattened—where there were once walls that protected big brands like Gillette, Sealy, Victoria’s Secret, or Lenscrafters, savvy and hungry innovators now can compete on price, value, quality, speed, convenience, and service. Billion Dollar Brand Club reveals the world of the entrepreneurs, venture capitalists, and corporate behemoths battling over this terrain. And what fun it is. It’s a massive, high-stakes business saga animated by the personalities, flashes of insight, and stories behind the stuff we use every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382663 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Calling: 3 Fundamental Shifts to Stay True, Get Paid, and Do Good Author: Rha Goddess Narrator: Rha Goddess, Gabrielle Bernstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and includes an introduction written and read by Gabrielle Bernstein. A game-changing audiobook offering a six-step approach on how to find and follow your true calling and redefine success from entrepreneur and soul coach Rha Goddess. Are you willing to believe in you? Every single one of us has a calling. For most it’s the thing you have to force yourself not to do. When you try to ignore it, you can’t stop thinking about. It is the thing that both terrifies you and brings you the most joy. Already living yours? Great! How do you make the most of it? The Calling will provide listeners with a road map, via 3 fundamental shifts, on how to stay true, get paid and do good. The steps that will help lead you there include: RECOGNIZING—it always begins with awareness. If you can’t see it then you can’t do anything about it. ACCEPTING—means embracing, and taking responsibility for yourself, your life, and the things that want or need to be changed. FORGIVING—yourself and others. AND MORE! The Calling will be the resource that people have been asking Rha to write for years, and there has never been a better time for her to share her proven method. Rha Goddess Tue, 21 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382663 thebookvoice.com 12:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Calling: 3 Fundamental Shifts to Stay True, Get Paid, and Do Good Author: Rha Goddess Narrator: Rha Goddess, Gabrielle Bernstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and includes an introduction written and read by Gabrielle Bernstein. A game-changing audiobook offering a six-step approach on how to find and follow your true calling and redefine success from entrepreneur and soul coach Rha Goddess. Are you willing to believe in you? Every single one of us has a calling. For most it’s the thing you have to force yourself not to do. When you try to ignore it, you can’t stop thinking about. It is the thing that both terrifies you and brings you the most joy. Already living yours? Great! How do you make the most of it? The Calling will provide listeners with a road map, via 3 fundamental shifts, on how to stay true, get paid and do good. The steps that will help lead you there include: RECOGNIZING—it always begins with awareness. If you can’t see it then you can’t do anything about it. ACCEPTING—means embracing, and taking responsibility for yourself, your life, and the things that want or need to be changed. FORGIVING—yourself and others. AND MORE! The Calling will be the resource that people have been asking Rha to write for years, and there has never been a better time for her to share her proven method. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382663]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Calling: 3 Fundamental Shifts to Stay True, Get Paid, and Do Good Author: Rha Goddess Narrator: Rha Goddess, Gabrielle Bernstein Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author and includes an introduction written and read by Gabrielle Bernstein. A game-changing audiobook offering a six-step approach on how to find and follow your true calling and redefine success from entrepreneur and soul coach Rha Goddess. Are you willing to believe in you? Every single one of us has a calling. For most it’s the thing you have to force yourself not to do. When you try to ignore it, you can’t stop thinking about. It is the thing that both terrifies you and brings you the most joy. Already living yours? Great! How do you make the most of it? The Calling will provide listeners with a road map, via 3 fundamental shifts, on how to stay true, get paid and do good. The steps that will help lead you there include: RECOGNIZING—it always begins with awareness. If you can’t see it then you can’t do anything about it. ACCEPTING—means embracing, and taking responsibility for yourself, your life, and the things that want or need to be changed. FORGIVING—yourself and others. AND MORE! The Calling will be the resource that people have been asking Rha to write for years, and there has never been a better time for her to share her proven method. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A brilliant analysis of the transition in world economics, finance, and power as the era of globalization ends and gives way to new power centers and institutions. The world is at a turning point similar to the fall of communism. Then, many focused on the collapse itself, and failed to see that a bigger trend, globalization, was about to take hold. The benefits of globalization--through the freer flow of money, people, ideas, and trade--have been many. But rather than a world that is flat, what has emerged is one of jagged peaks and rough, deep valleys characterized by wealth inequality, indebtedness, political recession, and imbalances across the world's economies. These peaks and valleys are undergoing what Michael O'Sullivan calls 'the levelling'--a major transition in world economics, finance, and power. What's next is a levelling-out of wealth between poor and rich countries, of power between nations and regions, of political accountability from elites to the people, and of institutional power away from central banks and defunct twentieth-century institutions such as the WTO and the IMF. O'Sullivan then moves to ways we can develop new, pragmatic solutions to such critical problems as political discontent, stunted economic growth, the productive functioning of finance, and political-economic structures that serve broader needs. The Levelling comes at a crucial time in the rise and fall of nations. It has special importance for the US as its place in the world undergoes radical change--the ebbing of influence, profound questions over its economic model, societal decay, and the turmoil of public life. Michael O'sullivan Tue, 28 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334 thebookvoice.com 12:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A brilliant analysis of the transition in world economics, finance, and power as the era of globalization ends and gives way to new power centers and institutions. The world is at a turning point similar to the fall of communism. Then, many focused on the collapse itself, and failed to see that a bigger trend, globalization, was about to take hold. The benefits of globalization--through the freer flow of money, people, ideas, and trade--have been many. But rather than a world that is flat, what has emerged is one of jagged peaks and rough, deep valleys characterized by wealth inequality, indebtedness, political recession, and imbalances across the world's economies. These peaks and valleys are undergoing what Michael O'Sullivan calls 'the levelling'--a major transition in world economics, finance, and power. What's next is a levelling-out of wealth between poor and rich countries, of power between nations and regions, of political accountability from elites to the people, and of institutional power away from central banks and defunct twentieth-century institutions such as the WTO and the IMF. O'Sullivan then moves to ways we can develop new, pragmatic solutions to such critical problems as political discontent, stunted economic growth, the productive functioning of finance, and political-economic structures that serve broader needs. The Levelling comes at a crucial time in the rise and fall of nations. It has special importance for the US as its place in the world undergoes radical change--the ebbing of influence, profound questions over its economic model, societal decay, and the turmoil of public life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382334]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Levelling: What's Next After Globalization Author: Michael O'sullivan Narrator: Jeff Bottoms Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 57 minutes Release date: May 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A brilliant analysis of the transition in world economics, finance, and power as the era of globalization ends and gives way to new power centers and institutions. The world is at a turning point similar to the fall of communism. Then, many focused on the collapse itself, and failed to see that a bigger trend, globalization, was about to take hold. The benefits of globalization--through the freer flow of money, people, ideas, and trade--have been many. But rather than a world that is flat, what has emerged is one of jagged peaks and rough, deep valleys characterized by wealth inequality, indebtedness, political recession, and imbalances across the world's economies. These peaks and valleys are undergoing what Michael O'Sullivan calls 'the levelling'--a major transition in world economics, finance, and power. What's next is a levelling-out of wealth between poor and rich countries, of power between nations and regions, of political accountability from elites to the people, and of institutional power away from central banks and defunct twentieth-century institutions such as the WTO and the IMF. O'Sullivan then moves to ways we can develop new, pragmatic solutions to such critical problems as political discontent, stunted economic growth, the productive functioning of finance, and political-economic structures that serve broader needs. The Levelling comes at a crucial time in the rise and fall of nations. It has special importance for the US as its place in the world undergoes radical change--the ebbing of influence, profound questions over its economic model, societal decay, and the turmoil of public life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382305 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car, 2nd Edition: How Your Technology Choices Create the Future Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech experts Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever describe dozens of astonishing technological advances in this fascinating and thought-provoking book, which asks what kind of future lies ahead-Star Trek or Mad Max? Astonishing technology developments, from personalized genomics to self-driving cars to artificial intelligence, could make our lives better. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening future-eugenics, a jobless economy, loss of privacy, and exacerbating economic inequality. Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions about any new technology: Does it have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They offer a host of solutions to mitigate the harm that tech can cause but ultimately leave it to the reader to make the final decision. This revised edition includes sections on accelerating changes in genomics and the use of CRISPR to modify human embryos, reexamining driverless cars in the wake of Uber deaths, and exploring how advances in AI are enabling robots to perform tasks we naively assumed would remain the province of humans Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382305 thebookvoice.com 5:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car, 2nd Edition: How Your Technology Choices Create the Future Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech experts Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever describe dozens of astonishing technological advances in this fascinating and thought-provoking book, which asks what kind of future lies ahead-Star Trek or Mad Max? Astonishing technology developments, from personalized genomics to self-driving cars to artificial intelligence, could make our lives better. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening future-eugenics, a jobless economy, loss of privacy, and exacerbating economic inequality. Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions about any new technology: Does it have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They offer a host of solutions to mitigate the harm that tech can cause but ultimately leave it to the reader to make the final decision. This revised edition includes sections on accelerating changes in genomics and the use of CRISPR to modify human embryos, reexamining driverless cars in the wake of Uber deaths, and exploring how advances in AI are enabling robots to perform tasks we naively assumed would remain the province of humans Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/382305]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Driver in the Driverless Car, 2nd Edition: How Your Technology Choices Create the Future Author: Vivek Wadhwa, Alex Salkever Narrator: James Gillies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 58 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tech experts Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever describe dozens of astonishing technological advances in this fascinating and thought-provoking book, which asks what kind of future lies ahead-Star Trek or Mad Max? Astonishing technology developments, from personalized genomics to self-driving cars to artificial intelligence, could make our lives better. On the other hand, these very same technologies could raise the specter of a frightening future-eugenics, a jobless economy, loss of privacy, and exacerbating economic inequality. Vivek Wadhwa and Alex Salkever propose that we ask three questions about any new technology: Does it have the potential to benefit everyone equally? What are the risks and the rewards? Does the technology more strongly promote autonomy or independence? They offer a host of solutions to mitigate the harm that tech can cause but ultimately leave it to the reader to make the final decision. This revised edition includes sections on accelerating changes in genomics and the use of CRISPR to modify human embryos, reexamining driverless cars in the wake of Uber deaths, and exploring how advances in AI are enabling robots to perform tasks we naively assumed would remain the province of humans https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Tom Szaky Tue, 05 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974 thebookvoice.com 5:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Future of Packaging: From Linear to Circular Author: Tom Szaky Narrator: Natalie Hoyt, Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 32 minutes Release date: February 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tom Szaky sets out to do the impossible - eliminate all waste. This book paints a future of a 'circular economy' that relies on responsible reuse and recycling to propel the world towards eradicating overconsumption and waste. The Future of Packaging provides a straightforward solution to tackling the daunting issues of waste in the packaging industry by returning to a 'circular economy.' Beginning with a critique of the irresponsibility of the packaging industry and its contributions to wastefulness, Tom Szaky and his coauthors illuminate the path towards a waste-free future with lessons from the past. The goal of this book is to serve as a guide for designing a circular economy, showcasing how the world has moved away from circular systems of consumption (i.e. refillable milk/water/beer) to largely linear systems (i.e. milk bags/plastic bottles/plastic kegs). Objects were circular up until the 1940s, after which complex materials and a culture of consumerism began to create waste that nature couldn't handle. The way to get back to more circular systems starts with design and, after that, implementing systems. With the support and experiences of industry leaders in sustainable development, Szaky helps readers make the shift from a linear economy, which depends on extracting resources and overconsumption, to a circular economy that allows for growth. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381936 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Compass and the Nail: How the Patagonia Model of Loyalty Can Save Your Business, and Might Just Save the Planet Author: Craig Wilson Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why do some companies create such strong affection for their brands that their customers are compelled to become active brand champions? Is there a secret? The Compass and the Nail presents an unconventional perspective of how particular organizations create rabid fan bases, in turn making them more successful and more profitable. Written by Patagonia's former lead strategist for consumer marketing, and advisor to such iconic brands as Seventh Generation and Burton Snowboards, Craig Wilson outlines game-changing insights for providers of any product or service who desire fiercely loyal behavior. Wilson's narrative is one of cultural empathy and thought disruption critical to the new global economy. It is a practical model that defines how companies, governments, and institutions relate to their end users. By illuminating the phenomenon of 'following,' and how it can be methodically applied to a larger context, this book demonstrates how those relationships can be refashioned to optimize human interactive experience. It challenges us to use our economic powers for good to design the new Responsible Economy in an effort to save the planet. If companies realize consumers 'don't buy what you do, they buy why you do it,' Wilson shows us how. Craig Wilson Tue, 14 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381936 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Compass and the Nail: How the Patagonia Model of Loyalty Can Save Your Business, and Might Just Save the Planet Author: Craig Wilson Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why do some companies create such strong affection for their brands that their customers are compelled to become active brand champions? Is there a secret? The Compass and the Nail presents an unconventional perspective of how particular organizations create rabid fan bases, in turn making them more successful and more profitable. Written by Patagonia's former lead strategist for consumer marketing, and advisor to such iconic brands as Seventh Generation and Burton Snowboards, Craig Wilson outlines game-changing insights for providers of any product or service who desire fiercely loyal behavior. Wilson's narrative is one of cultural empathy and thought disruption critical to the new global economy. It is a practical model that defines how companies, governments, and institutions relate to their end users. By illuminating the phenomenon of 'following,' and how it can be methodically applied to a larger context, this book demonstrates how those relationships can be refashioned to optimize human interactive experience. It challenges us to use our economic powers for good to design the new Responsible Economy in an effort to save the planet. If companies realize consumers 'don't buy what you do, they buy why you do it,' Wilson shows us how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381936]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Compass and the Nail: How the Patagonia Model of Loyalty Can Save Your Business, and Might Just Save the Planet Author: Craig Wilson Narrator: Kyle Tait Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: May 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Why do some companies create such strong affection for their brands that their customers are compelled to become active brand champions? Is there a secret? The Compass and the Nail presents an unconventional perspective of how particular organizations create rabid fan bases, in turn making them more successful and more profitable. Written by Patagonia's former lead strategist for consumer marketing, and advisor to such iconic brands as Seventh Generation and Burton Snowboards, Craig Wilson outlines game-changing insights for providers of any product or service who desire fiercely loyal behavior. Wilson's narrative is one of cultural empathy and thought disruption critical to the new global economy. It is a practical model that defines how companies, governments, and institutions relate to their end users. By illuminating the phenomenon of 'following,' and how it can be methodically applied to a larger context, this book demonstrates how those relationships can be refashioned to optimize human interactive experience. It challenges us to use our economic powers for good to design the new Responsible Economy in an effort to save the planet. If companies realize consumers 'don't buy what you do, they buy why you do it,' Wilson shows us how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381810 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100% Kiwi Business Author: Ryan L. Jennings Narrator: Ryan L. Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the 100% Kiwi Business book you will receive: A vision for New Zealand's future. Insights and lessons from 100 Kiwi Business Owners and CEOs across almost every conceivable industry. 9 business success navigators for every business stage. 3 ways to restructure your marketing capability into a media publishing powerhouse. BONUS: Includes Over 200+ question prompts you can use to drive your business forward. Learn what's working for Kiwi business owners, and the questions to ask, to unlock your own professional and personal success. What Interviewing 100 Business Leaders Was Like Personally interviewing 100 ­business ­people was always going to be a ­challenge. The first interview was ­released on 12th January 2016 and the 100th and final episode released on 18th June 2017, taking 523 days. It felt like doing a real-life MBA degree, so this book is all of those insights ­concentrated into an eight-hour read. What I Learned Along The Way To be a business hero and lead a tribe of people through the unknown, it takes courage, determination, and passion and those are the character ­attributes of the people that came through from the questions and ­answers on the ­podcast. While every moment of ­courage shared was ­different and the length of ­determination ­varied, the passion was ­unwavering. How I Want You To Succeed Through This Book This book will inspire you, it will encourage you, it will tempt you, it will teach you, it will help you and it will bring out the best version of your business self to navigate your own business journey. Ryan L. Jennings Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381810 thebookvoice.com 13:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100% Kiwi Business Author: Ryan L. Jennings Narrator: Ryan L. Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the 100% Kiwi Business book you will receive: A vision for New Zealand's future. Insights and lessons from 100 Kiwi Business Owners and CEOs across almost every conceivable industry. 9 business success navigators for every business stage. 3 ways to restructure your marketing capability into a media publishing powerhouse. BONUS: Includes Over 200+ question prompts you can use to drive your business forward. Learn what's working for Kiwi business owners, and the questions to ask, to unlock your own professional and personal success. What Interviewing 100 Business Leaders Was Like Personally interviewing 100 ­business ­people was always going to be a ­challenge. The first interview was ­released on 12th January 2016 and the 100th and final episode released on 18th June 2017, taking 523 days. It felt like doing a real-life MBA degree, so this book is all of those insights ­concentrated into an eight-hour read. What I Learned Along The Way To be a business hero and lead a tribe of people through the unknown, it takes courage, determination, and passion and those are the character ­attributes of the people that came through from the questions and ­answers on the ­podcast. While every moment of ­courage shared was ­different and the length of ­determination ­varied, the passion was ­unwavering. How I Want You To Succeed Through This Book This book will inspire you, it will encourage you, it will tempt you, it will teach you, it will help you and it will bring out the best version of your business self to navigate your own business journey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381810]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 100% Kiwi Business Author: Ryan L. Jennings Narrator: Ryan L. Jennings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 26 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the 100% Kiwi Business book you will receive: A vision for New Zealand's future. Insights and lessons from 100 Kiwi Business Owners and CEOs across almost every conceivable industry. 9 business success navigators for every business stage. 3 ways to restructure your marketing capability into a media publishing powerhouse. BONUS: Includes Over 200+ question prompts you can use to drive your business forward. Learn what's working for Kiwi business owners, and the questions to ask, to unlock your own professional and personal success. What Interviewing 100 Business Leaders Was Like Personally interviewing 100 ­business ­people was always going to be a ­challenge. The first interview was ­released on 12th January 2016 and the 100th and final episode released on 18th June 2017, taking 523 days. It felt like doing a real-life MBA degree, so this book is all of those insights ­concentrated into an eight-hour read. What I Learned Along The Way To be a business hero and lead a tribe of people through the unknown, it takes courage, determination, and passion and those are the character ­attributes of the people that came through from the questions and ­answers on the ­podcast. While every moment of ­courage shared was ­different and the length of ­determination ­varied, the passion was ­unwavering. How I Want You To Succeed Through This Book This book will inspire you, it will encourage you, it will tempt you, it will teach you, it will help you and it will bring out the best version of your business self to navigate your own business journey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381800 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Start Up: Fundamental Strategies for Beating the Odds When Starting a Business Author: Omar Periu, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Bill Foote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Smart Start Up helps listeners start strong and stay strong in the early phases of growing their businesses, providing fundamental strategies for beating the odds. Tom Hopkins and Omar Periu want listeners to be part of the statistics for businesses that not only succeeded in their first two years, but exceeded their own expectations for success. With this information, listeners will be able to establish a solid foundation on which to build their businesses to the success level of their dreams―whether that's to create a legacy for generations or to follow the build-and-sell-it road to success. Tom and Omar delve deeply into the nuances of business ownership both on the practical and emotional side of things. They help entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and establish a strong compass to align their business and team. Topics covered include: self-analysis as an entrepreneur; how to evaluate a business idea; how to choose the best structure for a business, including working with legal and accounting professionals; business communication skills; hiring and managing team members; prioritization; selling skills; marketing strategies; negotiation skills; and how to keep clients happy long term. Omar Periu, Tom Hopkins Tue, 07 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381800 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Start Up: Fundamental Strategies for Beating the Odds When Starting a Business Author: Omar Periu, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Bill Foote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Smart Start Up helps listeners start strong and stay strong in the early phases of growing their businesses, providing fundamental strategies for beating the odds. Tom Hopkins and Omar Periu want listeners to be part of the statistics for businesses that not only succeeded in their first two years, but exceeded their own expectations for success. With this information, listeners will be able to establish a solid foundation on which to build their businesses to the success level of their dreams―whether that's to create a legacy for generations or to follow the build-and-sell-it road to success. Tom and Omar delve deeply into the nuances of business ownership both on the practical and emotional side of things. They help entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and establish a strong compass to align their business and team. Topics covered include: self-analysis as an entrepreneur; how to evaluate a business idea; how to choose the best structure for a business, including working with legal and accounting professionals; business communication skills; hiring and managing team members; prioritization; selling skills; marketing strategies; negotiation skills; and how to keep clients happy long term. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381800]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Smart Start Up: Fundamental Strategies for Beating the Odds When Starting a Business Author: Omar Periu, Tom Hopkins Narrator: Bill Foote Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Smart Start Up helps listeners start strong and stay strong in the early phases of growing their businesses, providing fundamental strategies for beating the odds. Tom Hopkins and Omar Periu want listeners to be part of the statistics for businesses that not only succeeded in their first two years, but exceeded their own expectations for success. With this information, listeners will be able to establish a solid foundation on which to build their businesses to the success level of their dreams―whether that's to create a legacy for generations or to follow the build-and-sell-it road to success. Tom and Omar delve deeply into the nuances of business ownership both on the practical and emotional side of things. They help entrepreneurs avoid common pitfalls and establish a strong compass to align their business and team. Topics covered include: self-analysis as an entrepreneur; how to evaluate a business idea; how to choose the best structure for a business, including working with legal and accounting professionals; business communication skills; hiring and managing team members; prioritization; selling skills; marketing strategies; negotiation skills; and how to keep clients happy long term. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381695 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hot Hand: The Mystery and Science of Streaks Author: Benjamin Cohen Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How can you maximize success—and limit failure? Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen brilliantly investigates the mystery and science of streaks. ''A feast for anyone interested in the secrets of excellence.'' —Andre Agassi For decades, statisticians, social scientists, psychologists, and economists (among them Nobel Prize winners) have spent massive amounts of precious time thinking about whether streaks actually exist. After all, a substantial number of decisions that we make in our everyday lives are quietly rooted in this one question: If something happened before, will it happen again? Is there such a thing as being in the zone? Can someone have a “hot hand”? Or is it simply a case of seeing patterns in randomness? Or, if streaks are possible, where can they be found? In The Hot Hand, Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen offers an unfailingly entertaining and provocative investigation into these questions. He begins with how a $35,000 fine and a wild night in New York revived a debate about the existence of streaks that was several generations in the making. We learn how the ability to recognize and then bet against streaks turned a business school dropout named David Booth into a billionaire, and how the subconscious nature of streak-related bias can make the difference between life and death for asylum seekers. We see how previously unrecognized streaks hidden amidst archival data helped solve one of the most haunting mysteries of the twentieth century, the disappearance of Raoul Wallenberg. Cohen also exposes how streak-related incentives can be manipulated, from the five-syllable word that helped break arcade profit records to an arc of black paint that allowed Stephen Curry to transform from future junior high coach into the greatest three-point shooter in NBA history. Crucially, Cohen also explores why false recognition of nonexistent streaks can have cataclysmic results, particularly if you are a sugar beet farmer or the sort of gambler who likes to switch to black on the ninth spin of the roulette wheel. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Benjamin Cohen Tue, 10 Mar 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381695 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hot Hand: The Mystery and Science of Streaks Author: Benjamin Cohen Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How can you maximize success—and limit failure? Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen brilliantly investigates the mystery and science of streaks. ''A feast for anyone interested in the secrets of excellence.'' —Andre Agassi For decades, statisticians, social scientists, psychologists, and economists (among them Nobel Prize winners) have spent massive amounts of precious time thinking about whether streaks actually exist. After all, a substantial number of decisions that we make in our everyday lives are quietly rooted in this one question: If something happened before, will it happen again? Is there such a thing as being in the zone? Can someone have a “hot hand”? Or is it simply a case of seeing patterns in randomness? Or, if streaks are possible, where can they be found? In The Hot Hand, Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen offers an unfailingly entertaining and provocative investigation into these questions. He begins with how a $35,000 fine and a wild night in New York revived a debate about the existence of streaks that was several generations in the making. We learn how the ability to recognize and then bet against streaks turned a business school dropout named David Booth into a billionaire, and how the subconscious nature of streak-related bias can make the difference between life and death for asylum seekers. We see how previously unrecognized streaks hidden amidst archival data helped solve one of the most haunting mysteries of the twentieth century, the disappearance of Raoul Wallenberg. Cohen also exposes how streak-related incentives can be manipulated, from the five-syllable word that helped break arcade profit records to an arc of black paint that allowed Stephen Curry to transform from future junior high coach into the greatest three-point shooter in NBA history. Crucially, Cohen also explores why false recognition of nonexistent streaks can have cataclysmic results, particularly if you are a sugar beet farmer or the sort of gambler who likes to switch to black on the ninth spin of the roulette wheel. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381695]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Hot Hand: The Mystery and Science of Streaks Author: Benjamin Cohen Narrator: Michael David Axtell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How can you maximize success—and limit failure? Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen brilliantly investigates the mystery and science of streaks. ''A feast for anyone interested in the secrets of excellence.'' —Andre Agassi For decades, statisticians, social scientists, psychologists, and economists (among them Nobel Prize winners) have spent massive amounts of precious time thinking about whether streaks actually exist. After all, a substantial number of decisions that we make in our everyday lives are quietly rooted in this one question: If something happened before, will it happen again? Is there such a thing as being in the zone? Can someone have a “hot hand”? Or is it simply a case of seeing patterns in randomness? Or, if streaks are possible, where can they be found? In The Hot Hand, Wall Street Journal reporter Ben Cohen offers an unfailingly entertaining and provocative investigation into these questions. He begins with how a $35,000 fine and a wild night in New York revived a debate about the existence of streaks that was several generations in the making. We learn how the ability to recognize and then bet against streaks turned a business school dropout named David Booth into a billionaire, and how the subconscious nature of streak-related bias can make the difference between life and death for asylum seekers. We see how previously unrecognized streaks hidden amidst archival data helped solve one of the most haunting mysteries of the twentieth century, the disappearance of Raoul Wallenberg. Cohen also exposes how streak-related incentives can be manipulated, from the five-syllable word that helped break arcade profit records to an arc of black paint that allowed Stephen Curry to transform from future junior high coach into the greatest three-point shooter in NBA history. Crucially, Cohen also explores why false recognition of nonexistent streaks can have cataclysmic results, particularly if you are a sugar beet farmer or the sort of gambler who likes to switch to black on the ninth spin of the roulette wheel. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381629 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 60 Second Sale: The Ultimate System for Building Lifelong Client Relationships in the Blink of an Eye Author: David V. Lorenzo Narrator: David V. Lorenzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cold calling and pushing your way into an office or a living room creates an atmosphere of adversity and distrust you must overcome before you close the deal. With those tired tactics, you're swimming upstream, against a strong current, with a bag of rocks tied to your waist. Sales has changed. Legacy sales gimmicks destroy relationships right from the first minute. The 60 Second Sale is a turnkey system for building profitable, lifelong relationships. Whether you work with affluent consumers or sell to senior executives in Fortune 500 companies, this step-by-step guide will help you open doors, close deals, and make more money in a way that leverages your natural strengths. That's the magnificence of the 60 second sale system. You get to be yourself and build your business. In this book you will discover: how to start a sales conversation in 60 seconds; who to target for immediate income; a powerful yet easy-to-use system to generate relationship revenue; five ways to initiate new relationships; the secret to getting a “yes” every time, even in the most competitive sales environment; and so many other effective business growth strategies, your competition won’t know what hit them. David V. Lorenzo Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381629 thebookvoice.com 6:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 60 Second Sale: The Ultimate System for Building Lifelong Client Relationships in the Blink of an Eye Author: David V. Lorenzo Narrator: David V. Lorenzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cold calling and pushing your way into an office or a living room creates an atmosphere of adversity and distrust you must overcome before you close the deal. With those tired tactics, you're swimming upstream, against a strong current, with a bag of rocks tied to your waist. Sales has changed. Legacy sales gimmicks destroy relationships right from the first minute. The 60 Second Sale is a turnkey system for building profitable, lifelong relationships. Whether you work with affluent consumers or sell to senior executives in Fortune 500 companies, this step-by-step guide will help you open doors, close deals, and make more money in a way that leverages your natural strengths. That's the magnificence of the 60 second sale system. You get to be yourself and build your business. In this book you will discover: how to start a sales conversation in 60 seconds; who to target for immediate income; a powerful yet easy-to-use system to generate relationship revenue; five ways to initiate new relationships; the secret to getting a “yes” every time, even in the most competitive sales environment; and so many other effective business growth strategies, your competition won’t know what hit them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381629]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 60 Second Sale: The Ultimate System for Building Lifelong Client Relationships in the Blink of an Eye Author: David V. Lorenzo Narrator: David V. Lorenzo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cold calling and pushing your way into an office or a living room creates an atmosphere of adversity and distrust you must overcome before you close the deal. With those tired tactics, you're swimming upstream, against a strong current, with a bag of rocks tied to your waist. Sales has changed. Legacy sales gimmicks destroy relationships right from the first minute. The 60 Second Sale is a turnkey system for building profitable, lifelong relationships. Whether you work with affluent consumers or sell to senior executives in Fortune 500 companies, this step-by-step guide will help you open doors, close deals, and make more money in a way that leverages your natural strengths. That's the magnificence of the 60 second sale system. You get to be yourself and build your business. In this book you will discover: how to start a sales conversation in 60 seconds; who to target for immediate income; a powerful yet easy-to-use system to generate relationship revenue; five ways to initiate new relationships; the secret to getting a “yes” every time, even in the most competitive sales environment; and so many other effective business growth strategies, your competition won’t know what hit them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381623 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Compete: Accelerate your business to market leadership with EY's 7 Drivers of Growth Author: Geoffrey Godding, Bryan Pearce, Diane Foreman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated 'Entrepreneur Of The Year' program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development—'The 7 Drivers of Growth™.' This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. Geoffrey Godding, Bryan Pearce, Diane Foreman Tue, 30 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381623 thebookvoice.com 5:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Compete: Accelerate your business to market leadership with EY's 7 Drivers of Growth Author: Geoffrey Godding, Bryan Pearce, Diane Foreman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated 'Entrepreneur Of The Year' program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development—'The 7 Drivers of Growth™.' This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381623]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Daring to Compete: Accelerate your business to market leadership with EY's 7 Drivers of Growth Author: Geoffrey Godding, Bryan Pearce, Diane Foreman Narrator: Kim Niemi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 10 minutes Release date: April 30, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The successful entrepreneur's guide to accelerating growth Daring to Compete offers real-world strategies to accelerate the growth of your business and secure your place as a market leader. This expert guide is the result of years of comprehensive research and experience from global professional services organization EY, originator of the celebrated 'Entrepreneur Of The Year' program. Employing its worldwide reach and extensive network of successful entrepreneurs, EY has developed a model of sustainable business development—'The 7 Drivers of Growth™.' This innovative and highly effective approach to strategic growth is an invaluable resource for high-growth businesses, entrepreneurs, and start-ups. Favoring practical strategies over abstract theories, this book provides clear guidance on the Customer; Funding and Finance; Transactions and Alliances; Risk; People, Behaviors, and Culture; Digital Technology and Analytics; and Operations. This book brings the application of these drivers to life by featuring insights from Entrepreneur Of The Year award-winning entrepreneurs from a wide range of industries and geographic locations. These entrepreneurs share how each driver functions in actual business situations and present first-hand advice on their application and implementation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381145 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win Fast Author: Siimon Reynolds Narrator: Siimon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Win Fast is both the success book for our times, and for those who have no time, perfect for fans of Atomic Habits. We are all crazily busy. Yet many of us know that we still need to take the time to learn how to get better. Better at productivity. Better at achievement. Better at running our minds and bodies in the optimum way to enhance our rate of success. So how can we fulfill our potential when there's so much else to do? Win Fast offers succinct, proven strategies in no-nonsense language to help us rise to a new level in our personal and business lives, to be more productive and efficient and to exceed our goals. In 30 years as a highly successful entrepreneur, Siimon Reynolds made thousands of mistakes on his rise to the top. His how-to guide for those who want to achieve more, with less time, distils his experience into bite-sized chunks that will take you to the next level. Rise above your competitors with Win Fast, 2019's most exciting contribution to the genre. Siimon Reynolds Tue, 20 Aug 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381145 thebookvoice.com 5:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win Fast Author: Siimon Reynolds Narrator: Siimon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Win Fast is both the success book for our times, and for those who have no time, perfect for fans of Atomic Habits. We are all crazily busy. Yet many of us know that we still need to take the time to learn how to get better. Better at productivity. Better at achievement. Better at running our minds and bodies in the optimum way to enhance our rate of success. So how can we fulfill our potential when there's so much else to do? Win Fast offers succinct, proven strategies in no-nonsense language to help us rise to a new level in our personal and business lives, to be more productive and efficient and to exceed our goals. In 30 years as a highly successful entrepreneur, Siimon Reynolds made thousands of mistakes on his rise to the top. His how-to guide for those who want to achieve more, with less time, distils his experience into bite-sized chunks that will take you to the next level. Rise above your competitors with Win Fast, 2019's most exciting contribution to the genre. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381145]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Win Fast Author: Siimon Reynolds Narrator: Siimon Reynolds Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 14 minutes Release date: August 20, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Win Fast is both the success book for our times, and for those who have no time, perfect for fans of Atomic Habits. We are all crazily busy. Yet many of us know that we still need to take the time to learn how to get better. Better at productivity. Better at achievement. Better at running our minds and bodies in the optimum way to enhance our rate of success. So how can we fulfill our potential when there's so much else to do? Win Fast offers succinct, proven strategies in no-nonsense language to help us rise to a new level in our personal and business lives, to be more productive and efficient and to exceed our goals. In 30 years as a highly successful entrepreneur, Siimon Reynolds made thousands of mistakes on his rise to the top. His how-to guide for those who want to achieve more, with less time, distils his experience into bite-sized chunks that will take you to the next level. Rise above your competitors with Win Fast, 2019's most exciting contribution to the genre. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381086 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett Author: Mary Buffett, Sean Seah Narrator: Pamela Almand, Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A clear, simple, and complete guide for beginning investors from bestselling author Mary Buffett and Sean Seah that explains Warren Buffett’s techniques of Value Investing and his proven strategies to ensure long-term success. For twelve years, Mary Buffett was part of the Buffett inner circle. During that time, she studied Warren’s investment strategies and techniques and observed his habits. Now, in 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett, Mary and Sean Seah provide a complete guide for beginning investors who want to understand how to invest like Warren Buffett. Mary and Sean walk readers through the process of assessing and buying stocks step-by-step. Their friendly and direct style and concrete examples make it easy to understand how to avoid common pitfalls and prosper in the stock market. The first section of the book discusses habits to adopt to begin a lifelong journey of wealth building. The second section examines specific stock-picking techniques inspired by Buffett’s teacher Benjamin Graham and that are vastly different from the common Wall Street wisdom of trying to time the market. The authors look at timeless principles as well as latest ideas on where to find great investment ideas, and they share the specific financial indicators they look for in a good investment. Finally, Mary and Sean explain how to build and track a portfolio of stocks. From learning how to read financial statements to preparing both personal and professional balance sheets, 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett is a must-have companion for every investor. Simple questionnaires, charts, and graphs help illustrate specific strategies. The authors’ personal stories provide a clear explanation of the theory behind Value Investing, as well as advice for developing the necessary “soft skills”—habits, mindset, loving what you do, taking care of your mind and body—that have made Warren Buffett and many others so successful. Mary Buffett, Sean Seah Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381086 thebookvoice.com 3:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett Author: Mary Buffett, Sean Seah Narrator: Pamela Almand, Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A clear, simple, and complete guide for beginning investors from bestselling author Mary Buffett and Sean Seah that explains Warren Buffett’s techniques of Value Investing and his proven strategies to ensure long-term success. For twelve years, Mary Buffett was part of the Buffett inner circle. During that time, she studied Warren’s investment strategies and techniques and observed his habits. Now, in 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett, Mary and Sean Seah provide a complete guide for beginning investors who want to understand how to invest like Warren Buffett. Mary and Sean walk readers through the process of assessing and buying stocks step-by-step. Their friendly and direct style and concrete examples make it easy to understand how to avoid common pitfalls and prosper in the stock market. The first section of the book discusses habits to adopt to begin a lifelong journey of wealth building. The second section examines specific stock-picking techniques inspired by Buffett’s teacher Benjamin Graham and that are vastly different from the common Wall Street wisdom of trying to time the market. The authors look at timeless principles as well as latest ideas on where to find great investment ideas, and they share the specific financial indicators they look for in a good investment. Finally, Mary and Sean explain how to build and track a portfolio of stocks. From learning how to read financial statements to preparing both personal and professional balance sheets, 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett is a must-have companion for every investor. Simple questionnaires, charts, and graphs help illustrate specific strategies. The authors’ personal stories provide a clear explanation of the theory behind Value Investing, as well as advice for developing the necessary “soft skills”—habits, mindset, loving what you do, taking care of your mind and body—that have made Warren Buffett and many others so successful. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/381086]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett Author: Mary Buffett, Sean Seah Narrator: Pamela Almand, Matthew Lloyd Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 21 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A clear, simple, and complete guide for beginning investors from bestselling author Mary Buffett and Sean Seah that explains Warren Buffett’s techniques of Value Investing and his proven strategies to ensure long-term success. For twelve years, Mary Buffett was part of the Buffett inner circle. During that time, she studied Warren’s investment strategies and techniques and observed his habits. Now, in 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett, Mary and Sean Seah provide a complete guide for beginning investors who want to understand how to invest like Warren Buffett. Mary and Sean walk readers through the process of assessing and buying stocks step-by-step. Their friendly and direct style and concrete examples make it easy to understand how to avoid common pitfalls and prosper in the stock market. The first section of the book discusses habits to adopt to begin a lifelong journey of wealth building. The second section examines specific stock-picking techniques inspired by Buffett’s teacher Benjamin Graham and that are vastly different from the common Wall Street wisdom of trying to time the market. The authors look at timeless principles as well as latest ideas on where to find great investment ideas, and they share the specific financial indicators they look for in a good investment. Finally, Mary and Sean explain how to build and track a portfolio of stocks. From learning how to read financial statements to preparing both personal and professional balance sheets, 7 Secrets to Investing Like Warren Buffett is a must-have companion for every investor. Simple questionnaires, charts, and graphs help illustrate specific strategies. The authors’ personal stories provide a clear explanation of the theory behind Value Investing, as well as advice for developing the necessary “soft skills”—habits, mindset, loving what you do, taking care of your mind and body—that have made Warren Buffett and many others so successful. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380930 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Trip: The Story of Energy Author: Michael E. Webber Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A global tour of energy--the builder of human civilization and also its greatest threat. Energy is humanity's single most important resource. In fact, as energy expert Michael E. Webber argues in Power Trip, the story of how societies rise can be told largely as the story of how they manage energy sources through time. In 2019, as we face down growing demand for and accumulating environmental impacts from energy, we are at a crossroads and the stakes are high. But history shows us that energy's great value is that it allows societies to reinvent themselves. Power Trip explores how energy has transformed societies of the past and offers wisdom for today's looming energy crisis. There is no magic bullet; energy advances always come with costs. Scientific innovation needs public support. Energy initiatives need to be tailored to individual societies. We must look for long-term solutions. Our current energy crisis is real, but it is solvable. We have the power. Michael E. Webber Tue, 07 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380930 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Trip: The Story of Energy Author: Michael E. Webber Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A global tour of energy--the builder of human civilization and also its greatest threat. Energy is humanity's single most important resource. In fact, as energy expert Michael E. Webber argues in Power Trip, the story of how societies rise can be told largely as the story of how they manage energy sources through time. In 2019, as we face down growing demand for and accumulating environmental impacts from energy, we are at a crossroads and the stakes are high. But history shows us that energy's great value is that it allows societies to reinvent themselves. Power Trip explores how energy has transformed societies of the past and offers wisdom for today's looming energy crisis. There is no magic bullet; energy advances always come with costs. Scientific innovation needs public support. Energy initiatives need to be tailored to individual societies. We must look for long-term solutions. Our current energy crisis is real, but it is solvable. We have the power. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380930]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Power Trip: The Story of Energy Author: Michael E. Webber Narrator: L.J. Ganser Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A global tour of energy--the builder of human civilization and also its greatest threat. Energy is humanity's single most important resource. In fact, as energy expert Michael E. Webber argues in Power Trip, the story of how societies rise can be told largely as the story of how they manage energy sources through time. In 2019, as we face down growing demand for and accumulating environmental impacts from energy, we are at a crossroads and the stakes are high. But history shows us that energy's great value is that it allows societies to reinvent themselves. Power Trip explores how energy has transformed societies of the past and offers wisdom for today's looming energy crisis. There is no magic bullet; energy advances always come with costs. Scientific innovation needs public support. Energy initiatives need to be tailored to individual societies. We must look for long-term solutions. Our current energy crisis is real, but it is solvable. We have the power. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380860 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Boutique Author: Christy Wright Narrator: Christy Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You’ve got the passion. This is your plan. There’s never been a better time to start your own business. But let’s face it: It can be scary to put yourself out there and tackle the business side of things. Fortunately, you’re not alone! There is a movement of women stepping into their God-given gifts to make money doing what they love. If you'd like to join them, this is your handbook that will take the ideas in your head and the dream in your heart and turn them into action. In Business Boutique, Christy Wright will: • Help you create a step-by-step, customized plan to start and grow your business. • Show you how to manage your time so you can have a business—and life—that you love. • Explain overwhelming business stuff like pricing, taxes, and budgeting in simple terms. • Teach you how to use marketing to reach the right people in the right way. • Empower you to sell your product or service with confidence. Christy will help you get your business idea off the ground or take your existing business to the next level. You can do this. It’s time for you to make money doing what you love! Christy Wright Mon, 17 Apr 2017 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380860 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Boutique Author: Christy Wright Narrator: Christy Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You’ve got the passion. This is your plan. There’s never been a better time to start your own business. But let’s face it: It can be scary to put yourself out there and tackle the business side of things. Fortunately, you’re not alone! There is a movement of women stepping into their God-given gifts to make money doing what they love. If you'd like to join them, this is your handbook that will take the ideas in your head and the dream in your heart and turn them into action. In Business Boutique, Christy Wright will: • Help you create a step-by-step, customized plan to start and grow your business. • Show you how to manage your time so you can have a business—and life—that you love. • Explain overwhelming business stuff like pricing, taxes, and budgeting in simple terms. • Teach you how to use marketing to reach the right people in the right way. • Empower you to sell your product or service with confidence. Christy will help you get your business idea off the ground or take your existing business to the next level. You can do this. It’s time for you to make money doing what you love! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380860]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Boutique Author: Christy Wright Narrator: Christy Wright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 17, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.88 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: You’ve got the passion. This is your plan. There’s never been a better time to start your own business. But let’s face it: It can be scary to put yourself out there and tackle the business side of things. Fortunately, you’re not alone! There is a movement of women stepping into their God-given gifts to make money doing what they love. If you'd like to join them, this is your handbook that will take the ideas in your head and the dream in your heart and turn them into action. In Business Boutique, Christy Wright will: • Help you create a step-by-step, customized plan to start and grow your business. • Show you how to manage your time so you can have a business—and life—that you love. • Explain overwhelming business stuff like pricing, taxes, and budgeting in simple terms. • Teach you how to use marketing to reach the right people in the right way. • Empower you to sell your product or service with confidence. Christy will help you get your business idea off the ground or take your existing business to the next level. You can do this. It’s time for you to make money doing what you love! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380682 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blueprint to Business: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Taking Action, Committing to the Grind, And Doing the Things That Most People Won't Author: Michael Alden Narrator: Michael Alden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A must-listen for any would-be entrepreneur Blueprint to Business is the ultimate guide to becoming a successful entrepreneur. Bestselling author and CEO Mike Alden puts aside the rainbows and sunshine, gets real about what it takes to 'make it,' and gives you the real-world guidance you need to hear. Through anecdotes and advice, he shares his experiences along with those of other top founders and entrepreneurs to give you a realistic picture of what it takes to build a business. It's a bit of tough love, a healthy dose of reality, and a tremendously motivating guide to striking out on your own; from motivation and commitment to business licenses and the IRS, this guide is your personal handbook for the biggest adventure of your career. So you want to start a business: how much are you willing to commit in terms of time, money, and energy? How do you plan to bring in customers? What will set you apart from the crowd? What will convince clients to come to you rather than your competitor with an established track record? These questions must be answered before you even begin planning—and then, you have to make that canyon-sized leap from planning to doing. This book guides you through the early stages with practical advice from a real-world perspective. Michael Alden Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380682 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blueprint to Business: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Taking Action, Committing to the Grind, And Doing the Things That Most People Won't Author: Michael Alden Narrator: Michael Alden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A must-listen for any would-be entrepreneur Blueprint to Business is the ultimate guide to becoming a successful entrepreneur. Bestselling author and CEO Mike Alden puts aside the rainbows and sunshine, gets real about what it takes to 'make it,' and gives you the real-world guidance you need to hear. Through anecdotes and advice, he shares his experiences along with those of other top founders and entrepreneurs to give you a realistic picture of what it takes to build a business. It's a bit of tough love, a healthy dose of reality, and a tremendously motivating guide to striking out on your own; from motivation and commitment to business licenses and the IRS, this guide is your personal handbook for the biggest adventure of your career. So you want to start a business: how much are you willing to commit in terms of time, money, and energy? How do you plan to bring in customers? What will set you apart from the crowd? What will convince clients to come to you rather than your competitor with an established track record? These questions must be answered before you even begin planning—and then, you have to make that canyon-sized leap from planning to doing. This book guides you through the early stages with practical advice from a real-world perspective. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380682]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blueprint to Business: An Entrepreneur's Guide to Taking Action, Committing to the Grind, And Doing the Things That Most People Won't Author: Michael Alden Narrator: Michael Alden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A must-listen for any would-be entrepreneur Blueprint to Business is the ultimate guide to becoming a successful entrepreneur. Bestselling author and CEO Mike Alden puts aside the rainbows and sunshine, gets real about what it takes to 'make it,' and gives you the real-world guidance you need to hear. Through anecdotes and advice, he shares his experiences along with those of other top founders and entrepreneurs to give you a realistic picture of what it takes to build a business. It's a bit of tough love, a healthy dose of reality, and a tremendously motivating guide to striking out on your own; from motivation and commitment to business licenses and the IRS, this guide is your personal handbook for the biggest adventure of your career. So you want to start a business: how much are you willing to commit in terms of time, money, and energy? How do you plan to bring in customers? What will set you apart from the crowd? What will convince clients to come to you rather than your competitor with an established track record? These questions must be answered before you even begin planning—and then, you have to make that canyon-sized leap from planning to doing. This book guides you through the early stages with practical advice from a real-world perspective. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380677 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Capitalism: Monopolies and the Death of Competition Author: Denise Hearn, Jonathan Tepper Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Myth of Capitalism tells the story of how America has gone from an open, competitive marketplace to an economy where a few very powerful companies dominate key industries that affect our daily lives. Digital monopolies like Google, Facebook, and Amazon act as gatekeepers to the digital world. Amazon is capturing almost all online shopping dollars. We have the illusion of choice, but for most critical decisions, we have only one or two companies, when it comes to high speed Internet, health insurance, medical care, mortgage title insurance, social networks, Internet searches, or even consumer goods like toothpaste. Every day, the average American transfers a little of their pay check to monopolists and oligopolists. The solution is vigorous anti-trust enforcement to return America to a period where competition created higher economic growth, more jobs, higher wages and a level playing field for all. The Myth of Capitalism is the story of industrial concentration, but it matters to everyone, because the stakes could not be higher. It tackles the big questions of: why is the US becoming a more unequal society, why is economic growth anemic despite trillions of dollars of federal debt and money printing, why the number of start-ups has declined, and why are workers losing out. Denise Hearn, Jonathan Tepper Tue, 16 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380677 thebookvoice.com 9:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Capitalism: Monopolies and the Death of Competition Author: Denise Hearn, Jonathan Tepper Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Myth of Capitalism tells the story of how America has gone from an open, competitive marketplace to an economy where a few very powerful companies dominate key industries that affect our daily lives. Digital monopolies like Google, Facebook, and Amazon act as gatekeepers to the digital world. Amazon is capturing almost all online shopping dollars. We have the illusion of choice, but for most critical decisions, we have only one or two companies, when it comes to high speed Internet, health insurance, medical care, mortgage title insurance, social networks, Internet searches, or even consumer goods like toothpaste. Every day, the average American transfers a little of their pay check to monopolists and oligopolists. The solution is vigorous anti-trust enforcement to return America to a period where competition created higher economic growth, more jobs, higher wages and a level playing field for all. The Myth of Capitalism is the story of industrial concentration, but it matters to everyone, because the stakes could not be higher. It tackles the big questions of: why is the US becoming a more unequal society, why is economic growth anemic despite trillions of dollars of federal debt and money printing, why the number of start-ups has declined, and why are workers losing out. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380677]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Myth of Capitalism: Monopolies and the Death of Competition Author: Denise Hearn, Jonathan Tepper Narrator: Pamela Almand Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 54 minutes Release date: April 16, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The Myth of Capitalism tells the story of how America has gone from an open, competitive marketplace to an economy where a few very powerful companies dominate key industries that affect our daily lives. Digital monopolies like Google, Facebook, and Amazon act as gatekeepers to the digital world. Amazon is capturing almost all online shopping dollars. We have the illusion of choice, but for most critical decisions, we have only one or two companies, when it comes to high speed Internet, health insurance, medical care, mortgage title insurance, social networks, Internet searches, or even consumer goods like toothpaste. Every day, the average American transfers a little of their pay check to monopolists and oligopolists. The solution is vigorous anti-trust enforcement to return America to a period where competition created higher economic growth, more jobs, higher wages and a level playing field for all. The Myth of Capitalism is the story of industrial concentration, but it matters to everyone, because the stakes could not be higher. It tackles the big questions of: why is the US becoming a more unequal society, why is economic growth anemic despite trillions of dollars of federal debt and money printing, why the number of start-ups has declined, and why are workers losing out. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380566 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: The Ultimate Guide to Start a Side Home Business That Creates Financial Freedom Author: Frances Glanville Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Become so financially secure that you forget that it's payday." In today's society the ability to have a side job at home is a real reality. The use of the internet has opened new doors that allows a person to make a worldwide connection. They are able to offer their skills and talents to a wide audience. This book educates the reader on what possibilities are open to their talents. It makes the reader to stop and think outside the box on what possibilities are open to them. Having a side job provides an extra means of income. One where a person has more freedom to spend more freely. You owe it to yourself to turn your hobbies into profitable income. Frances Glanville Thu, 11 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380566 thebookvoice.com 0:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: The Ultimate Guide to Start a Side Home Business That Creates Financial Freedom Author: Frances Glanville Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Become so financially secure that you forget that it's payday." In today's society the ability to have a side job at home is a real reality. The use of the internet has opened new doors that allows a person to make a worldwide connection. They are able to offer their skills and talents to a wide audience. This book educates the reader on what possibilities are open to their talents. It makes the reader to stop and think outside the box on what possibilities are open to them. Having a side job provides an extra means of income. One where a person has more freedom to spend more freely. You owe it to yourself to turn your hobbies into profitable income. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380566]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Side Hustle: The Ultimate Guide to Start a Side Home Business That Creates Financial Freedom Author: Frances Glanville Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 13 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Become so financially secure that you forget that it's payday." In today's society the ability to have a side job at home is a real reality. The use of the internet has opened new doors that allows a person to make a worldwide connection. They are able to offer their skills and talents to a wide audience. This book educates the reader on what possibilities are open to their talents. It makes the reader to stop and think outside the box on what possibilities are open to them. Having a side job provides an extra means of income. One where a person has more freedom to spend more freely. You owe it to yourself to turn your hobbies into profitable income. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380557 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Care: The Ultimate Guide to Strategic Customer Support That Gets Your Business Loyal Clients Author: Ruby Charitys Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Loyalty is about people who stay true to you behind your back . . . The key to any business is retaining loyal customers. It is essential that your employees know the proper customer care skills. Whether they are in the public eye in person or communicating to them over the telephone the way they treat the people is a reflection on your business. This book will discuss in-depth how you can get and keep loyal customers. It will show you what your potential customers expect to see at a high-quality business. It will guide you on how to train your employees and be able to emphasize how important their actions speak louder than words. Invest in a program that's geared towards strategic customer support. One which will allow your business to outshine the competition. Customer care is essential to any business success. It's time you learn the best method to train you and your employees to present their best impression. Ruby Charitys Thu, 11 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380557 thebookvoice.com 0:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Care: The Ultimate Guide to Strategic Customer Support That Gets Your Business Loyal Clients Author: Ruby Charitys Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Loyalty is about people who stay true to you behind your back . . . The key to any business is retaining loyal customers. It is essential that your employees know the proper customer care skills. Whether they are in the public eye in person or communicating to them over the telephone the way they treat the people is a reflection on your business. This book will discuss in-depth how you can get and keep loyal customers. It will show you what your potential customers expect to see at a high-quality business. It will guide you on how to train your employees and be able to emphasize how important their actions speak louder than words. Invest in a program that's geared towards strategic customer support. One which will allow your business to outshine the competition. Customer care is essential to any business success. It's time you learn the best method to train you and your employees to present their best impression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380557]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Care: The Ultimate Guide to Strategic Customer Support That Gets Your Business Loyal Clients Author: Ruby Charitys Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 16 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Loyalty is about people who stay true to you behind your back . . . The key to any business is retaining loyal customers. It is essential that your employees know the proper customer care skills. Whether they are in the public eye in person or communicating to them over the telephone the way they treat the people is a reflection on your business. This book will discuss in-depth how you can get and keep loyal customers. It will show you what your potential customers expect to see at a high-quality business. It will guide you on how to train your employees and be able to emphasize how important their actions speak louder than words. Invest in a program that's geared towards strategic customer support. One which will allow your business to outshine the competition. Customer care is essential to any business success. It's time you learn the best method to train you and your employees to present their best impression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380558 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Capital: The Ultimate Guide to Learning The Business of Venture Capitalism with Proven Strategies for Venture Deal Structuring, Value Creation, and Exit Strategies Author: B. B. Arrow-Blackford Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "An investment in knowledge pays the best interest". ~Benjamin Franklin Venture capital involves investing in a project in which there is a real element of risk, typically a new or expanding business. It's a type of funding for a new or growing business. It usually comes from venture capital firms that specialize in building high-risk financial portfolios. With venture capital, the venture capital firm gives funding to the startup company in exchange for equity in the startup. This is most commonly found in high growth technology industries like biotech and software. To be successful in investing in Venture Capital there are three vital elements that an investor must master and they include, timing, funding amounts, and deal structure. This book provides in-depth knowledge and guidance on being successful with this type of investment. It provides step-by-step advice on how to invest, and when it's time to exit. The guidance contained in these pages has been proven successful for venture deal structuring, value creation, and exit strategies. In this type of investment knowledge is the power that will allow you to generate a high wealth of return. Don't risk being educated on the pros and cons of this type of investment. This book has the power to allow anyone to generate a large amount of investment income. B. B. Arrow-Blackford Thu, 11 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380558 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Capital: The Ultimate Guide to Learning The Business of Venture Capitalism with Proven Strategies for Venture Deal Structuring, Value Creation, and Exit Strategies Author: B. B. Arrow-Blackford Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "An investment in knowledge pays the best interest". ~Benjamin Franklin Venture capital involves investing in a project in which there is a real element of risk, typically a new or expanding business. It's a type of funding for a new or growing business. It usually comes from venture capital firms that specialize in building high-risk financial portfolios. With venture capital, the venture capital firm gives funding to the startup company in exchange for equity in the startup. This is most commonly found in high growth technology industries like biotech and software. To be successful in investing in Venture Capital there are three vital elements that an investor must master and they include, timing, funding amounts, and deal structure. This book provides in-depth knowledge and guidance on being successful with this type of investment. It provides step-by-step advice on how to invest, and when it's time to exit. The guidance contained in these pages has been proven successful for venture deal structuring, value creation, and exit strategies. In this type of investment knowledge is the power that will allow you to generate a high wealth of return. Don't risk being educated on the pros and cons of this type of investment. This book has the power to allow anyone to generate a large amount of investment income. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Venture Capital: The Ultimate Guide to Learning The Business of Venture Capitalism with Proven Strategies for Venture Deal Structuring, Value Creation, and Exit Strategies Author: B. B. Arrow-Blackford Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "An investment in knowledge pays the best interest". ~Benjamin Franklin Venture capital involves investing in a project in which there is a real element of risk, typically a new or expanding business. It's a type of funding for a new or growing business. It usually comes from venture capital firms that specialize in building high-risk financial portfolios. With venture capital, the venture capital firm gives funding to the startup company in exchange for equity in the startup. This is most commonly found in high growth technology industries like biotech and software. To be successful in investing in Venture Capital there are three vital elements that an investor must master and they include, timing, funding amounts, and deal structure. This book provides in-depth knowledge and guidance on being successful with this type of investment. It provides step-by-step advice on how to invest, and when it's time to exit. The guidance contained in these pages has been proven successful for venture deal structuring, value creation, and exit strategies. In this type of investment knowledge is the power that will allow you to generate a high wealth of return. Don't risk being educated on the pros and cons of this type of investment. This book has the power to allow anyone to generate a large amount of investment income. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380555 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behavior: How to Turn You Business Into The Professional Organization That You Want Author: Mathias J. Seventh Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Teamwork coming together is a beginning, keeping together is progress, working together is success." ~Henry Ford In today's corporate environment it's essential that the people that you employ get along as a team. Professionalism in the workplace is one of the key factors for any business's success. Throughout the pages of this book, it gives your in-depth guidance, advice, and suggestions on how to turn your employees into a well-oiled team. One that is able to withstand the toughest of problems. Your employees are the backbone of your business. It's critical that you invest in learning how to change the organization behavior into a positive environment. This book is the key to ensuring that you and your employees have the best work environment possible. Mathias J. Seventh Thu, 11 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380555 thebookvoice.com 0:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behavior: How to Turn You Business Into The Professional Organization That You Want Author: Mathias J. Seventh Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Teamwork coming together is a beginning, keeping together is progress, working together is success." ~Henry Ford In today's corporate environment it's essential that the people that you employ get along as a team. Professionalism in the workplace is one of the key factors for any business's success. Throughout the pages of this book, it gives your in-depth guidance, advice, and suggestions on how to turn your employees into a well-oiled team. One that is able to withstand the toughest of problems. Your employees are the backbone of your business. It's critical that you invest in learning how to change the organization behavior into a positive environment. This book is the key to ensuring that you and your employees have the best work environment possible. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380555]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Organizational Behavior: How to Turn You Business Into The Professional Organization That You Want Author: Mathias J. Seventh Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 11 minutes Release date: April 11, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: "Teamwork coming together is a beginning, keeping together is progress, working together is success." ~Henry Ford In today's corporate environment it's essential that the people that you employ get along as a team. Professionalism in the workplace is one of the key factors for any business's success. Throughout the pages of this book, it gives your in-depth guidance, advice, and suggestions on how to turn your employees into a well-oiled team. One that is able to withstand the toughest of problems. Your employees are the backbone of your business. It's critical that you invest in learning how to change the organization behavior into a positive environment. This book is the key to ensuring that you and your employees have the best work environment possible. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380475 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business Author: Nathaniel Willingham Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to become a success in business? Would you like to be able to improve all aspects of your business and make it more profitable? This book will help you do it! It is the dream of millions of people to own their own business. Having an idea and obtaining the funds to get started is just a part of it of course and the hard work really starts when you begin to trade. But there are a lot of other aspects to running a successful business that are just as challenging. Inside this book, Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business, you will find useful tips and advice that will help you, with chapters on: - Your Business Needs Leaders - Building A Successful Brand - Achieve More Through Teamwork - Motivation Is At The Heart Of A Better Business - Improve Your Marketing - Provide Top Customer Service By reading this book you will gain a far better understanding of what it means to have all the right strategies in place to run a successful and profitable business. If you only read one book on business this year, make it this one! Nathaniel Willingham Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380475 thebookvoice.com 0:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business Author: Nathaniel Willingham Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to become a success in business? Would you like to be able to improve all aspects of your business and make it more profitable? This book will help you do it! It is the dream of millions of people to own their own business. Having an idea and obtaining the funds to get started is just a part of it of course and the hard work really starts when you begin to trade. But there are a lot of other aspects to running a successful business that are just as challenging. Inside this book, Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business, you will find useful tips and advice that will help you, with chapters on: - Your Business Needs Leaders - Building A Successful Brand - Achieve More Through Teamwork - Motivation Is At The Heart Of A Better Business - Improve Your Marketing - Provide Top Customer Service By reading this book you will gain a far better understanding of what it means to have all the right strategies in place to run a successful and profitable business. If you only read one book on business this year, make it this one! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380475]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business Author: Nathaniel Willingham Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 14 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to become a success in business? Would you like to be able to improve all aspects of your business and make it more profitable? This book will help you do it! It is the dream of millions of people to own their own business. Having an idea and obtaining the funds to get started is just a part of it of course and the hard work really starts when you begin to trade. But there are a lot of other aspects to running a successful business that are just as challenging. Inside this book, Understanding Business: The Ultimate Guide to Winning In The World Of Business, you will find useful tips and advice that will help you, with chapters on: - Your Business Needs Leaders - Building A Successful Brand - Achieve More Through Teamwork - Motivation Is At The Heart Of A Better Business - Improve Your Marketing - Provide Top Customer Service By reading this book you will gain a far better understanding of what it means to have all the right strategies in place to run a successful and profitable business. If you only read one book on business this year, make it this one! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380422 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of the World's Great Entrepreneurs Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The business ideas and innovation philosophies of the world's great entrepreneurs-for anyone to implement in any business Steve Jobs. Jeff Bezos. Larry Page. Sergey Brin. Zhang Ruimin. Marc Benioff. Millions of words have been written about the great entrepreneurs of the world. This book is not about describing their achievements. Nor is it about their charisma, personal trials, or their place in popular culture. We have all heard or read about them already. This book is about the entrepreneur, the thinker. It is about the grand ideas, the disruptive thoughts, the innovative underpinnings and business philosophies that gave rise to their achievements. Thank You For Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs examines 20 of the most significant business leaders of our time. Author Jean-Marie Dru, himself a disruptor who coined the term decades ago, explains not only the impact these leaders have had on their own companies, but also their immense influence on the business world as a whole. Each chapter is replete with in-depth analyses, insightful comments, and personal observations from the author, including discussions covering the experimentation and platforms of Jeff Bezos, to the recruitment policies and core values of Sergey Brin and Larry Page, to the complete CSR and company activism of Paul Polman, and many more. Illustrating how the vision of a disruptive innovator can reach far beyond his or her company, this engaging book encourages and inspires readers to become disruptors in in their own businesses. The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs is a must-read for anyone interested in the why and how behind the most significant and influential business achievements of our time. Jean-Marie Dru Wed, 12 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380422 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of the World's Great Entrepreneurs Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The business ideas and innovation philosophies of the world's great entrepreneurs-for anyone to implement in any business Steve Jobs. Jeff Bezos. Larry Page. Sergey Brin. Zhang Ruimin. Marc Benioff. Millions of words have been written about the great entrepreneurs of the world. This book is not about describing their achievements. Nor is it about their charisma, personal trials, or their place in popular culture. We have all heard or read about them already. This book is about the entrepreneur, the thinker. It is about the grand ideas, the disruptive thoughts, the innovative underpinnings and business philosophies that gave rise to their achievements. Thank You For Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs examines 20 of the most significant business leaders of our time. Author Jean-Marie Dru, himself a disruptor who coined the term decades ago, explains not only the impact these leaders have had on their own companies, but also their immense influence on the business world as a whole. Each chapter is replete with in-depth analyses, insightful comments, and personal observations from the author, including discussions covering the experimentation and platforms of Jeff Bezos, to the recruitment policies and core values of Sergey Brin and Larry Page, to the complete CSR and company activism of Paul Polman, and many more. Illustrating how the vision of a disruptive innovator can reach far beyond his or her company, this engaging book encourages and inspires readers to become disruptors in in their own businesses. The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs is a must-read for anyone interested in the why and how behind the most significant and influential business achievements of our time. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380422]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thank You for Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of the World's Great Entrepreneurs Author: Jean-Marie Dru Narrator: Donald Corren Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The business ideas and innovation philosophies of the world's great entrepreneurs-for anyone to implement in any business Steve Jobs. Jeff Bezos. Larry Page. Sergey Brin. Zhang Ruimin. Marc Benioff. Millions of words have been written about the great entrepreneurs of the world. This book is not about describing their achievements. Nor is it about their charisma, personal trials, or their place in popular culture. We have all heard or read about them already. This book is about the entrepreneur, the thinker. It is about the grand ideas, the disruptive thoughts, the innovative underpinnings and business philosophies that gave rise to their achievements. Thank You For Disrupting: The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs examines 20 of the most significant business leaders of our time. Author Jean-Marie Dru, himself a disruptor who coined the term decades ago, explains not only the impact these leaders have had on their own companies, but also their immense influence on the business world as a whole. Each chapter is replete with in-depth analyses, insightful comments, and personal observations from the author, including discussions covering the experimentation and platforms of Jeff Bezos, to the recruitment policies and core values of Sergey Brin and Larry Page, to the complete CSR and company activism of Paul Polman, and many more. Illustrating how the vision of a disruptive innovator can reach far beyond his or her company, this engaging book encourages and inspires readers to become disruptors in in their own businesses. The Disruptive Business Philosophies of The World's Great Entrepreneurs is a must-read for anyone interested in the why and how behind the most significant and influential business achievements of our time. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380419 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Communication: How to Be You and Lead True Author: Gabrielle Dolan Narrator: Katherine Littrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What's happened to real? In a world of jargon, acronyms and distrust, does authenticity in leadership mean anything anymore? The answer is a resounding YES. As the expectations of customers and employees evolve at a breakneck pace, businesses and organisations are starving for real communication and authentic leadership. But there's a lot of baggage and distrust to overcome. Real Communication shows you how decades of systematic deceit, jargon, alternative facts and a top-down culture of self-protection have nurtured cynicism in our organisations. With real-life case studies, pointers and guidelines, leadership consultant Gabrielle Dolan shows you how authenticity can earn trust with honest communication, and why it's well worth the effort. Great leadership demands commitment. Are you ready to get real? Learn how to: communicate more effectively improve employee engagement help your team cope with change lead significant organisational transformation manage the new generation of employees. When trust is broken, it is extremely hard to rebuild. Real Communication shows you how to do it, and the payoff is priceless. Gabrielle Dolan Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380419 thebookvoice.com 5:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Communication: How to Be You and Lead True Author: Gabrielle Dolan Narrator: Katherine Littrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What's happened to real? In a world of jargon, acronyms and distrust, does authenticity in leadership mean anything anymore? The answer is a resounding YES. As the expectations of customers and employees evolve at a breakneck pace, businesses and organisations are starving for real communication and authentic leadership. But there's a lot of baggage and distrust to overcome. Real Communication shows you how decades of systematic deceit, jargon, alternative facts and a top-down culture of self-protection have nurtured cynicism in our organisations. With real-life case studies, pointers and guidelines, leadership consultant Gabrielle Dolan shows you how authenticity can earn trust with honest communication, and why it's well worth the effort. Great leadership demands commitment. Are you ready to get real? Learn how to: communicate more effectively improve employee engagement help your team cope with change lead significant organisational transformation manage the new generation of employees. When trust is broken, it is extremely hard to rebuild. Real Communication shows you how to do it, and the payoff is priceless. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380419]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Real Communication: How to Be You and Lead True Author: Gabrielle Dolan Narrator: Katherine Littrell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What's happened to real? In a world of jargon, acronyms and distrust, does authenticity in leadership mean anything anymore? The answer is a resounding YES. As the expectations of customers and employees evolve at a breakneck pace, businesses and organisations are starving for real communication and authentic leadership. But there's a lot of baggage and distrust to overcome. Real Communication shows you how decades of systematic deceit, jargon, alternative facts and a top-down culture of self-protection have nurtured cynicism in our organisations. With real-life case studies, pointers and guidelines, leadership consultant Gabrielle Dolan shows you how authenticity can earn trust with honest communication, and why it's well worth the effort. Great leadership demands commitment. Are you ready to get real? Learn how to: communicate more effectively improve employee engagement help your team cope with change lead significant organisational transformation manage the new generation of employees. When trust is broken, it is extremely hard to rebuild. Real Communication shows you how to do it, and the payoff is priceless. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. Adam Davidson Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278 thebookvoice.com 10:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Passion Economy: The New Rules for Thriving in the Twenty-First Century Author: Adam Davidson Narrator: Adam Davidson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 49 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The brilliant creator of NPR's Planet Money podcast and award-winning New Yorker staff writer explains our current economy: laying out its internal logic and revealing the transformative hope it offers for millions of people to thrive as they never have before. Contrary to what you may have heard, the middle class is not dying and robots are not stealing our jobs. In fact, writes Adam Davidson—one of our leading public voices on economic issues—the twenty-first-century economic paradigm offers new ways of making money, fresh paths toward professional fulfillment, and unprecedented opportunities for curious, ambitious individuals to combine the things they love with their careers. Drawing on the stories of average people doing exactly this—an accountant overturning his industry, a sweatshop owner's daughter fighting for better working conditions, an Amish craftsman meeting the technological needs of Amish farmers—as well as the latest academic research, Davidson shows us how the twentieth-century economy of scale has given way in this century to an economy of passion. He makes clear, too, that though the adjustment has brought measures of dislocation, confusion, and even panic, these are most often the result of a lack of understanding. The Passion Economy delineates the ground rules of the new economy, and armed with these, we begin to see how we can succeed in it according to its own terms—intimacy, insight, attention, automation, and, of course, passion. An indispensable road map and a refreshingly optimistic take on our economic future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380262 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanocracy: Turning Fans Into Customers and Customers Into Fans Author: David Meerman Scott, Reiko Scott Narrator: Reiko Scott, David Meerman Scott, Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller From the author of New Rules of Marketing & PR, a bold guide to converting customer passion into marketing power.   How do some brands attract word-of-mouth buzz and radical devotion around products as everyday as car insurance, b2b software, and underwear? They embody the most powerful marketing force in the world: die-hard fans.   In this essential book, leading business growth strategist David Meerman Scott and fandom expert Reiko Scott explore the neuroscience of fandom and interview young entrepreneurs, veteran business owners, startup founders, nonprofits, and companies big and small to pinpoint which practices separate organizations that flourish from those stuck in stagnation. They lay out a road map for converting customers’ ardor into buying power, pulling one-of-a-kind examples from a wide range of organizations, including:   ·         MeUndies, the subscription company that’s revolutionizing underwear ·         HeadCount, the nonprofit that registers voters at music concerts ·         Grain Surfboards, the board-building studio that willingly reveals its trade secrets with customers ·         Hagerty, the classic-car insurance provider with over 600,000 premier club members ·         HubSpot, the software company that draws 25,000 attendees to its annual conference   For anyone who seeks to harness the force of fandom to revolutionize his or her business, Fanocracy shows the way. David Meerman Scott, Reiko Scott Tue, 07 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380262 thebookvoice.com 8:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanocracy: Turning Fans Into Customers and Customers Into Fans Author: David Meerman Scott, Reiko Scott Narrator: Reiko Scott, David Meerman Scott, Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller From the author of New Rules of Marketing & PR, a bold guide to converting customer passion into marketing power.   How do some brands attract word-of-mouth buzz and radical devotion around products as everyday as car insurance, b2b software, and underwear? They embody the most powerful marketing force in the world: die-hard fans.   In this essential book, leading business growth strategist David Meerman Scott and fandom expert Reiko Scott explore the neuroscience of fandom and interview young entrepreneurs, veteran business owners, startup founders, nonprofits, and companies big and small to pinpoint which practices separate organizations that flourish from those stuck in stagnation. They lay out a road map for converting customers’ ardor into buying power, pulling one-of-a-kind examples from a wide range of organizations, including:   ·         MeUndies, the subscription company that’s revolutionizing underwear ·         HeadCount, the nonprofit that registers voters at music concerts ·         Grain Surfboards, the board-building studio that willingly reveals its trade secrets with customers ·         Hagerty, the classic-car insurance provider with over 600,000 premier club members ·         HubSpot, the software company that draws 25,000 attendees to its annual conference   For anyone who seeks to harness the force of fandom to revolutionize his or her business, Fanocracy shows the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/380262]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fanocracy: Turning Fans Into Customers and Customers Into Fans Author: David Meerman Scott, Reiko Scott Narrator: Reiko Scott, David Meerman Scott, Byron Wagner Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 27 minutes Release date: January 7, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A Wall Street Journal bestseller From the author of New Rules of Marketing & PR, a bold guide to converting customer passion into marketing power.   How do some brands attract word-of-mouth buzz and radical devotion around products as everyday as car insurance, b2b software, and underwear? They embody the most powerful marketing force in the world: die-hard fans.   In this essential book, leading business growth strategist David Meerman Scott and fandom expert Reiko Scott explore the neuroscience of fandom and interview young entrepreneurs, veteran business owners, startup founders, nonprofits, and companies big and small to pinpoint which practices separate organizations that flourish from those stuck in stagnation. They lay out a road map for converting customers’ ardor into buying power, pulling one-of-a-kind examples from a wide range of organizations, including:   ·         MeUndies, the subscription company that’s revolutionizing underwear ·         HeadCount, the nonprofit that registers voters at music concerts ·         Grain Surfboards, the board-building studio that willingly reveals its trade secrets with customers ·         Hagerty, the classic-car insurance provider with over 600,000 premier club members ·         HubSpot, the software company that draws 25,000 attendees to its annual conference   For anyone who seeks to harness the force of fandom to revolutionize his or her business, Fanocracy shows the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TeeSpring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche Author: Randolph A. Golden Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you fancy making some extra cash online? Are you struggling to come up with an idea that would work? Have you heard of Teespring? We could all do with a little extra cash from time to time and with the internet allowing us to work from home and with customers from around the world, it is easier than ever to make a business a success. Choosing the right thing to sell can be tricky but there is something that is great for almost anyone. This book, Teespring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche, concentrates on the new Teespring phenomenon which is helping lots of people make money and provides information on: - Why the Buzz Around Teespring? - Building Your Teespring Campaign - Learning From the Teespring Platform - Use Teeview to Determine the Hottest Selling T-shirts - Teespring Uses Social Media to Create Marketing Campaigns - Why Crowd Funding at Teespring Works - Create a Successful Ad Campaign - Create a Successful Design You too could make a success from selling through the Teespring platform and could be on your way to making enough money each month for a few extras. Get a copy of Teespring now and see what all the fuss is about! Randolph A. Golden Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379974 thebookvoice.com 0:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TeeSpring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche Author: Randolph A. Golden Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you fancy making some extra cash online? Are you struggling to come up with an idea that would work? Have you heard of Teespring? We could all do with a little extra cash from time to time and with the internet allowing us to work from home and with customers from around the world, it is easier than ever to make a business a success. Choosing the right thing to sell can be tricky but there is something that is great for almost anyone. This book, Teespring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche, concentrates on the new Teespring phenomenon which is helping lots of people make money and provides information on: - Why the Buzz Around Teespring? - Building Your Teespring Campaign - Learning From the Teespring Platform - Use Teeview to Determine the Hottest Selling T-shirts - Teespring Uses Social Media to Create Marketing Campaigns - Why Crowd Funding at Teespring Works - Create a Successful Ad Campaign - Create a Successful Design You too could make a success from selling through the Teespring platform and could be on your way to making enough money each month for a few extras. Get a copy of Teespring now and see what all the fuss is about! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: TeeSpring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche Author: Randolph A. Golden Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 27 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you fancy making some extra cash online? Are you struggling to come up with an idea that would work? Have you heard of Teespring? We could all do with a little extra cash from time to time and with the internet allowing us to work from home and with customers from around the world, it is easier than ever to make a business a success. Choosing the right thing to sell can be tricky but there is something that is great for almost anyone. This book, Teespring: The Ultimate Guide To Making Money Online by Selling T-Shirts In A Popular Teespring Niche, concentrates on the new Teespring phenomenon which is helping lots of people make money and provides information on: - Why the Buzz Around Teespring? - Building Your Teespring Campaign - Learning From the Teespring Platform - Use Teeview to Determine the Hottest Selling T-shirts - Teespring Uses Social Media to Create Marketing Campaigns - Why Crowd Funding at Teespring Works - Create a Successful Ad Campaign - Create a Successful Design You too could make a success from selling through the Teespring platform and could be on your way to making enough money each month for a few extras. Get a copy of Teespring now and see what all the fuss is about! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379969 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break into Journalism Author: Johannes Koch Narrator: Johannes Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THIS BOOK IS WRITTEN FOR ANYONE WHO WANTS TO GET AHEAD AS A JOURNALIST If you are just starting out and need some guidance Johannes Koch, a former FT Group and Bloomberg journalist, has written an inspired guide to make contact-building more accessible and fun. Break into Journalism: contact-building tools and tactics is a short, sharp and straight-to-the-point book that will help you get the journalism job you want, excel at generating contacts for more scoops and give you the tools to put your best foot forward. Johannes Koch Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379969 thebookvoice.com 2:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break into Journalism Author: Johannes Koch Narrator: Johannes Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THIS BOOK IS WRITTEN FOR ANYONE WHO WANTS TO GET AHEAD AS A JOURNALIST If you are just starting out and need some guidance Johannes Koch, a former FT Group and Bloomberg journalist, has written an inspired guide to make contact-building more accessible and fun. Break into Journalism: contact-building tools and tactics is a short, sharp and straight-to-the-point book that will help you get the journalism job you want, excel at generating contacts for more scoops and give you the tools to put your best foot forward. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379969]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Break into Journalism Author: Johannes Koch Narrator: Johannes Koch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: THIS BOOK IS WRITTEN FOR ANYONE WHO WANTS TO GET AHEAD AS A JOURNALIST If you are just starting out and need some guidance Johannes Koch, a former FT Group and Bloomberg journalist, has written an inspired guide to make contact-building more accessible and fun. Break into Journalism: contact-building tools and tactics is a short, sharp and straight-to-the-point book that will help you get the journalism job you want, excel at generating contacts for more scoops and give you the tools to put your best foot forward. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transform Customer Experience: How to achieve customer success and create exceptional CX Author: Isabella Villani Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your customers are your future. Smartphones, social media, and the internet have given customers access to more information than ever before. If your business fails them, they will switch to your competitor and never return. So how do you keep them? By mapping their journeys, identifying potential hazards, and reshaping your business with customer experience (CX) at its heart. From services to products, online to in-person, small-scale to multinational, your customers' loyalty depends on how you interact with them. Transform Customer Experience is your ultimate guide to putting your customer first. Author and CX expert Isabella Villani shows how you can implement a customer strategy from planning to execution. Transform Customer Experience offers real-life insights into effective strategies for developing and implementing Customer Experience (CX) programs in a range of corporate, governmental, and non-profit environments. Isabella Villani Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379766 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transform Customer Experience: How to achieve customer success and create exceptional CX Author: Isabella Villani Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your customers are your future. Smartphones, social media, and the internet have given customers access to more information than ever before. If your business fails them, they will switch to your competitor and never return. So how do you keep them? By mapping their journeys, identifying potential hazards, and reshaping your business with customer experience (CX) at its heart. From services to products, online to in-person, small-scale to multinational, your customers' loyalty depends on how you interact with them. Transform Customer Experience is your ultimate guide to putting your customer first. Author and CX expert Isabella Villani shows how you can implement a customer strategy from planning to execution. Transform Customer Experience offers real-life insights into effective strategies for developing and implementing Customer Experience (CX) programs in a range of corporate, governmental, and non-profit environments. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Transform Customer Experience: How to achieve customer success and create exceptional CX Author: Isabella Villani Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your customers are your future. Smartphones, social media, and the internet have given customers access to more information than ever before. If your business fails them, they will switch to your competitor and never return. So how do you keep them? By mapping their journeys, identifying potential hazards, and reshaping your business with customer experience (CX) at its heart. From services to products, online to in-person, small-scale to multinational, your customers' loyalty depends on how you interact with them. Transform Customer Experience is your ultimate guide to putting your customer first. Author and CX expert Isabella Villani shows how you can implement a customer strategy from planning to execution. Transform Customer Experience offers real-life insights into effective strategies for developing and implementing Customer Experience (CX) programs in a range of corporate, governmental, and non-profit environments. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Algebra of Happiness: The pursuit of success, love and what it all means Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Scott Galloway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Algebra of Happiness, written and read by Scott Galloway. From the New York Times bestselling author, a provocative book of hard-won wisdom for achieving a fulfilling career and life. - How can you have a meaningful career, not just a lucrative one? - Is a work/life balance really possible? - What does it take to make a long-term relationship succeed? - What can you do now so there are no regrets aged 40, 50 or 80? As Scott Galloway puts it, by the time you hit your mid twenties sh*t gets real. Life become stressful. Even the smart, the hard working and the elite can feel lost in a chaotic, noisy and unpredictable world. As a professor at New York University's Stern School of Business, the debate in Galloway's MBA class often veers away from business strategy to the challenging issue of life strategies. Which is why Galloway, in his signature, take-no-prisoners style, has developed a dynamic formula for a life well lived. In The Algebra of Happiness Galloway tells you how life can be navigated and negotiated better to maximise happiness and minimise the inevitable stress. Delivering practical advice and hard-won wisdom on everything from when to own property to how hard to work, this is self-help for anyone struggling with life's big questions. Through simple equations that measure the relationship between success, resilience and failure or the correlation between happiness and money, Galloway attempts to convert intangible advice to tangible equations. Scott Galloway Thu, 13 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379645 thebookvoice.com 3:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Algebra of Happiness: The pursuit of success, love and what it all means Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Scott Galloway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Algebra of Happiness, written and read by Scott Galloway. From the New York Times bestselling author, a provocative book of hard-won wisdom for achieving a fulfilling career and life. - How can you have a meaningful career, not just a lucrative one? - Is a work/life balance really possible? - What does it take to make a long-term relationship succeed? - What can you do now so there are no regrets aged 40, 50 or 80? As Scott Galloway puts it, by the time you hit your mid twenties sh*t gets real. Life become stressful. Even the smart, the hard working and the elite can feel lost in a chaotic, noisy and unpredictable world. As a professor at New York University's Stern School of Business, the debate in Galloway's MBA class often veers away from business strategy to the challenging issue of life strategies. Which is why Galloway, in his signature, take-no-prisoners style, has developed a dynamic formula for a life well lived. In The Algebra of Happiness Galloway tells you how life can be navigated and negotiated better to maximise happiness and minimise the inevitable stress. Delivering practical advice and hard-won wisdom on everything from when to own property to how hard to work, this is self-help for anyone struggling with life's big questions. Through simple equations that measure the relationship between success, resilience and failure or the correlation between happiness and money, Galloway attempts to convert intangible advice to tangible equations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Algebra of Happiness: The pursuit of success, love and what it all means Author: Scott Galloway Narrator: Scott Galloway Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 35 minutes Release date: June 13, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Penguin presents the audiobook edition of The Algebra of Happiness, written and read by Scott Galloway. From the New York Times bestselling author, a provocative book of hard-won wisdom for achieving a fulfilling career and life. - How can you have a meaningful career, not just a lucrative one? - Is a work/life balance really possible? - What does it take to make a long-term relationship succeed? - What can you do now so there are no regrets aged 40, 50 or 80? As Scott Galloway puts it, by the time you hit your mid twenties sh*t gets real. Life become stressful. Even the smart, the hard working and the elite can feel lost in a chaotic, noisy and unpredictable world. As a professor at New York University's Stern School of Business, the debate in Galloway's MBA class often veers away from business strategy to the challenging issue of life strategies. Which is why Galloway, in his signature, take-no-prisoners style, has developed a dynamic formula for a life well lived. In The Algebra of Happiness Galloway tells you how life can be navigated and negotiated better to maximise happiness and minimise the inevitable stress. Delivering practical advice and hard-won wisdom on everything from when to own property to how hard to work, this is self-help for anyone struggling with life's big questions. Through simple equations that measure the relationship between success, resilience and failure or the correlation between happiness and money, Galloway attempts to convert intangible advice to tangible equations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking and timely challenge to dominant theories on global inequality by leading economist Douglas McWilliams In his illuminating book, Douglas McWilliams argues that inequality is largely driven not by a conspiracy of the rich, as Thomas Piketty suggests, but by technology and globalization that have led to the paradox of rising inequality even as worldwide poverty drops. But what are the implications of this seeming contradiction, and what ultimately drives the global distribution of wealth? What can societies do to reshape capitalism for the 21st century? Drawing on the latest research, McWilliams investigates how wealth is concentrated and why it persistently remains in the hands of very few. In accessible and thought-provoking prose, McWilliams poses a comprehensive theory on why capitalism has not met its match in the form of increasingly disparate income distribution, but warns of the coming wave of technological development―the fourth industrial revolution―that threatens to create a scarcity of unskilled jobs that will lead to even greater inequality and explains what governments can do to prepare for this. From the inquisitive layperson to the professional economist or policymaker, The Inequality Paradox is essential reading for understanding the global economy in its present state. McWilliams is a fresh, authoritative voice entering the global discussion, making this book indispensable in preparing for the imminent economic challenges of our changing world. Douglas Mcwilliams Tue, 25 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597 thebookvoice.com 11:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking and timely challenge to dominant theories on global inequality by leading economist Douglas McWilliams In his illuminating book, Douglas McWilliams argues that inequality is largely driven not by a conspiracy of the rich, as Thomas Piketty suggests, but by technology and globalization that have led to the paradox of rising inequality even as worldwide poverty drops. But what are the implications of this seeming contradiction, and what ultimately drives the global distribution of wealth? What can societies do to reshape capitalism for the 21st century? Drawing on the latest research, McWilliams investigates how wealth is concentrated and why it persistently remains in the hands of very few. In accessible and thought-provoking prose, McWilliams poses a comprehensive theory on why capitalism has not met its match in the form of increasingly disparate income distribution, but warns of the coming wave of technological development―the fourth industrial revolution―that threatens to create a scarcity of unskilled jobs that will lead to even greater inequality and explains what governments can do to prepare for this. From the inquisitive layperson to the professional economist or policymaker, The Inequality Paradox is essential reading for understanding the global economy in its present state. McWilliams is a fresh, authoritative voice entering the global discussion, making this book indispensable in preparing for the imminent economic challenges of our changing world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Inequality Paradox: How Capitalism Can Work for Everyone Author: Douglas Mcwilliams Narrator: Gerard Doyle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 0 minutes Release date: June 25, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The groundbreaking and timely challenge to dominant theories on global inequality by leading economist Douglas McWilliams In his illuminating book, Douglas McWilliams argues that inequality is largely driven not by a conspiracy of the rich, as Thomas Piketty suggests, but by technology and globalization that have led to the paradox of rising inequality even as worldwide poverty drops. But what are the implications of this seeming contradiction, and what ultimately drives the global distribution of wealth? What can societies do to reshape capitalism for the 21st century? Drawing on the latest research, McWilliams investigates how wealth is concentrated and why it persistently remains in the hands of very few. In accessible and thought-provoking prose, McWilliams poses a comprehensive theory on why capitalism has not met its match in the form of increasingly disparate income distribution, but warns of the coming wave of technological development―the fourth industrial revolution―that threatens to create a scarcity of unskilled jobs that will lead to even greater inequality and explains what governments can do to prepare for this. From the inquisitive layperson to the professional economist or policymaker, The Inequality Paradox is essential reading for understanding the global economy in its present state. McWilliams is a fresh, authoritative voice entering the global discussion, making this book indispensable in preparing for the imminent economic challenges of our changing world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379546 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aesthetic Intelligence: How to Boost It and Use It in Business and Beyond Author: Pauline Brown Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Longtime leader in the luxury goods sector and former Chairman of LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton North America reinvents the art and science of brand-building under the rubric of Aesthetic Intelligence. In a world in which people have cheap and easy access to most goods and services, yet crave richer and more meaningful experiences, aesthetics has become a key differentiator for most companies and a critical factor of their success and even their survival. In this groundbreaking book, Pauline Brown, a former leader of the world’s top luxury goods company and a pioneer in identifying the role of aesthetics in business, shows executives, entrepreneurs, and other professionals how to harness the power of the senses to create products, services, and experiences that stand out, resonate with their customers, and create long-term value for their businesses. The power is rooted in Aesthetic Intelligence—or “the other AI,” as Brown refers to it. Aesthetic Intelligence can be learned. Indeed, people are born with far more capacity than they use, but even those that are naturally gifted must continue to refine their skills, lest their aesthetic advantage atrophy. Through a combination of storytelling and practical advice, the author shows how aesthetic intelligence creates business value and how executives, entrepreneurs and others can boost their own AI and successfully apply it to business. Brown offers research, strategies and practical exercises focused on four essential AI skills. Aesthetic Intelligence provides a crucial roadmap to help business leaders build their businesses in their own authentic and distinctive way. Aesthetic Intelligence is about creating delight, lifting the human spirit, and rousing the imagination through sensorial experiences. Pauline Brown Tue, 26 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379546 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aesthetic Intelligence: How to Boost It and Use It in Business and Beyond Author: Pauline Brown Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Longtime leader in the luxury goods sector and former Chairman of LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton North America reinvents the art and science of brand-building under the rubric of Aesthetic Intelligence. In a world in which people have cheap and easy access to most goods and services, yet crave richer and more meaningful experiences, aesthetics has become a key differentiator for most companies and a critical factor of their success and even their survival. In this groundbreaking book, Pauline Brown, a former leader of the world’s top luxury goods company and a pioneer in identifying the role of aesthetics in business, shows executives, entrepreneurs, and other professionals how to harness the power of the senses to create products, services, and experiences that stand out, resonate with their customers, and create long-term value for their businesses. The power is rooted in Aesthetic Intelligence—or “the other AI,” as Brown refers to it. Aesthetic Intelligence can be learned. Indeed, people are born with far more capacity than they use, but even those that are naturally gifted must continue to refine their skills, lest their aesthetic advantage atrophy. Through a combination of storytelling and practical advice, the author shows how aesthetic intelligence creates business value and how executives, entrepreneurs and others can boost their own AI and successfully apply it to business. Brown offers research, strategies and practical exercises focused on four essential AI skills. Aesthetic Intelligence provides a crucial roadmap to help business leaders build their businesses in their own authentic and distinctive way. Aesthetic Intelligence is about creating delight, lifting the human spirit, and rousing the imagination through sensorial experiences. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379546]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aesthetic Intelligence: How to Boost It and Use It in Business and Beyond Author: Pauline Brown Narrator: Vivienne Leheny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: November 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Longtime leader in the luxury goods sector and former Chairman of LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton North America reinvents the art and science of brand-building under the rubric of Aesthetic Intelligence. In a world in which people have cheap and easy access to most goods and services, yet crave richer and more meaningful experiences, aesthetics has become a key differentiator for most companies and a critical factor of their success and even their survival. In this groundbreaking book, Pauline Brown, a former leader of the world’s top luxury goods company and a pioneer in identifying the role of aesthetics in business, shows executives, entrepreneurs, and other professionals how to harness the power of the senses to create products, services, and experiences that stand out, resonate with their customers, and create long-term value for their businesses. The power is rooted in Aesthetic Intelligence—or “the other AI,” as Brown refers to it. Aesthetic Intelligence can be learned. Indeed, people are born with far more capacity than they use, but even those that are naturally gifted must continue to refine their skills, lest their aesthetic advantage atrophy. Through a combination of storytelling and practical advice, the author shows how aesthetic intelligence creates business value and how executives, entrepreneurs and others can boost their own AI and successfully apply it to business. Brown offers research, strategies and practical exercises focused on four essential AI skills. Aesthetic Intelligence provides a crucial roadmap to help business leaders build their businesses in their own authentic and distinctive way. Aesthetic Intelligence is about creating delight, lifting the human spirit, and rousing the imagination through sensorial experiences. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525 thebookvoice.com 6:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/379525]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The B Corp Handbook, Second Edition: How You Can Use Business as a Force for Good Author: Ryan Honeyman, Tiffany Jana Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 28 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This book shows how using business as a force for good, not just pursuing short-term profits, can be better for consumers, employees, local communities, the environment, and your company's long-term bottom line.' -Tony Hsieh, New York Times bestselling author of Delivering Happiness and CEO, Zappos.com, Inc.  More than 2,4570 companies from 130 industries and 50 countries are leading a global movement to redefine success in business. They're called B Corporations, and they create high-quality jobs, build stronger communities, and restore the environment, all while generating solid financial returns. Coauthor and B Corp owner Ryan Honeyman worked with over 100 B Corp CEOs and senior executives to share their tips, advice, and best-practice ideas for how to build a better business, and how to meet the rigorous standards for-and enjoy the benefits of-B Corp certification. Diversity, equity, and inclusion measures have now become a key part of achieving B Corp certification. In this second edition, new coauthor and B Corp owner Tiffany Jana contributes an introduction about DEI, and works with Honeyman to integrate new DEI frameworks, and provide advice and end-of-chapter discussion questions to get companies talking about critical DEI issues at every stage of the certification process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376672 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer: The Power of Business as the Greatest Platform for Change Author: Monica Langley, Marc Benioff Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The founder and co-CEO of Salesforce delivers an inspiring vision for successful companies of the future—in which changing the world is everyone’s business. “An urgent and compelling book for anyone in business who yearns to fulfill a higher mission in the world.”—Richard Branson What’s the secret to business growth and innovation and a purpose-driven career in a world that is becoming vastly more complicated by the day? According to Marc Benioff, the answer is embracing a culture in which your values permeate everything you do. In Trailblazer, Benioff gives readers a rare behind-the-scenes look at the inner workings of one of the world’s most admired companies. He reveals how Salesforce’s core values—trust, customer success, innovation, and equality—and commitment to giving back have become the company’s greatest competitive advantage and the most powerful engine of its success. Because no matter what business you’re in, Benioff says, values are the bedrock of a resilient company culture that inspires all employees, at every level, to do the best work of their lives. Along the way, he shares insights and best practices for anyone who wants to cultivate a company culture positioned to thrive in the face of the inevitable disruption ahead. None of us in the business world can afford to sit on the sidelines and ignore what’s going on outside the walls of our workplaces. In the future, profits and progress will no longer be sustainable unless they serve the greater good. Whether you run a company, lead a small team, or have just draped an ID badge around your neck for the first time, Trailblazer reveals how anyone can become an agent of change. Praise for Trailblazer “A guide for what every business and organization must do to thrive in this period of profound political and economic change.”—Jamie Dimon, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase “In Trailblazer, Benioff explores how companies can nurture a values-based culture to become powerful platforms for change.”—Susan Wojcicki, CEO of YouTube Monica Langley, Marc Benioff Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376672 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer: The Power of Business as the Greatest Platform for Change Author: Monica Langley, Marc Benioff Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The founder and co-CEO of Salesforce delivers an inspiring vision for successful companies of the future—in which changing the world is everyone’s business. “An urgent and compelling book for anyone in business who yearns to fulfill a higher mission in the world.”—Richard Branson What’s the secret to business growth and innovation and a purpose-driven career in a world that is becoming vastly more complicated by the day? According to Marc Benioff, the answer is embracing a culture in which your values permeate everything you do. In Trailblazer, Benioff gives readers a rare behind-the-scenes look at the inner workings of one of the world’s most admired companies. He reveals how Salesforce’s core values—trust, customer success, innovation, and equality—and commitment to giving back have become the company’s greatest competitive advantage and the most powerful engine of its success. Because no matter what business you’re in, Benioff says, values are the bedrock of a resilient company culture that inspires all employees, at every level, to do the best work of their lives. Along the way, he shares insights and best practices for anyone who wants to cultivate a company culture positioned to thrive in the face of the inevitable disruption ahead. None of us in the business world can afford to sit on the sidelines and ignore what’s going on outside the walls of our workplaces. In the future, profits and progress will no longer be sustainable unless they serve the greater good. Whether you run a company, lead a small team, or have just draped an ID badge around your neck for the first time, Trailblazer reveals how anyone can become an agent of change. Praise for Trailblazer “A guide for what every business and organization must do to thrive in this period of profound political and economic change.”—Jamie Dimon, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase “In Trailblazer, Benioff explores how companies can nurture a values-based culture to become powerful platforms for change.”—Susan Wojcicki, CEO of YouTube Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376672]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trailblazer: The Power of Business as the Greatest Platform for Change Author: Monica Langley, Marc Benioff Narrator: Ray Porter Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • The founder and co-CEO of Salesforce delivers an inspiring vision for successful companies of the future—in which changing the world is everyone’s business. “An urgent and compelling book for anyone in business who yearns to fulfill a higher mission in the world.”—Richard Branson What’s the secret to business growth and innovation and a purpose-driven career in a world that is becoming vastly more complicated by the day? According to Marc Benioff, the answer is embracing a culture in which your values permeate everything you do. In Trailblazer, Benioff gives readers a rare behind-the-scenes look at the inner workings of one of the world’s most admired companies. He reveals how Salesforce’s core values—trust, customer success, innovation, and equality—and commitment to giving back have become the company’s greatest competitive advantage and the most powerful engine of its success. Because no matter what business you’re in, Benioff says, values are the bedrock of a resilient company culture that inspires all employees, at every level, to do the best work of their lives. Along the way, he shares insights and best practices for anyone who wants to cultivate a company culture positioned to thrive in the face of the inevitable disruption ahead. None of us in the business world can afford to sit on the sidelines and ignore what’s going on outside the walls of our workplaces. In the future, profits and progress will no longer be sustainable unless they serve the greater good. Whether you run a company, lead a small team, or have just draped an ID badge around your neck for the first time, Trailblazer reveals how anyone can become an agent of change. Praise for Trailblazer “A guide for what every business and organization must do to thrive in this period of profound political and economic change.”—Jamie Dimon, chairman and CEO of JPMorgan Chase “In Trailblazer, Benioff explores how companies can nurture a values-based culture to become powerful platforms for change.”—Susan Wojcicki, CEO of YouTube https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376659 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Get Real or Let's Not Play: Transforming the Buyer/Seller Relationship Author: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa Narrator: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa, Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The new way to transform a sales culture with clarity, authenticity, and emotional intelligence. Too often, the sales process is all about fear. Customers are afraid that they will be talked into making a mistake; salespeople dread being unable to close the deal and make their quotas. No one is happy. Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illig offer a better way. Salespeople, they argue, do best when they focus 100 percent on helping clients succeed. When customers are successful, both buyer and seller win. When they aren't, both lose. It's no longer sufficient to get clients to buy; a salesperson must also help the client reduce costs, increase revenues, and improve productivity, quality, and customer satisfaction. This audiobook shares the unique FranklinCovey Sales Performance Group methodology that will help readers: ·         Start new business from scratch in a way both salespeople and clients can feel good about  ·         Ask hard questions in a soft way  ·         Close the deal by opening mindsClose the deal by opening minds  Read by the authors Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illing, with Stephen R. Covey Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa Tue, 10 Dec 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376659 thebookvoice.com 6:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Get Real or Let's Not Play: Transforming the Buyer/Seller Relationship Author: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa Narrator: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa, Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The new way to transform a sales culture with clarity, authenticity, and emotional intelligence. Too often, the sales process is all about fear. Customers are afraid that they will be talked into making a mistake; salespeople dread being unable to close the deal and make their quotas. No one is happy. Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illig offer a better way. Salespeople, they argue, do best when they focus 100 percent on helping clients succeed. When customers are successful, both buyer and seller win. When they aren't, both lose. It's no longer sufficient to get clients to buy; a salesperson must also help the client reduce costs, increase revenues, and improve productivity, quality, and customer satisfaction. This audiobook shares the unique FranklinCovey Sales Performance Group methodology that will help readers: ·         Start new business from scratch in a way both salespeople and clients can feel good about  ·         Ask hard questions in a soft way  ·         Close the deal by opening mindsClose the deal by opening minds  Read by the authors Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illing, with Stephen R. Covey Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376659]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Get Real or Let's Not Play: Transforming the Buyer/Seller Relationship Author: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa Narrator: Randy Illig, Mahan Khalsa, Stephen R. Covey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 52 minutes Release date: December 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The new way to transform a sales culture with clarity, authenticity, and emotional intelligence. Too often, the sales process is all about fear. Customers are afraid that they will be talked into making a mistake; salespeople dread being unable to close the deal and make their quotas. No one is happy. Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illig offer a better way. Salespeople, they argue, do best when they focus 100 percent on helping clients succeed. When customers are successful, both buyer and seller win. When they aren't, both lose. It's no longer sufficient to get clients to buy; a salesperson must also help the client reduce costs, increase revenues, and improve productivity, quality, and customer satisfaction. This audiobook shares the unique FranklinCovey Sales Performance Group methodology that will help readers: ·         Start new business from scratch in a way both salespeople and clients can feel good about  ·         Ask hard questions in a soft way  ·         Close the deal by opening mindsClose the deal by opening minds  Read by the authors Mahan Khalsa and Randy Illing, with Stephen R. Covey https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376547 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service: The Story of the $6,000 Egg Author: Todd Duncan, Deb Duncan Narrator: Christopher Grove, Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Through the story of a $6,000 Egg, Deb and Todd Duncan reveal that even the smallest interactions have the power to create lifelong patrons or alienate once-devoted customers. The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service represents the costly mistake of removing customer satisfaction from the bottom line. The teachable moments divulged throughout the audiobook transcend industry or career level and encourages everyone to contribute. You must go above and beyond in order to get ahead. Todd Duncan, Deb Duncan Mon, 01 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376547 thebookvoice.com 0:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service: The Story of the $6,000 Egg Author: Todd Duncan, Deb Duncan Narrator: Christopher Grove, Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Through the story of a $6,000 Egg, Deb and Todd Duncan reveal that even the smallest interactions have the power to create lifelong patrons or alienate once-devoted customers. The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service represents the costly mistake of removing customer satisfaction from the bottom line. The teachable moments divulged throughout the audiobook transcend industry or career level and encourages everyone to contribute. You must go above and beyond in order to get ahead. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376547]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service: The Story of the $6,000 Egg Author: Todd Duncan, Deb Duncan Narrator: Christopher Grove, Janet Metzger Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 53 minutes Release date: April 1, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Through the story of a $6,000 Egg, Deb and Todd Duncan reveal that even the smallest interactions have the power to create lifelong patrons or alienate once-devoted customers. The 10 Golden Rules of Customer Service represents the costly mistake of removing customer satisfaction from the bottom line. The teachable moments divulged throughout the audiobook transcend industry or career level and encourages everyone to contribute. You must go above and beyond in order to get ahead. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376506 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Customer Connections: Manage Your Message to Grow Your Business Author: Jim Karrh, Ph.D. Narrator: Jim Karrh, Phd, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Engaging, practical, and immediately useful for any business and its messengers on how to talk about their business and connect with their customers. The vast majority of word of mouth happens offline, in everyday conversations. In The Science of Customer Connections, Karrh offers simple concepts plus practical guidance for individual professionals, teams, and complex organizations to be part of those conversations in ways that grow their business. With clear language and a sense of humor, Karrh guides readers step by step to create: - A message that is memorable, interesting to buyers, and built to share - A growing set of messengers who include your story in their everyday conversations - Management habits that build consistency and scale Readers will be equipped to engage customers and employees, build trustworthiness, and grow profitably―without necessarily having to change their business model, offerings, pricing, distribution, or people. Instead, they can quickly elevate the way that everyone close to the business talks about it, consistently resulting in stronger cross-selling and upselling of additional products and services, higher customer satisfaction, and more consistent employee engagement. Inspirational real-world examples are presented from entrepreneurs and career changers, growth companies, and large global organizations. Jim Karrh, Ph.D. Sun, 01 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376506 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Customer Connections: Manage Your Message to Grow Your Business Author: Jim Karrh, Ph.D. Narrator: Jim Karrh, Phd, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Engaging, practical, and immediately useful for any business and its messengers on how to talk about their business and connect with their customers. The vast majority of word of mouth happens offline, in everyday conversations. In The Science of Customer Connections, Karrh offers simple concepts plus practical guidance for individual professionals, teams, and complex organizations to be part of those conversations in ways that grow their business. With clear language and a sense of humor, Karrh guides readers step by step to create: - A message that is memorable, interesting to buyers, and built to share - A growing set of messengers who include your story in their everyday conversations - Management habits that build consistency and scale Readers will be equipped to engage customers and employees, build trustworthiness, and grow profitably―without necessarily having to change their business model, offerings, pricing, distribution, or people. Instead, they can quickly elevate the way that everyone close to the business talks about it, consistently resulting in stronger cross-selling and upselling of additional products and services, higher customer satisfaction, and more consistent employee engagement. Inspirational real-world examples are presented from entrepreneurs and career changers, growth companies, and large global organizations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376506]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Customer Connections: Manage Your Message to Grow Your Business Author: Jim Karrh, Ph.D. Narrator: Jim Karrh, Phd, Joyce Bean Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Engaging, practical, and immediately useful for any business and its messengers on how to talk about their business and connect with their customers. The vast majority of word of mouth happens offline, in everyday conversations. In The Science of Customer Connections, Karrh offers simple concepts plus practical guidance for individual professionals, teams, and complex organizations to be part of those conversations in ways that grow their business. With clear language and a sense of humor, Karrh guides readers step by step to create: - A message that is memorable, interesting to buyers, and built to share - A growing set of messengers who include your story in their everyday conversations - Management habits that build consistency and scale Readers will be equipped to engage customers and employees, build trustworthiness, and grow profitably―without necessarily having to change their business model, offerings, pricing, distribution, or people. Instead, they can quickly elevate the way that everyone close to the business talks about it, consistently resulting in stronger cross-selling and upselling of additional products and services, higher customer satisfaction, and more consistent employee engagement. Inspirational real-world examples are presented from entrepreneurs and career changers, growth companies, and large global organizations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376441 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot to the Future: Discovering Value and Creating Growth in a Disrupted World Author: Omar Abbosh, Paul Nunes, Larry Downes Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The proven, effective strategy for reinventing your business in the age of ever-present disruption Disruption by digital technologies? That's not a new story. But what is new is the 'wise pivot,' a replicable strategy for harnessing disruption to survive, grow, and be relevant to the future. It's a strategy for perpetual reinvention across the old, now, and new elements of any business. Rapid recent advances in technology are forcing leaders in every business to rethink long-held beliefs about how to adapt to emerging technologies and new markets. What has become abundantly clear: in the digital age, conventional wisdom about business transformation no longer works, if it ever did. Based on Accenture's own experience of reinventing itself in the face of disruption, the company's real world client work, and a rigorous two-year study of thousands of businesses across 30 industries, Pivot to the Future reveals methodical and bold moves for finding and releasing new sources of trapped value-unlocked by bridging the gap between what is technologically possible and how technologies are being used. The freed value enables companies to simultaneously reinvent their legacy, and current and new businesses. Pivot to the Future is for leaders who seek to turn the existential threats of today and tomorrow into sustainable growth, with the courage to understand that a wise pivot strategy is not a one-time event, but a commitment to a future of perpetual reinvention, where one pivot is followed by the next and the next. Omar Abbosh, Paul Nunes, Larry Downes Tue, 23 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376441 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot to the Future: Discovering Value and Creating Growth in a Disrupted World Author: Omar Abbosh, Paul Nunes, Larry Downes Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The proven, effective strategy for reinventing your business in the age of ever-present disruption Disruption by digital technologies? That's not a new story. But what is new is the 'wise pivot,' a replicable strategy for harnessing disruption to survive, grow, and be relevant to the future. It's a strategy for perpetual reinvention across the old, now, and new elements of any business. Rapid recent advances in technology are forcing leaders in every business to rethink long-held beliefs about how to adapt to emerging technologies and new markets. What has become abundantly clear: in the digital age, conventional wisdom about business transformation no longer works, if it ever did. Based on Accenture's own experience of reinventing itself in the face of disruption, the company's real world client work, and a rigorous two-year study of thousands of businesses across 30 industries, Pivot to the Future reveals methodical and bold moves for finding and releasing new sources of trapped value-unlocked by bridging the gap between what is technologically possible and how technologies are being used. The freed value enables companies to simultaneously reinvent their legacy, and current and new businesses. Pivot to the Future is for leaders who seek to turn the existential threats of today and tomorrow into sustainable growth, with the courage to understand that a wise pivot strategy is not a one-time event, but a commitment to a future of perpetual reinvention, where one pivot is followed by the next and the next. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376441]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Pivot to the Future: Discovering Value and Creating Growth in a Disrupted World Author: Omar Abbosh, Paul Nunes, Larry Downes Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: April 23, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The proven, effective strategy for reinventing your business in the age of ever-present disruption Disruption by digital technologies? That's not a new story. But what is new is the 'wise pivot,' a replicable strategy for harnessing disruption to survive, grow, and be relevant to the future. It's a strategy for perpetual reinvention across the old, now, and new elements of any business. Rapid recent advances in technology are forcing leaders in every business to rethink long-held beliefs about how to adapt to emerging technologies and new markets. What has become abundantly clear: in the digital age, conventional wisdom about business transformation no longer works, if it ever did. Based on Accenture's own experience of reinventing itself in the face of disruption, the company's real world client work, and a rigorous two-year study of thousands of businesses across 30 industries, Pivot to the Future reveals methodical and bold moves for finding and releasing new sources of trapped value-unlocked by bridging the gap between what is technologically possible and how technologies are being used. The freed value enables companies to simultaneously reinvent their legacy, and current and new businesses. Pivot to the Future is for leaders who seek to turn the existential threats of today and tomorrow into sustainable growth, with the courage to understand that a wise pivot strategy is not a one-time event, but a commitment to a future of perpetual reinvention, where one pivot is followed by the next and the next. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Corporation, 3rd Edition: Why the Rich Own Their Own Companies and Everyone Else Works for Them Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in a highly litigious world. As you live your life you must keep your guard up. As you grow your wealth you must protect it. For those who don’t predators await, and their attorneys will use every trick in the toolbox to get at - whether large or small-your unprotected assets. Start Your Own Corporation educates you on an action plan to protect your life’s gains. Corporate attorney and best-selling author Garrett Sutton clearly explains the all-too-common risks of failing to protect yourself and the strategies for limiting your liability going forward. The information is timely, accessible, and applicable to every citizen in every situation. Garrett Sutton has spent the last thirty years protecting clients’ assets and implementing corporate structures to limit liability. This significant experience shines through in a very readable book on the why-tos and how-tos for achieving asset protection. Start Your Own Corporation teaches how to select between corporations and LLCs and how to use Nevada and Wyoming entities to your maximum advantage. This non-technical and easy to understand book also educates on the importance of following corporate formalities, using business tax deductions and building business credit. Garrett Sutton Tue, 02 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376429 thebookvoice.com 7:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Corporation, 3rd Edition: Why the Rich Own Their Own Companies and Everyone Else Works for Them Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in a highly litigious world. As you live your life you must keep your guard up. As you grow your wealth you must protect it. For those who don’t predators await, and their attorneys will use every trick in the toolbox to get at - whether large or small-your unprotected assets. Start Your Own Corporation educates you on an action plan to protect your life’s gains. Corporate attorney and best-selling author Garrett Sutton clearly explains the all-too-common risks of failing to protect yourself and the strategies for limiting your liability going forward. The information is timely, accessible, and applicable to every citizen in every situation. Garrett Sutton has spent the last thirty years protecting clients’ assets and implementing corporate structures to limit liability. This significant experience shines through in a very readable book on the why-tos and how-tos for achieving asset protection. Start Your Own Corporation teaches how to select between corporations and LLCs and how to use Nevada and Wyoming entities to your maximum advantage. This non-technical and easy to understand book also educates on the importance of following corporate formalities, using business tax deductions and building business credit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Your Own Corporation, 3rd Edition: Why the Rich Own Their Own Companies and Everyone Else Works for Them Author: Garrett Sutton Narrator: Garrett Sutton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 35 minutes Release date: April 2, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.62 of Total 13 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We live in a highly litigious world. As you live your life you must keep your guard up. As you grow your wealth you must protect it. For those who don’t predators await, and their attorneys will use every trick in the toolbox to get at - whether large or small-your unprotected assets. Start Your Own Corporation educates you on an action plan to protect your life’s gains. Corporate attorney and best-selling author Garrett Sutton clearly explains the all-too-common risks of failing to protect yourself and the strategies for limiting your liability going forward. The information is timely, accessible, and applicable to every citizen in every situation. Garrett Sutton has spent the last thirty years protecting clients’ assets and implementing corporate structures to limit liability. This significant experience shines through in a very readable book on the why-tos and how-tos for achieving asset protection. Start Your Own Corporation teaches how to select between corporations and LLCs and how to use Nevada and Wyoming entities to your maximum advantage. This non-technical and easy to understand book also educates on the importance of following corporate formalities, using business tax deductions and building business credit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376204 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Business, Validating Your Idea and Learning the Shortcuts to Success Author: Andrew C. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Work hard, dream big . . . Are you excited to see Monday morning come? Does your work feel like a vacation instead of a vocation? If not, it why not break free from the nine to five routine and start your own business? This book shows the steps involved in starting your own business. It starts with learning how to validate your idea and also provides valuable shortcuts that allow your business to become an overnight success. You owe it to yourself to venture out in the business world. Have the freedom of being your own boss and set your own hours of work? This book will empower you to turn your dreams into reality. Andrew C. Cope Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376204 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Business, Validating Your Idea and Learning the Shortcuts to Success Author: Andrew C. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Work hard, dream big . . . Are you excited to see Monday morning come? Does your work feel like a vacation instead of a vocation? If not, it why not break free from the nine to five routine and start your own business? This book shows the steps involved in starting your own business. It starts with learning how to validate your idea and also provides valuable shortcuts that allow your business to become an overnight success. You owe it to yourself to venture out in the business world. Have the freedom of being your own boss and set your own hours of work? This book will empower you to turn your dreams into reality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376204]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business: The Ultimate Guide to Starting Your Own Business, Validating Your Idea and Learning the Shortcuts to Success Author: Andrew C. Cope Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Work hard, dream big . . . Are you excited to see Monday morning come? Does your work feel like a vacation instead of a vocation? If not, it why not break free from the nine to five routine and start your own business? This book shows the steps involved in starting your own business. It starts with learning how to validate your idea and also provides valuable shortcuts that allow your business to become an overnight success. You owe it to yourself to venture out in the business world. Have the freedom of being your own boss and set your own hours of work? This book will empower you to turn your dreams into reality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376171 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Years With General Motors Author: Alfred P. Sloan Jr. Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: My Years with General Motors became an instant bestseller when it was first published in 1963. It has since been used as a manual for managers, offering personal glimpses into the practice of the 'discipline of management' by the man who perfected it. This is the story no other businessman could tell—a distillation of half a century of intimate leadership experience with a giant industry and an inside look at dramatic events and creative business management. Only a handful of business books have reached the status of a classic, having withstood the test of over fifty years' time. Even today, Bill Gates praises My Years with General Motors as the best book to read on business, and Business Week has named it the number one choice for its 'bookshelf of indispensable reading.' Alfred P. Sloan Jr. Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376171 thebookvoice.com 21:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Years With General Motors Author: Alfred P. Sloan Jr. Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: My Years with General Motors became an instant bestseller when it was first published in 1963. It has since been used as a manual for managers, offering personal glimpses into the practice of the 'discipline of management' by the man who perfected it. This is the story no other businessman could tell—a distillation of half a century of intimate leadership experience with a giant industry and an inside look at dramatic events and creative business management. Only a handful of business books have reached the status of a classic, having withstood the test of over fifty years' time. Even today, Bill Gates praises My Years with General Motors as the best book to read on business, and Business Week has named it the number one choice for its 'bookshelf of indispensable reading.' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376171]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: My Years With General Motors Author: Alfred P. Sloan Jr. Narrator: David Colacci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 21 hours 3 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: My Years with General Motors became an instant bestseller when it was first published in 1963. It has since been used as a manual for managers, offering personal glimpses into the practice of the 'discipline of management' by the man who perfected it. This is the story no other businessman could tell—a distillation of half a century of intimate leadership experience with a giant industry and an inside look at dramatic events and creative business management. Only a handful of business books have reached the status of a classic, having withstood the test of over fifty years' time. Even today, Bill Gates praises My Years with General Motors as the best book to read on business, and Business Week has named it the number one choice for its 'bookshelf of indispensable reading.' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376152 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Know-It-Alls: The Rise of Silicon Valley as a Political Powerhouse and Social Wrecking Ball Author: Noam Cohen Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beginning nearly a century ago and showcasing the role of Stanford University as the incubator of this new class of super geeks, Cohen shows how smart guys like Jeff Bezos, Peter Thiel, Sergey Brin, Larry Page, and Mark Zuckerberg fell in love with a radically individualistic ideal and then mainstreamed it. With these very rich men leading the way, unions, libraries, public schools, common courtesy, and even government itself have been pushed aside to make way for supposedly efficient market-based encounters via the Internet. Donald Trump's election victory was an inadvertent triumph of the 'disruption' that Silicon Valley has been pushing: Facebook and Twitter, eager to entertain their users, turned a blind eye to the fake news and the hateful ideas proliferating there. The Rust Belt states that shifted to Trump are the ones being left behind by a 'meritocratic' Silicon Valley ideology that promotes an economy where, in the words of LinkedIn founder Reid Hoffman, each of us is our own start-up. A society that belittles civility, empathy, and collaboration can easily be led astray. The Know-It-Alls explains how these self-proclaimed geniuses failed this most important test of democracy. Noam Cohen Tue, 07 Nov 2017 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376152 thebookvoice.com 9:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Know-It-Alls: The Rise of Silicon Valley as a Political Powerhouse and Social Wrecking Ball Author: Noam Cohen Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beginning nearly a century ago and showcasing the role of Stanford University as the incubator of this new class of super geeks, Cohen shows how smart guys like Jeff Bezos, Peter Thiel, Sergey Brin, Larry Page, and Mark Zuckerberg fell in love with a radically individualistic ideal and then mainstreamed it. With these very rich men leading the way, unions, libraries, public schools, common courtesy, and even government itself have been pushed aside to make way for supposedly efficient market-based encounters via the Internet. Donald Trump's election victory was an inadvertent triumph of the 'disruption' that Silicon Valley has been pushing: Facebook and Twitter, eager to entertain their users, turned a blind eye to the fake news and the hateful ideas proliferating there. The Rust Belt states that shifted to Trump are the ones being left behind by a 'meritocratic' Silicon Valley ideology that promotes an economy where, in the words of LinkedIn founder Reid Hoffman, each of us is our own start-up. A society that belittles civility, empathy, and collaboration can easily be led astray. The Know-It-Alls explains how these self-proclaimed geniuses failed this most important test of democracy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376152]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Know-It-Alls: The Rise of Silicon Valley as a Political Powerhouse and Social Wrecking Ball Author: Noam Cohen Narrator: Adam Grupper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 7, 2017 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Beginning nearly a century ago and showcasing the role of Stanford University as the incubator of this new class of super geeks, Cohen shows how smart guys like Jeff Bezos, Peter Thiel, Sergey Brin, Larry Page, and Mark Zuckerberg fell in love with a radically individualistic ideal and then mainstreamed it. With these very rich men leading the way, unions, libraries, public schools, common courtesy, and even government itself have been pushed aside to make way for supposedly efficient market-based encounters via the Internet. Donald Trump's election victory was an inadvertent triumph of the 'disruption' that Silicon Valley has been pushing: Facebook and Twitter, eager to entertain their users, turned a blind eye to the fake news and the hateful ideas proliferating there. The Rust Belt states that shifted to Trump are the ones being left behind by a 'meritocratic' Silicon Valley ideology that promotes an economy where, in the words of LinkedIn founder Reid Hoffman, each of us is our own start-up. A society that belittles civility, empathy, and collaboration can easily be led astray. The Know-It-Alls explains how these self-proclaimed geniuses failed this most important test of democracy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376128 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Key Performance Indicators: Developing, Implementing, and Using Winning KPIs, 3rd Edition Author: David Parmenter Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Streamline KPIs to craft a simpler, more effective system of performance measurement Key Performance Indicators provides an in-depth look at how KPIs can be most effectively used to assess and drive organizational performance. Now in its third edition, this bestselling guide provides a model for simplifying KPIs and avoiding the pitfalls ready to trap the unprepared organization. New information includes guidance toward defining critical success factors, project leader essentials, new tools including worksheets and questionnaires, and real-world case studies that illustrate the practical application of the strategies presented. The book includes a variety of templates, checklists, and performance measures to help streamline processes. Key Performance Indicators are a set of measures that focus on the factors most critical to an organization's success. Most companies have too many, rendering the strategy ineffective due to overwhelming complexity. Key Performance Indicators guides listeners toward simplification, paring down to the most fundamental issues to better define and measure progress toward goals. Readers will learn to: ● Separate out performance measures between those that can be tied to a team and result in a follow-up phone call (performance measures) and those that are a summation of a number of teams working together (result indicators) ● Look for and eradicate those measures that have a damaging unintended consequence, a major darkside ● Sell a KPI project to the Board, the CEO, and the senior management team using best practice leading change techniques ● Develop and use KPIs effectively with a simple five stage model ● Ascertain essential performance measures, and develop a reporting strategy ● Learn the things that a KPI project leader needs to know A KPI project is a chance at a legacy—the project leader, facilitator, or coordinator savvy enough to craft a winning strategy can affect the organization for years to come. KPI projects entail some risk, but this book works to minimize that risk by arming stakeholders with the tools and information they need up front. Key Performance Indicators helps leaders shape a performance measurement initiative that works. David Parmenter Tue, 19 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376128 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Key Performance Indicators: Developing, Implementing, and Using Winning KPIs, 3rd Edition Author: David Parmenter Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Streamline KPIs to craft a simpler, more effective system of performance measurement Key Performance Indicators provides an in-depth look at how KPIs can be most effectively used to assess and drive organizational performance. Now in its third edition, this bestselling guide provides a model for simplifying KPIs and avoiding the pitfalls ready to trap the unprepared organization. New information includes guidance toward defining critical success factors, project leader essentials, new tools including worksheets and questionnaires, and real-world case studies that illustrate the practical application of the strategies presented. The book includes a variety of templates, checklists, and performance measures to help streamline processes. Key Performance Indicators are a set of measures that focus on the factors most critical to an organization's success. Most companies have too many, rendering the strategy ineffective due to overwhelming complexity. Key Performance Indicators guides listeners toward simplification, paring down to the most fundamental issues to better define and measure progress toward goals. Readers will learn to: ● Separate out performance measures between those that can be tied to a team and result in a follow-up phone call (performance measures) and those that are a summation of a number of teams working together (result indicators) ● Look for and eradicate those measures that have a damaging unintended consequence, a major darkside ● Sell a KPI project to the Board, the CEO, and the senior management team using best practice leading change techniques ● Develop and use KPIs effectively with a simple five stage model ● Ascertain essential performance measures, and develop a reporting strategy ● Learn the things that a KPI project leader needs to know A KPI project is a chance at a legacy—the project leader, facilitator, or coordinator savvy enough to craft a winning strategy can affect the organization for years to come. KPI projects entail some risk, but this book works to minimize that risk by arming stakeholders with the tools and information they need up front. Key Performance Indicators helps leaders shape a performance measurement initiative that works. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376128]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Key Performance Indicators: Developing, Implementing, and Using Winning KPIs, 3rd Edition Author: David Parmenter Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 19, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Streamline KPIs to craft a simpler, more effective system of performance measurement Key Performance Indicators provides an in-depth look at how KPIs can be most effectively used to assess and drive organizational performance. Now in its third edition, this bestselling guide provides a model for simplifying KPIs and avoiding the pitfalls ready to trap the unprepared organization. New information includes guidance toward defining critical success factors, project leader essentials, new tools including worksheets and questionnaires, and real-world case studies that illustrate the practical application of the strategies presented. The book includes a variety of templates, checklists, and performance measures to help streamline processes. Key Performance Indicators are a set of measures that focus on the factors most critical to an organization's success. Most companies have too many, rendering the strategy ineffective due to overwhelming complexity. Key Performance Indicators guides listeners toward simplification, paring down to the most fundamental issues to better define and measure progress toward goals. Readers will learn to: ● Separate out performance measures between those that can be tied to a team and result in a follow-up phone call (performance measures) and those that are a summation of a number of teams working together (result indicators) ● Look for and eradicate those measures that have a damaging unintended consequence, a major darkside ● Sell a KPI project to the Board, the CEO, and the senior management team using best practice leading change techniques ● Develop and use KPIs effectively with a simple five stage model ● Ascertain essential performance measures, and develop a reporting strategy ● Learn the things that a KPI project leader needs to know A KPI project is a chance at a legacy—the project leader, facilitator, or coordinator savvy enough to craft a winning strategy can affect the organization for years to come. KPI projects entail some risk, but this book works to minimize that risk by arming stakeholders with the tools and information they need up front. Key Performance Indicators helps leaders shape a performance measurement initiative that works. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376124 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Income Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let Brian Tracy show you how to Increase Your Income Faster as he teaches you the tricks of the trade. You will learn: • Get Customers for Life • Personal Sales Planning • Personal Strategic Planning • How to Determine Your Values and Vision • Develop Your Personal Mission Statement • Conduct a Situation Analysis • Do a Company Analysis Brian Tracy Mon, 01 Aug 2016 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376124 thebookvoice.com 1:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Income Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let Brian Tracy show you how to Increase Your Income Faster as he teaches you the tricks of the trade. You will learn: • Get Customers for Life • Personal Sales Planning • Personal Strategic Planning • How to Determine Your Values and Vision • Develop Your Personal Mission Statement • Conduct a Situation Analysis • Do a Company Analysis Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376124]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Increase Your Income Faster: Sales Growth Strategies Author: Brian Tracy Narrator: Brian Tracy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 46 minutes Release date: August 1, 2016 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Let Brian Tracy show you how to Increase Your Income Faster as he teaches you the tricks of the trade. You will learn: • Get Customers for Life • Personal Sales Planning • Personal Strategic Planning • How to Determine Your Values and Vision • Develop Your Personal Mission Statement • Conduct a Situation Analysis • Do a Company Analysis https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376123 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. Joseph L. Badaracco Fri, 01 Jul 2016 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376123 thebookvoice.com 5:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/376123]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Defining Moments: When Managers Must Choose Between Right and Right Author: Joseph L. Badaracco Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 30 minutes Release date: July 1, 2016 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How do you lead the launch of a product you know will be extremely controversial? What should you do if a single parent on your staff is falling behind in his or her work? How should you respond if you are offered an opportunity at work solely because of your race or gender? This is a book about work choices and life choices, and the critical points, or defining moments, at which the two become one. A refreshing antidote to traditional feel-good, inspirational business ethics, it examines the right-versus-right conflicts that every business manager faces and presents an unorthodox yet practical way for you to think about and resolve them. When making hard professional decisions, managers often use personal values as a touchstone. Badaracco asserts, however, that resolving such dilemmas is not as simple as the 'do the right thing' school of ethics would have you believe. Defining Moments reveals an alternative approach that will help you tackle the more complex and troubling question of what to do when doing the right thing requires doing something else wrong, or leaving another right thing undone. Drawing on philosophy, literature, and three case studies that reveal the increasing complexity today's managers face as their careers advance, Defining Moments provides tangible examples, actionable steps, and a flexible framework that you can use to make the choices that will shape not only your career, but your character. Compelling and absent of ethical jargon, this book gets to the core of what makes being a manager so difficult. For new and seasoned managers alike, Defining Moments explores what it means, and whether it's even possible, to be a successful manager and simultaneously a thoughtful, responsible human being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375964 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years in Wonderland: The Disney Brothers, C. V. Wood, and the Making of the Great American Theme Park Author: Todd James Pierce Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: While the success of Disneyland is largely credited to Walt and Roy Disney, there was a third, mostly forgotten dynamo instrumental to the development of the park—fast-talking Texan C. V. Wood. Three Years in Wonderland presents the never-before-told, full story of 'the happiest place on earth.' Using information from over one hundred unpublished interviews, Todd James Pierce lays down the arc of Disneyland's development from an idea to a paragon of entertainment. In compelling detail, Three Years in Wonderland lays out the struggles and rewards of building the world's first cinematic theme park and convincing the American public that a seventeen million dollar amusement park was the ideal place for a family vacation. The early experience of Walt Disney, Roy Disney, and C. V. Wood is one of the most captivating untold stories in the history of Hollywood. Pierce interviewed dozens of individuals who enjoyed long careers at the Walt Disney Company as well as dozens of individuals who—like C. V. Wood—helped develop the park but then left the company for good once the park was finished. Through much research and many interviews, Three Years in Wonderland offers readers a rare opportunity to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the men and women who built the best-known theme park in the world. Todd James Pierce Tue, 09 Apr 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375964 thebookvoice.com 9:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years in Wonderland: The Disney Brothers, C. V. Wood, and the Making of the Great American Theme Park Author: Todd James Pierce Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: While the success of Disneyland is largely credited to Walt and Roy Disney, there was a third, mostly forgotten dynamo instrumental to the development of the park—fast-talking Texan C. V. Wood. Three Years in Wonderland presents the never-before-told, full story of 'the happiest place on earth.' Using information from over one hundred unpublished interviews, Todd James Pierce lays down the arc of Disneyland's development from an idea to a paragon of entertainment. In compelling detail, Three Years in Wonderland lays out the struggles and rewards of building the world's first cinematic theme park and convincing the American public that a seventeen million dollar amusement park was the ideal place for a family vacation. The early experience of Walt Disney, Roy Disney, and C. V. Wood is one of the most captivating untold stories in the history of Hollywood. Pierce interviewed dozens of individuals who enjoyed long careers at the Walt Disney Company as well as dozens of individuals who—like C. V. Wood—helped develop the park but then left the company for good once the park was finished. Through much research and many interviews, Three Years in Wonderland offers readers a rare opportunity to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the men and women who built the best-known theme park in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375964]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Three Years in Wonderland: The Disney Brothers, C. V. Wood, and the Making of the Great American Theme Park Author: Todd James Pierce Narrator: Al Kessel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 24 minutes Release date: April 9, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: While the success of Disneyland is largely credited to Walt and Roy Disney, there was a third, mostly forgotten dynamo instrumental to the development of the park—fast-talking Texan C. V. Wood. Three Years in Wonderland presents the never-before-told, full story of 'the happiest place on earth.' Using information from over one hundred unpublished interviews, Todd James Pierce lays down the arc of Disneyland's development from an idea to a paragon of entertainment. In compelling detail, Three Years in Wonderland lays out the struggles and rewards of building the world's first cinematic theme park and convincing the American public that a seventeen million dollar amusement park was the ideal place for a family vacation. The early experience of Walt Disney, Roy Disney, and C. V. Wood is one of the most captivating untold stories in the history of Hollywood. Pierce interviewed dozens of individuals who enjoyed long careers at the Walt Disney Company as well as dozens of individuals who—like C. V. Wood—helped develop the park but then left the company for good once the park was finished. Through much research and many interviews, Three Years in Wonderland offers readers a rare opportunity to stand shoulder-to-shoulder with the men and women who built the best-known theme park in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375175 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies Author: Bill Snow Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you a business owner or executive thinking about selling a division, a subsidiary, or the entire company? Or are you thinking about how you may be able to grow your business by merging with or acquiring other companies? Or are you a student thinking about making a career in a mergers and acquisitions (M&A) related industry? In other words, if you are looking for a plain-language, no-nonsense guide about how mergers and acquisitions can affect your company and career, you've found your book! Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies is your insider's handbook about the practice of buying and selling companies. It explains the entire M&A process step by step, introduces you to industry specific terms and acronyms, details the documents used when buying or selling a company, discusses valuation techniques, reveals insights about how to finance deals, provides real world examples of how to structure transactions and bridge valuation gaps between Buyer and Seller, and gives you the basic tools you will need to successfully close M&A transactions. Plus, you'll get expert advice on identifying and contacting potential M&A targets, performing due diligence, drafting the purchase agreement, and integrating new employees after the deal closes. Bill Snow Tue, 26 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375175 thebookvoice.com 14:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies Author: Bill Snow Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you a business owner or executive thinking about selling a division, a subsidiary, or the entire company? Or are you thinking about how you may be able to grow your business by merging with or acquiring other companies? Or are you a student thinking about making a career in a mergers and acquisitions (M&A) related industry? In other words, if you are looking for a plain-language, no-nonsense guide about how mergers and acquisitions can affect your company and career, you've found your book! Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies is your insider's handbook about the practice of buying and selling companies. It explains the entire M&A process step by step, introduces you to industry specific terms and acronyms, details the documents used when buying or selling a company, discusses valuation techniques, reveals insights about how to finance deals, provides real world examples of how to structure transactions and bridge valuation gaps between Buyer and Seller, and gives you the basic tools you will need to successfully close M&A transactions. Plus, you'll get expert advice on identifying and contacting potential M&A targets, performing due diligence, drafting the purchase agreement, and integrating new employees after the deal closes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375175]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies Author: Bill Snow Narrator: Steven Jay Cohen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 2 minutes Release date: March 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you a business owner or executive thinking about selling a division, a subsidiary, or the entire company? Or are you thinking about how you may be able to grow your business by merging with or acquiring other companies? Or are you a student thinking about making a career in a mergers and acquisitions (M&A) related industry? In other words, if you are looking for a plain-language, no-nonsense guide about how mergers and acquisitions can affect your company and career, you've found your book! Mergers & Acquisitions for Dummies is your insider's handbook about the practice of buying and selling companies. It explains the entire M&A process step by step, introduces you to industry specific terms and acronyms, details the documents used when buying or selling a company, discusses valuation techniques, reveals insights about how to finance deals, provides real world examples of how to structure transactions and bridge valuation gaps between Buyer and Seller, and gives you the basic tools you will need to successfully close M&A transactions. Plus, you'll get expert advice on identifying and contacting potential M&A targets, performing due diligence, drafting the purchase agreement, and integrating new employees after the deal closes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. Jono Bacon Tue, 12 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055 thebookvoice.com 6:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375055]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: People Powered: How Communities Can Supercharge Your Business, Brand, and Teams Author: Jono Bacon Narrator: Jono Bacon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: What if you discovered a blueprint that could grow your brand’s reputation and loyalty, dramatically reduce customer service issues, produce content and technology, and cement a powerful, lasting relationship between you and your customers? Communities have been a popular topic since the rise of the Internet and social media, but few companies have consistently harnessed their power, driven tangible value, and effectively measured their return on investment (ROI) like Salesforce.com, Star Citizen via Kickstarter, and Red Hat. Companies such as PayPal, Facebook, Bosch, Microsoft, CapitalOne, and Google, have also built communities inside their organizations, which have fostered innovation, broken down silos, and helped their organizations to operate more efficiently and collaboratively. People Powered helps C-suite leaders, founders, marketers, customer advocates, and community leaders gain a competitive advantage by answering the following questions:  - What is the key value proposition of building a community? - What kind of community do we need and how do we build and integrate it into our organization? - How do we incentivize and encourage people to get involved, build reliable growth, and keep community members engaged? - How do we develop authentic, productive relationships with community members both online and in person? - How do we get departmental buy-in, hire effectively, and create consistent, reliable community engagement skills in our organization? - What are the strategic and tactical pitfalls and roadblocks we need to avoid? - How do we make sure that our community continues to grow with us—and more importantly, how do we make sure that we continue to grow with them? People Powered pulls together over 20 years of pragmatic experience into a clear, simple methodology and blueprint to not just answer these questions, but deliver results. Don’t get left behind—become an industry trailblazer and ensure your company’s longevity by tapping into the most dynamic force both outside and inside your organization: the people. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375056 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away): The Simple Playbook for Delivering the Ultimate Customer Service Experience Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Jakob Lewis, John Behrens, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to transforming your customer service, company culture, and customer experience, endorsed by all the top names in the field. Great customer service may be today's most essential competitive advantage. This book gives a step-by-step plan to craft a customer service culture and customer experience so powerful that they'll transform your organization and boost your company's bottom line.   You'll enjoy inspirational and hilarious tales from the trenches as author Micah Solomon, one of the world's best-known customer service consultants and thought leaders, brings you with him on hands-on adventures assessing and transforming customer service in a variety of industries. In Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away), you will find: - Exclusive customer service secrets and proven turnaround methodologies showing you how to perform effective and lasting customer service transformation within your company. - A dive into one of the hottest topics in business today: company culture, specifically how to build and sustain a customer-centric company culture. - Case studies and anecdotes from the great customer-centric companies of our time.   Each chapter concludes with a Business Reading Group Guide and a point-by-point summary to maximize your memory retention and make every insight actionable. Drawing on a wealth of stories assembled from today's most innovative and successful companies including Amazon, USAA, The Ritz-Carlton Hotel Company, Nordstrom, MOD Pizza, and more, Solomon reveals what it takes to turn an average customer interaction into one that drives customer engagement and lifelong loyalty. Charts, 'cheat sheets,' and discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Micah Solomon Tue, 14 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375056 thebookvoice.com 5:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away): The Simple Playbook for Delivering the Ultimate Customer Service Experience Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Jakob Lewis, John Behrens, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to transforming your customer service, company culture, and customer experience, endorsed by all the top names in the field. Great customer service may be today's most essential competitive advantage. This book gives a step-by-step plan to craft a customer service culture and customer experience so powerful that they'll transform your organization and boost your company's bottom line.   You'll enjoy inspirational and hilarious tales from the trenches as author Micah Solomon, one of the world's best-known customer service consultants and thought leaders, brings you with him on hands-on adventures assessing and transforming customer service in a variety of industries. In Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away), you will find: - Exclusive customer service secrets and proven turnaround methodologies showing you how to perform effective and lasting customer service transformation within your company. - A dive into one of the hottest topics in business today: company culture, specifically how to build and sustain a customer-centric company culture. - Case studies and anecdotes from the great customer-centric companies of our time.   Each chapter concludes with a Business Reading Group Guide and a point-by-point summary to maximize your memory retention and make every insight actionable. Drawing on a wealth of stories assembled from today's most innovative and successful companies including Amazon, USAA, The Ritz-Carlton Hotel Company, Nordstrom, MOD Pizza, and more, Solomon reveals what it takes to turn an average customer interaction into one that drives customer engagement and lifelong loyalty. Charts, 'cheat sheets,' and discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375056]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away): The Simple Playbook for Delivering the Ultimate Customer Service Experience Author: Micah Solomon Narrator: Jakob Lewis, John Behrens, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The ultimate guide to transforming your customer service, company culture, and customer experience, endorsed by all the top names in the field. Great customer service may be today's most essential competitive advantage. This book gives a step-by-step plan to craft a customer service culture and customer experience so powerful that they'll transform your organization and boost your company's bottom line.   You'll enjoy inspirational and hilarious tales from the trenches as author Micah Solomon, one of the world's best-known customer service consultants and thought leaders, brings you with him on hands-on adventures assessing and transforming customer service in a variety of industries. In Ignore Your Customers (and They'll Go Away), you will find: - Exclusive customer service secrets and proven turnaround methodologies showing you how to perform effective and lasting customer service transformation within your company. - A dive into one of the hottest topics in business today: company culture, specifically how to build and sustain a customer-centric company culture. - Case studies and anecdotes from the great customer-centric companies of our time.   Each chapter concludes with a Business Reading Group Guide and a point-by-point summary to maximize your memory retention and make every insight actionable. Drawing on a wealth of stories assembled from today's most innovative and successful companies including Amazon, USAA, The Ritz-Carlton Hotel Company, Nordstrom, MOD Pizza, and more, Solomon reveals what it takes to turn an average customer interaction into one that drives customer engagement and lifelong loyalty. Charts, 'cheat sheets,' and discussion questions are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375050 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up and Listen!: Hard Business Truths that Will Help You Succeed Author: Tilman Fertitta Narrator: Tilman Fertitta, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up and Listen! is a true leadership roadmap to the summit of career success and satisfaction, featuring concise principles for entrepreneurs and business leaders at any level. Tilman Fertitta, also known as the Billion Dollar Buyer, started his hospitality empire thirty years ago with just one restaurant. Over the years, he’s stayed true to the principles that helped him build the largest single-shareholder company in America, with over $4 billion in revenue, including hundreds of restaurants (Landry’s Seafood, Bubba Gump Shrimp Company, Morton’s Steakhouse, Mastro’s, Rainforest Café, and over forty more restaurant concepts) and five Golden Nugget Casinos. He’s also sole owner of the NBA’s Houston Rockets. This book shares the key insights that made it all possible. In Shut Up and Listen!, Fertitta shares straight-talk “Tilmanisms” around six key action items that any entrepreneur can adopt today: - Be the Bull - No Spare Customers - Change, Change, Change - Know Your Numbers - Follow the 95/5 Rule - Take No Out of Your Vocabulary For aspiring entrepreneurs or people in business, this guide will help you take your company to the next level. When you put this book down, you’ll know what you’re doing right and what you’re doing wrong to operate your business, and if you’re just getting started, it will help set you up for success. A groundbreaking, no-holds-barred book, Shut Up and Listen! offers practical, hard-earned wisdom from one of the most successful business owners in the world. Tilman Fertitta Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375050 thebookvoice.com 3:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up and Listen!: Hard Business Truths that Will Help You Succeed Author: Tilman Fertitta Narrator: Tilman Fertitta, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up and Listen! is a true leadership roadmap to the summit of career success and satisfaction, featuring concise principles for entrepreneurs and business leaders at any level. Tilman Fertitta, also known as the Billion Dollar Buyer, started his hospitality empire thirty years ago with just one restaurant. Over the years, he’s stayed true to the principles that helped him build the largest single-shareholder company in America, with over $4 billion in revenue, including hundreds of restaurants (Landry’s Seafood, Bubba Gump Shrimp Company, Morton’s Steakhouse, Mastro’s, Rainforest Café, and over forty more restaurant concepts) and five Golden Nugget Casinos. He’s also sole owner of the NBA’s Houston Rockets. This book shares the key insights that made it all possible. In Shut Up and Listen!, Fertitta shares straight-talk “Tilmanisms” around six key action items that any entrepreneur can adopt today: - Be the Bull - No Spare Customers - Change, Change, Change - Know Your Numbers - Follow the 95/5 Rule - Take No Out of Your Vocabulary For aspiring entrepreneurs or people in business, this guide will help you take your company to the next level. When you put this book down, you’ll know what you’re doing right and what you’re doing wrong to operate your business, and if you’re just getting started, it will help set you up for success. A groundbreaking, no-holds-barred book, Shut Up and Listen! offers practical, hard-earned wisdom from one of the most successful business owners in the world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375050]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Shut Up and Listen!: Hard Business Truths that Will Help You Succeed Author: Tilman Fertitta Narrator: Tilman Fertitta, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 50 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.66 of Total 38 Ratings of Narrator: 4.63 of Total 8 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Shut Up and Listen! is a true leadership roadmap to the summit of career success and satisfaction, featuring concise principles for entrepreneurs and business leaders at any level. Tilman Fertitta, also known as the Billion Dollar Buyer, started his hospitality empire thirty years ago with just one restaurant. Over the years, he’s stayed true to the principles that helped him build the largest single-shareholder company in America, with over $4 billion in revenue, including hundreds of restaurants (Landry’s Seafood, Bubba Gump Shrimp Company, Morton’s Steakhouse, Mastro’s, Rainforest Café, and over forty more restaurant concepts) and five Golden Nugget Casinos. He’s also sole owner of the NBA’s Houston Rockets. This book shares the key insights that made it all possible. In Shut Up and Listen!, Fertitta shares straight-talk “Tilmanisms” around six key action items that any entrepreneur can adopt today: - Be the Bull - No Spare Customers - Change, Change, Change - Know Your Numbers - Follow the 95/5 Rule - Take No Out of Your Vocabulary For aspiring entrepreneurs or people in business, this guide will help you take your company to the next level. When you put this book down, you’ll know what you’re doing right and what you’re doing wrong to operate your business, and if you’re just getting started, it will help set you up for success. A groundbreaking, no-holds-barred book, Shut Up and Listen! offers practical, hard-earned wisdom from one of the most successful business owners in the world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375049 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer of the Future: 10 Guiding Principles for Winning Tomorrow's Business Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With emerging technology transforming customer expectations, it's important to keep a laser focus on the experience companies provide their customers. Tomorrow's customers need to be targeted today! Customer experience futurist Blake Morgan outlines ten easy-to-follow customer experience guidelines that integrate emerging technologies with effective strategies to combat disconnected processes, silo mentalities, and a lack of buyer perspective. The Customer of the Future explains how today's customers are already demanding frictionless, personalized, on-demand experiences from their products and services, and companies that don't adapt to these new expectations won't last. This book prepares your organization for these increas­ing demands by helping you do the following: - Learn the ten defining strategies for a customer experience-focused company. - Implement new techniques to shift the entire company from being product-focused to being customer-focused. - Gain insights through case studies and examples on how the world's most innovative companies are offering new and compelling customer experiences.   Tomorrow's customers will insist on experiences that make their lives significantly easier and better. Craft a leadership development and culture plan to create lasting change at your organization! Blake Morgan Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375049 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer of the Future: 10 Guiding Principles for Winning Tomorrow's Business Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With emerging technology transforming customer expectations, it's important to keep a laser focus on the experience companies provide their customers. Tomorrow's customers need to be targeted today! Customer experience futurist Blake Morgan outlines ten easy-to-follow customer experience guidelines that integrate emerging technologies with effective strategies to combat disconnected processes, silo mentalities, and a lack of buyer perspective. The Customer of the Future explains how today's customers are already demanding frictionless, personalized, on-demand experiences from their products and services, and companies that don't adapt to these new expectations won't last. This book prepares your organization for these increas­ing demands by helping you do the following: - Learn the ten defining strategies for a customer experience-focused company. - Implement new techniques to shift the entire company from being product-focused to being customer-focused. - Gain insights through case studies and examples on how the world's most innovative companies are offering new and compelling customer experiences.   Tomorrow's customers will insist on experiences that make their lives significantly easier and better. Craft a leadership development and culture plan to create lasting change at your organization! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375049]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Customer of the Future: 10 Guiding Principles for Winning Tomorrow's Business Author: Blake Morgan Narrator: Lisa Larsen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: With emerging technology transforming customer expectations, it's important to keep a laser focus on the experience companies provide their customers. Tomorrow's customers need to be targeted today! Customer experience futurist Blake Morgan outlines ten easy-to-follow customer experience guidelines that integrate emerging technologies with effective strategies to combat disconnected processes, silo mentalities, and a lack of buyer perspective. The Customer of the Future explains how today's customers are already demanding frictionless, personalized, on-demand experiences from their products and services, and companies that don't adapt to these new expectations won't last. This book prepares your organization for these increas­ing demands by helping you do the following: - Learn the ten defining strategies for a customer experience-focused company. - Implement new techniques to shift the entire company from being product-focused to being customer-focused. - Gain insights through case studies and examples on how the world's most innovative companies are offering new and compelling customer experiences.   Tomorrow's customers will insist on experiences that make their lives significantly easier and better. Craft a leadership development and culture plan to create lasting change at your organization! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. Rishad Tobaccowala Tue, 28 Jan 2020 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375039]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Restoring the Soul of Business: Staying Human in the Age of Data Author: Rishad Tobaccowala Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: January 28, 2020 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: From old-fashioned bricks-and-mortars to cutting-edge startups, businesses are moving into uncharted territory as they determine how to move from an analog past to a digital future effectively. How can you make sure not to leave human instinct behind? Businesses are leaving behind traditional meetings in favor of virtual ones, transitioning from surveys and studies to analytics and algorithms. The startling and often unacknowledged truth is that?the promise of digital transformation can only be realized when we find a way to balance it with the promise of people.?In the end, it’s the people that matter, and companies must never forget the soul that drives them. In Restoring the Soul of Business, business leader Rishad Tobaccowala?teaches you to:  - Understand how to unleash the significant benefit that can be realized by combining emotion and data, human and machine, analog and digital. - Spot the warning signs of data-blinded companies: cold cultures with little human interaction, poor innovation stemming from discouraged employees who don’t contribute ideas, and poor customer service due to automated, robotic processes. - Explore how organizations of various sizes and from different industries have successfully reoriented their thinking on how to fuse technology and humanity. - Gain skills to become an expert in connections critical to growth and success, including the connection between being creative and using technology. - Everyone working in an organization will find penetrating observations and guidance about how and why establishing the proper balance between human intuition and creativity and data-driven insights can lead to increased revenue, profitability, retention—and even joy—in their careers and business. Restoring the Soul of Business provides practical tools and techniques that every organization can and should implement, and challenges you to move forward with the kind of balance that capitalizes transformation and produces one great success after another. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375029 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Bright Side: Embrace Optimism, Activate Your Purpose, and Write Your Own Story Author: Jess Ekstrom Narrator: Jess Ekstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One flicker of hope. That’s all it takes to catapult yourself into the life you’ve always imagined.  Success is not born out of skill, school, where we’re from, who we know, or what we scored on the SAT. None of us were born ready. None of us started life knowing how to fly a plane or launch a company or knit a sweater for our dog.  But we are born with something more important than skills. We’re born with optimism—the initial seed for success. Optimism fuels the belief that you can be the one to create the good the world needs. But you’ve got to hone it. And practice it. And determine to live from it. In Chasing the Bright Side, Jess Ekstrom shares her own inspirational story of how optimism helped her overcome multiple challenges, and the dynamic ways her mind-set propelled her as a young entrepreneur, international speaker, and philanthropist.    Do you have dreams for yourself and the world that are tucked away in your box of somedays? What would happen if today was the day you opened the box? And what if that box was the key to a better tomorrow? Jess’s journey will inspire you embrace the power of optimism in your own life, and help you reimagine your purpose so you create good in the world while fulfilling your own dreams—right where you are.    Discussion questions and info on a listener exclusive are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Jess Ekstrom Tue, 05 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375029 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Bright Side: Embrace Optimism, Activate Your Purpose, and Write Your Own Story Author: Jess Ekstrom Narrator: Jess Ekstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One flicker of hope. That’s all it takes to catapult yourself into the life you’ve always imagined.  Success is not born out of skill, school, where we’re from, who we know, or what we scored on the SAT. None of us were born ready. None of us started life knowing how to fly a plane or launch a company or knit a sweater for our dog.  But we are born with something more important than skills. We’re born with optimism—the initial seed for success. Optimism fuels the belief that you can be the one to create the good the world needs. But you’ve got to hone it. And practice it. And determine to live from it. In Chasing the Bright Side, Jess Ekstrom shares her own inspirational story of how optimism helped her overcome multiple challenges, and the dynamic ways her mind-set propelled her as a young entrepreneur, international speaker, and philanthropist.    Do you have dreams for yourself and the world that are tucked away in your box of somedays? What would happen if today was the day you opened the box? And what if that box was the key to a better tomorrow? Jess’s journey will inspire you embrace the power of optimism in your own life, and help you reimagine your purpose so you create good in the world while fulfilling your own dreams—right where you are.    Discussion questions and info on a listener exclusive are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375029]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Chasing the Bright Side: Embrace Optimism, Activate Your Purpose, and Write Your Own Story Author: Jess Ekstrom Narrator: Jess Ekstrom Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: November 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: One flicker of hope. That’s all it takes to catapult yourself into the life you’ve always imagined.  Success is not born out of skill, school, where we’re from, who we know, or what we scored on the SAT. None of us were born ready. None of us started life knowing how to fly a plane or launch a company or knit a sweater for our dog.  But we are born with something more important than skills. We’re born with optimism—the initial seed for success. Optimism fuels the belief that you can be the one to create the good the world needs. But you’ve got to hone it. And practice it. And determine to live from it. In Chasing the Bright Side, Jess Ekstrom shares her own inspirational story of how optimism helped her overcome multiple challenges, and the dynamic ways her mind-set propelled her as a young entrepreneur, international speaker, and philanthropist.    Do you have dreams for yourself and the world that are tucked away in your box of somedays? What would happen if today was the day you opened the box? And what if that box was the key to a better tomorrow? Jess’s journey will inspire you embrace the power of optimism in your own life, and help you reimagine your purpose so you create good in the world while fulfilling your own dreams—right where you are.    Discussion questions and info on a listener exclusive are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work in Progress: Unconventional Thoughts on Designing an Extraordinary Life Author: Steve Ford, Leanne Ford Narrator: Michelle Faist, Leanne Ford, Steve Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Includes an audiobook-exclusive interview with Leanne and Steve!  How did a couple of quirky siblings from suburban Pittsburgh end up as the king and queen of eclectic-design chic with their own HGTV show? They never let fear get in the way of a great idea. Leanne and Steve Ford share their secrets for how to turn dreams into reality.  Leanne and Steve were middle-class kids growing up in Pittsburgh in the 80s and 90s. There was nothing particularly glamorous or unusual about their lives as kids. Leanne was a shy, stubborn child who lived a rich life in her own imagination. Steve was outdoorsy and offbeat and was bullied mercilessly at school for being different. Their parents, grounded in faith and always encouraging of both creativity and hard work, gave them the confidence and the encouragement they needed to pursue the often difficult creative life. Leanne’s slogan as a child was, “My name is Leanne. If I want to, I can.”  Leanne studied clothing design and pulled gigs at fashion houses in New York and as a stylist to country music stars in Nashville before she found her true passion: interior design. Steve threw himself into kayaking and snowboarding and opening his own men’s clothing store in Pittsburgh. And then their individual passions converged when Leanne asked Steve to help renovate her bathroom. There was magic in their collaboration, and they began renovating for clients in Pittsburgh—creating unique, authentic spaces that manage to feel both chic and completely obtainable—before catching the eye of producers at HGTV.  Leanne and Steve share the details of their journey, including the beliefs that have inspired them and the experiences that have challenged them along the way.  Follow along on Leanne and Steve’s journey with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Steve Ford, Leanne Ford Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375023 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work in Progress: Unconventional Thoughts on Designing an Extraordinary Life Author: Steve Ford, Leanne Ford Narrator: Michelle Faist, Leanne Ford, Steve Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Includes an audiobook-exclusive interview with Leanne and Steve!  How did a couple of quirky siblings from suburban Pittsburgh end up as the king and queen of eclectic-design chic with their own HGTV show? They never let fear get in the way of a great idea. Leanne and Steve Ford share their secrets for how to turn dreams into reality.  Leanne and Steve were middle-class kids growing up in Pittsburgh in the 80s and 90s. There was nothing particularly glamorous or unusual about their lives as kids. Leanne was a shy, stubborn child who lived a rich life in her own imagination. Steve was outdoorsy and offbeat and was bullied mercilessly at school for being different. Their parents, grounded in faith and always encouraging of both creativity and hard work, gave them the confidence and the encouragement they needed to pursue the often difficult creative life. Leanne’s slogan as a child was, “My name is Leanne. If I want to, I can.”  Leanne studied clothing design and pulled gigs at fashion houses in New York and as a stylist to country music stars in Nashville before she found her true passion: interior design. Steve threw himself into kayaking and snowboarding and opening his own men’s clothing store in Pittsburgh. And then their individual passions converged when Leanne asked Steve to help renovate her bathroom. There was magic in their collaboration, and they began renovating for clients in Pittsburgh—creating unique, authentic spaces that manage to feel both chic and completely obtainable—before catching the eye of producers at HGTV.  Leanne and Steve share the details of their journey, including the beliefs that have inspired them and the experiences that have challenged them along the way.  Follow along on Leanne and Steve’s journey with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/375023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Work in Progress: Unconventional Thoughts on Designing an Extraordinary Life Author: Steve Ford, Leanne Ford Narrator: Michelle Faist, Leanne Ford, Steve Ford Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Includes an audiobook-exclusive interview with Leanne and Steve!  How did a couple of quirky siblings from suburban Pittsburgh end up as the king and queen of eclectic-design chic with their own HGTV show? They never let fear get in the way of a great idea. Leanne and Steve Ford share their secrets for how to turn dreams into reality.  Leanne and Steve were middle-class kids growing up in Pittsburgh in the 80s and 90s. There was nothing particularly glamorous or unusual about their lives as kids. Leanne was a shy, stubborn child who lived a rich life in her own imagination. Steve was outdoorsy and offbeat and was bullied mercilessly at school for being different. Their parents, grounded in faith and always encouraging of both creativity and hard work, gave them the confidence and the encouragement they needed to pursue the often difficult creative life. Leanne’s slogan as a child was, “My name is Leanne. If I want to, I can.”  Leanne studied clothing design and pulled gigs at fashion houses in New York and as a stylist to country music stars in Nashville before she found her true passion: interior design. Steve threw himself into kayaking and snowboarding and opening his own men’s clothing store in Pittsburgh. And then their individual passions converged when Leanne asked Steve to help renovate her bathroom. There was magic in their collaboration, and they began renovating for clients in Pittsburgh—creating unique, authentic spaces that manage to feel both chic and completely obtainable—before catching the eye of producers at HGTV.  Leanne and Steve share the details of their journey, including the beliefs that have inspired them and the experiences that have challenged them along the way.  Follow along on Leanne and Steve’s journey with photos available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Jeff Henderson Tue, 01 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909 thebookvoice.com 5:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374909]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know What You're FOR: A Growth Strategy for Work, An Even Better Strategy for Life Author: Jeff Henderson Narrator: Jeff Henderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 1, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Your organization - business, church, or nonprofit - will experience unprecedented growth when you close the gap between these two game-changing questions: What are we known for? What do we want to be known for? In Know What You're FOR, entrepreneur and thought leader Jeff Henderson makes it clear that if we want to change the world with our products or our mission, then we must shift the focus of our messaging and marketing. Rather than self-promoting, we must transform our organizations to be people-centric. This sounds like a no-brainer, but looking closer shows just how little this is true and how impactful the change would be if it were. Whether you're a business leader, a change advocate, or a movement maker, Know What You're FOR will help you - and your organization - thrive.  It's what happens when you create an organization focused on who it is FOR. This is the future. Thriving organizations will be more concerned with becoming raving fans of their customers than they are trying to convince customers to become raving fans of the organization. This isn't theory. Jeff Henderson has experienced it.   Working with companies like Chick-fil-A and the Atlanta Braves, then serving as a pastor for 15 years at one of the country's largest and most influential churches, North Point, Jeff knows what success looks like for healthy organizations and healthy lives. With fascinating stories from a host of entrepreneurs and Jeff's remarkable career, Know What You're FOR equips you with a simple strategy and the tools for extraordinary growth. You'll discover how to: - Work FOR your current and future customers with a new, effective method - Be FOR your team and help your people reach full potential - Create a ripple impact by being FOR your community - Live and work your best by caring FOR yourself In a hypercritical, cynical world, one that is often known for what it's against, let's be a group of people known for who and what we're FOR.  It's a powerful strategy for business. But more importantly, it is a revolutionary way to live. Assessments are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying For Money: How Legendary Frauds Reveal the Workings of the World Author: Dan Davies Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertaining, deeply informative explanation of how high-level financial crimes work, written “with verve and wit” (The Sunday Times, London) by an industry insider who’s an expert in the field. The way most white-collar crime works is by manipulating institutional psychology. That means creating something that looks as much as possible like a normal set of transactions. The drama comes later, when it all unwinds. Financial crime seems horribly complicated, but there are only so many ways you can con someone out of what’s theirs. In Lying for Money, veteran regulatory economist and market analyst Dan Davies tells the story of fraud through a genealogy of financial malfeasance, including: the Great Salad Oil swindle, the Pigeon King International fraud, the fictional British colony of Poyais in South America, the Boston Ladies’ Deposit Company, the Portuguese Banknote Affair, Theranos, and the Bre-X scam. Davies brings new insights into these schemes and shows how all frauds, current and historical, belong to one of four categories (“long firm,” counterfeiting, control fraud, and market crimes) and operate on the same basic principles. The only elements that change are the victims, the scammers, and the terminology. Revealing some of the most famous frauds of the modern age, Davies explains how fraud has shaped the entire development of the modern world economy. For those “who like their true-crime stories laced with economics will enjoy these forays into the dark side” (Kirkus Reviews) this is a gripping and vivid look at modern market societies. Dan Davies Tue, 09 Mar 2021 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374878 thebookvoice.com 9:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying For Money: How Legendary Frauds Reveal the Workings of the World Author: Dan Davies Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertaining, deeply informative explanation of how high-level financial crimes work, written “with verve and wit” (The Sunday Times, London) by an industry insider who’s an expert in the field. The way most white-collar crime works is by manipulating institutional psychology. That means creating something that looks as much as possible like a normal set of transactions. The drama comes later, when it all unwinds. Financial crime seems horribly complicated, but there are only so many ways you can con someone out of what’s theirs. In Lying for Money, veteran regulatory economist and market analyst Dan Davies tells the story of fraud through a genealogy of financial malfeasance, including: the Great Salad Oil swindle, the Pigeon King International fraud, the fictional British colony of Poyais in South America, the Boston Ladies’ Deposit Company, the Portuguese Banknote Affair, Theranos, and the Bre-X scam. Davies brings new insights into these schemes and shows how all frauds, current and historical, belong to one of four categories (“long firm,” counterfeiting, control fraud, and market crimes) and operate on the same basic principles. The only elements that change are the victims, the scammers, and the terminology. Revealing some of the most famous frauds of the modern age, Davies explains how fraud has shaped the entire development of the modern world economy. For those “who like their true-crime stories laced with economics will enjoy these forays into the dark side” (Kirkus Reviews) this is a gripping and vivid look at modern market societies. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lying For Money: How Legendary Frauds Reveal the Workings of the World Author: Dan Davies Narrator: Tim Paige Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: An entertaining, deeply informative explanation of how high-level financial crimes work, written “with verve and wit” (The Sunday Times, London) by an industry insider who’s an expert in the field. The way most white-collar crime works is by manipulating institutional psychology. That means creating something that looks as much as possible like a normal set of transactions. The drama comes later, when it all unwinds. Financial crime seems horribly complicated, but there are only so many ways you can con someone out of what’s theirs. In Lying for Money, veteran regulatory economist and market analyst Dan Davies tells the story of fraud through a genealogy of financial malfeasance, including: the Great Salad Oil swindle, the Pigeon King International fraud, the fictional British colony of Poyais in South America, the Boston Ladies’ Deposit Company, the Portuguese Banknote Affair, Theranos, and the Bre-X scam. Davies brings new insights into these schemes and shows how all frauds, current and historical, belong to one of four categories (“long firm,” counterfeiting, control fraud, and market crimes) and operate on the same basic principles. The only elements that change are the victims, the scammers, and the terminology. Revealing some of the most famous frauds of the modern age, Davies explains how fraud has shaped the entire development of the modern world economy. For those “who like their true-crime stories laced with economics will enjoy these forays into the dark side” (Kirkus Reviews) this is a gripping and vivid look at modern market societies. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374847 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like Amazon: 50 1/2 Ideas to Become a Digital Leader Author: John Rossman Narrator: John Rossman, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Amazon executive who launched and scaled Amazon Marketplace delivers the ultimate playbook on how to “think like Amazon” and succeed in the digital age. “What would Jeff do?” Since leaving Amazon to advise start-ups and corporations, John Rossman has been asked this question countless times by executives who want to know “the secret” behind Amazon’s historic success. In this step-by-step guide, he provides 50 ½ answers drawn from his experience as an Amazon executive―and shows today’s business leaders how to think like Amazon, strategize like Bezos, and beat the competition like nobody’s business. Learn how to: - Move forward to get back to Day 1―and change the status quo. - Become a platform company―with the right platform strategy. - Create customer obsession―and grant your customers superpowers. - Experiment, fail, rinse, and repeat. - Decentralize your way to digital greatness. - Master the magic of small autonomous teams. - Avoid the trap of past positions. - Make better and faster decisions. - Use metrics to create a culture of accountability and innovation - Use AI and the Internet of Things to reinvent customer experiences. In addition to these targeted strategies, you’ll receive a rare inside glimpse into how Jeff Bezos and Amazon take a remarkably consistent approach to innovate, explore new markets, and spark new growth. You’ll understand the unique mindset and inner workings that drive Amazon’s operational excellence, from its ground-up approach to new digital markets to its out-of-the-box attitudes on innovation. Along the way, you’ll learn specific game-changing strategies that made Amazon stand out in a crowded digital world. These include actionable ideas that you can use to transform your culture, expand your business into digital, and become the kind of platform company that customers obsess over. Rossman also offers invaluable insights into the latest technologies, e-commerce marketing, online culture, and IoT disruptions that only an Amazon insider would know. If you want to compete and win in the digital era, you have to Think Like Amazon. John Rossman Tue, 07 May 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374847 thebookvoice.com 9:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like Amazon: 50 1/2 Ideas to Become a Digital Leader Author: John Rossman Narrator: John Rossman, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Amazon executive who launched and scaled Amazon Marketplace delivers the ultimate playbook on how to “think like Amazon” and succeed in the digital age. “What would Jeff do?” Since leaving Amazon to advise start-ups and corporations, John Rossman has been asked this question countless times by executives who want to know “the secret” behind Amazon’s historic success. In this step-by-step guide, he provides 50 ½ answers drawn from his experience as an Amazon executive―and shows today’s business leaders how to think like Amazon, strategize like Bezos, and beat the competition like nobody’s business. Learn how to: - Move forward to get back to Day 1―and change the status quo. - Become a platform company―with the right platform strategy. - Create customer obsession―and grant your customers superpowers. - Experiment, fail, rinse, and repeat. - Decentralize your way to digital greatness. - Master the magic of small autonomous teams. - Avoid the trap of past positions. - Make better and faster decisions. - Use metrics to create a culture of accountability and innovation - Use AI and the Internet of Things to reinvent customer experiences. In addition to these targeted strategies, you’ll receive a rare inside glimpse into how Jeff Bezos and Amazon take a remarkably consistent approach to innovate, explore new markets, and spark new growth. You’ll understand the unique mindset and inner workings that drive Amazon’s operational excellence, from its ground-up approach to new digital markets to its out-of-the-box attitudes on innovation. Along the way, you’ll learn specific game-changing strategies that made Amazon stand out in a crowded digital world. These include actionable ideas that you can use to transform your culture, expand your business into digital, and become the kind of platform company that customers obsess over. Rossman also offers invaluable insights into the latest technologies, e-commerce marketing, online culture, and IoT disruptions that only an Amazon insider would know. If you want to compete and win in the digital era, you have to Think Like Amazon. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374847]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Like Amazon: 50 1/2 Ideas to Become a Digital Leader Author: John Rossman Narrator: John Rossman, Jeff Cummings Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.63 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The former Amazon executive who launched and scaled Amazon Marketplace delivers the ultimate playbook on how to “think like Amazon” and succeed in the digital age. “What would Jeff do?” Since leaving Amazon to advise start-ups and corporations, John Rossman has been asked this question countless times by executives who want to know “the secret” behind Amazon’s historic success. In this step-by-step guide, he provides 50 ½ answers drawn from his experience as an Amazon executive―and shows today’s business leaders how to think like Amazon, strategize like Bezos, and beat the competition like nobody’s business. Learn how to: - Move forward to get back to Day 1―and change the status quo. - Become a platform company―with the right platform strategy. - Create customer obsession―and grant your customers superpowers. - Experiment, fail, rinse, and repeat. - Decentralize your way to digital greatness. - Master the magic of small autonomous teams. - Avoid the trap of past positions. - Make better and faster decisions. - Use metrics to create a culture of accountability and innovation - Use AI and the Internet of Things to reinvent customer experiences. In addition to these targeted strategies, you’ll receive a rare inside glimpse into how Jeff Bezos and Amazon take a remarkably consistent approach to innovate, explore new markets, and spark new growth. You’ll understand the unique mindset and inner workings that drive Amazon’s operational excellence, from its ground-up approach to new digital markets to its out-of-the-box attitudes on innovation. Along the way, you’ll learn specific game-changing strategies that made Amazon stand out in a crowded digital world. These include actionable ideas that you can use to transform your culture, expand your business into digital, and become the kind of platform company that customers obsess over. Rossman also offers invaluable insights into the latest technologies, e-commerce marketing, online culture, and IoT disruptions that only an Amazon insider would know. If you want to compete and win in the digital era, you have to Think Like Amazon. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374729 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El fraude del siglo Author: Tom Wright, Bradley Hope Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cómo un joven empresario logró estafar más de 5 mil millones de dólares justo debajo de las narices de la industria financiera mundial. Una investigación sin precedentes escrita por los galardonados periodistas de The Wall Street Journal, Tom Wright y Bradley Hope, sobre el fraude financiero más grande del siglo XXI. El polvo aún tenía que asentarse en la crisis financiera mundial en 2009 cuando un improbable graduado de Wharton puso en marcha un fraude de agallas y magnitud sin precedentes, uno que simbolizaría la próxima gran amenaza para el sistema financiero global. Los aspectos prácticos del plan eran sorprendentemente simples: Jho Low persuadió al primer ministro de Malasia para que creara un fondo de inversión que dirigiría desde las sombras; recaudó más de 10 mil millones de dólares de inversores globales con la ayuda de Goldman Sachs y otras instituciones, y durante la siguiente media década desviaron no menos de 5 mil millones de dólares. Dicho dinero fue utilizado para financiar elecciones, comprar propiedades de lujo en Londres, Nueva York y Los Ángeles; producir películas de Hollywood, incluida El lobo de Wall Street, y hacer fiestas llenas de champaña por todo el mundo. Su generosidad también le produjo amistades con actores de Hollywood, como Leonardo DiCaprio, modelos de Victoria's Secret, como Miranda Kerr, e incluso con un miembro del círculo íntimo del presidente Obama. Lo más asombroso fue que nadie pareció notarlo, ni los bancos globales, como Goldman y J. P. Morgan, que se hicieron de la vista gorda frente a las oscuras transferencias de cientos de millones de dólares; ni tampoco los auditores internacionales, banqueros centrales ni vigilantes del sistema financiero oficial. Tom Wright, Bradley Hope Thu, 14 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374729 thebookvoice.com 16:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El fraude del siglo Author: Tom Wright, Bradley Hope Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cómo un joven empresario logró estafar más de 5 mil millones de dólares justo debajo de las narices de la industria financiera mundial. Una investigación sin precedentes escrita por los galardonados periodistas de The Wall Street Journal, Tom Wright y Bradley Hope, sobre el fraude financiero más grande del siglo XXI. El polvo aún tenía que asentarse en la crisis financiera mundial en 2009 cuando un improbable graduado de Wharton puso en marcha un fraude de agallas y magnitud sin precedentes, uno que simbolizaría la próxima gran amenaza para el sistema financiero global. Los aspectos prácticos del plan eran sorprendentemente simples: Jho Low persuadió al primer ministro de Malasia para que creara un fondo de inversión que dirigiría desde las sombras; recaudó más de 10 mil millones de dólares de inversores globales con la ayuda de Goldman Sachs y otras instituciones, y durante la siguiente media década desviaron no menos de 5 mil millones de dólares. Dicho dinero fue utilizado para financiar elecciones, comprar propiedades de lujo en Londres, Nueva York y Los Ángeles; producir películas de Hollywood, incluida El lobo de Wall Street, y hacer fiestas llenas de champaña por todo el mundo. Su generosidad también le produjo amistades con actores de Hollywood, como Leonardo DiCaprio, modelos de Victoria's Secret, como Miranda Kerr, e incluso con un miembro del círculo íntimo del presidente Obama. Lo más asombroso fue que nadie pareció notarlo, ni los bancos globales, como Goldman y J. P. Morgan, que se hicieron de la vista gorda frente a las oscuras transferencias de cientos de millones de dólares; ni tampoco los auditores internacionales, banqueros centrales ni vigilantes del sistema financiero oficial. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374729]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - El fraude del siglo Author: Tom Wright, Bradley Hope Narrator: Alex Ortega Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 9 minutes Release date: March 14, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Cómo un joven empresario logró estafar más de 5 mil millones de dólares justo debajo de las narices de la industria financiera mundial. Una investigación sin precedentes escrita por los galardonados periodistas de The Wall Street Journal, Tom Wright y Bradley Hope, sobre el fraude financiero más grande del siglo XXI. El polvo aún tenía que asentarse en la crisis financiera mundial en 2009 cuando un improbable graduado de Wharton puso en marcha un fraude de agallas y magnitud sin precedentes, uno que simbolizaría la próxima gran amenaza para el sistema financiero global. Los aspectos prácticos del plan eran sorprendentemente simples: Jho Low persuadió al primer ministro de Malasia para que creara un fondo de inversión que dirigiría desde las sombras; recaudó más de 10 mil millones de dólares de inversores globales con la ayuda de Goldman Sachs y otras instituciones, y durante la siguiente media década desviaron no menos de 5 mil millones de dólares. Dicho dinero fue utilizado para financiar elecciones, comprar propiedades de lujo en Londres, Nueva York y Los Ángeles; producir películas de Hollywood, incluida El lobo de Wall Street, y hacer fiestas llenas de champaña por todo el mundo. Su generosidad también le produjo amistades con actores de Hollywood, como Leonardo DiCaprio, modelos de Victoria's Secret, como Miranda Kerr, e incluso con un miembro del círculo íntimo del presidente Obama. Lo más asombroso fue que nadie pareció notarlo, ni los bancos globales, como Goldman y J. P. Morgan, que se hicieron de la vista gorda frente a las oscuras transferencias de cientos de millones de dólares; ni tampoco los auditores internacionales, banqueros centrales ni vigilantes del sistema financiero oficial. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374709 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Machine: Computational Thinking for the Rest of Us Author: John Maeda Narrator: Dani Martineck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A simple, enduring framework for understanding the complex world of AI and machine learning. “Before you can get machines to do what you want, you’d better learn to speak their language. John Maeda engineers rapprochement between humans and our computational creations in this engaging, enlightening book.” —Douglas Rushkoff, author of Team Human As the capabilities of AI and language models like ChatGPT continue to advance, it is more important than ever to understand the implications and potential pitfalls of these technologies. In this  book, John Maeda draws on his extensive experience as one of the world's preeminent interdisciplinary thinkers on technology and design to provide actionable guidance for businesses, product designers, and policymakers. Using thoughtful explorations and occasionally whimsical examples, he identifies a framework that describes the key capabilities and pitfalls of any machine learning system, and offers a vision for how they can be used to create inclusive and world-changing products. This is essential reading for anyone seeking a high-level understanding of how machines “think” and what the future may hold. John Maeda Tue, 19 Nov 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374709 thebookvoice.com 5:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Machine: Computational Thinking for the Rest of Us Author: John Maeda Narrator: Dani Martineck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A simple, enduring framework for understanding the complex world of AI and machine learning. “Before you can get machines to do what you want, you’d better learn to speak their language. John Maeda engineers rapprochement between humans and our computational creations in this engaging, enlightening book.” —Douglas Rushkoff, author of Team Human As the capabilities of AI and language models like ChatGPT continue to advance, it is more important than ever to understand the implications and potential pitfalls of these technologies. In this  book, John Maeda draws on his extensive experience as one of the world's preeminent interdisciplinary thinkers on technology and design to provide actionable guidance for businesses, product designers, and policymakers. Using thoughtful explorations and occasionally whimsical examples, he identifies a framework that describes the key capabilities and pitfalls of any machine learning system, and offers a vision for how they can be used to create inclusive and world-changing products. This is essential reading for anyone seeking a high-level understanding of how machines “think” and what the future may hold. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374709]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Speak Machine: Computational Thinking for the Rest of Us Author: John Maeda Narrator: Dani Martineck Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 53 minutes Release date: November 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A simple, enduring framework for understanding the complex world of AI and machine learning. “Before you can get machines to do what you want, you’d better learn to speak their language. John Maeda engineers rapprochement between humans and our computational creations in this engaging, enlightening book.” —Douglas Rushkoff, author of Team Human As the capabilities of AI and language models like ChatGPT continue to advance, it is more important than ever to understand the implications and potential pitfalls of these technologies. In this  book, John Maeda draws on his extensive experience as one of the world's preeminent interdisciplinary thinkers on technology and design to provide actionable guidance for businesses, product designers, and policymakers. Using thoughtful explorations and occasionally whimsical examples, he identifies a framework that describes the key capabilities and pitfalls of any machine learning system, and offers a vision for how they can be used to create inclusive and world-changing products. This is essential reading for anyone seeking a high-level understanding of how machines “think” and what the future may hold. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The only government contract law textbook to outline both practice and theory in simple, clear English for beginners. An introduction to the procurement field that spares the reader from the necessity of trudging through dense and complex texts written in hard-to-follow 'legalese.' Here you will find clear and concise explanations of the legal principles involved in government contract law, written by an authority on the subject. This is a text that instructors have used and enjoyed for ten years, and now it is being updated to include the latest case studies and regulations. Terrence M. O'connor Tue, 13 Nov 2018 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433 thebookvoice.com 11:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The only government contract law textbook to outline both practice and theory in simple, clear English for beginners. An introduction to the procurement field that spares the reader from the necessity of trudging through dense and complex texts written in hard-to-follow 'legalese.' Here you will find clear and concise explanations of the legal principles involved in government contract law, written by an authority on the subject. This is a text that instructors have used and enjoyed for ten years, and now it is being updated to include the latest case studies and regulations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374433]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Understanding Government Contract Law: 2nd Edition Author: Terrence M. O'connor Narrator: Dave Clark Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 8 minutes Release date: November 13, 2018 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The only government contract law textbook to outline both practice and theory in simple, clear English for beginners. An introduction to the procurement field that spares the reader from the necessity of trudging through dense and complex texts written in hard-to-follow 'legalese.' Here you will find clear and concise explanations of the legal principles involved in government contract law, written by an authority on the subject. This is a text that instructors have used and enjoyed for ten years, and now it is being updated to include the latest case studies and regulations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is the memoir America wishes Jim Mattis had written.' —The Washington Post An insider's sometimes shocking account of how Defense Secretary James Mattis led the US military through global challenges while serving as a crucial check on the Trump Administration. For nearly two years as Trump's Secretary of Defense, General James Mattis maintained a complicated relationship with the President. A lifelong Marine widely considered to be one of America's greatest generals, Mattis was committed to keeping America safe. Yet he served a President whose actions were frequently unpredictable and impulsive with far-reaching consequences. Often described as the administration's 'adult in the room,' Mattis has said very little about his difficult role, and since his resignation has kept his views of the President and his policies private. Now, Mattis's former chief speechwriter and communications director, Guy M. Snodgrass, brings readers behind that curtain. Drawing on his seventeen months working with Mattis, Snodgrass reveals how one of the nation's greatest generals walked a political tightrope while leading the world's most powerful military. Snodgrass gives us a fly-on-the-wall view as Mattis...   •  Reacted when learning about major policy decisions via Twitter rather than from the White House.   •  Minimized the damage done to our allies and diplomatic partners.   •  Slow-rolled some of Trump's most controversial measures, with no intention of following through. As the first book written by an insider with firsthand knowledge of key decisions and moments in history, Holding the Line is a must-read for those who care about the presidency and America's national security. It's filled with never-before-told stories that will both alarm and reassure, a testament to the quiet and steady efforts of General Mattis and the dedicated men and women he led at the Department of Defense. Guy M. Snodgrass Tue, 29 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399 thebookvoice.com 7:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is the memoir America wishes Jim Mattis had written.' —The Washington Post An insider's sometimes shocking account of how Defense Secretary James Mattis led the US military through global challenges while serving as a crucial check on the Trump Administration. For nearly two years as Trump's Secretary of Defense, General James Mattis maintained a complicated relationship with the President. A lifelong Marine widely considered to be one of America's greatest generals, Mattis was committed to keeping America safe. Yet he served a President whose actions were frequently unpredictable and impulsive with far-reaching consequences. Often described as the administration's 'adult in the room,' Mattis has said very little about his difficult role, and since his resignation has kept his views of the President and his policies private. Now, Mattis's former chief speechwriter and communications director, Guy M. Snodgrass, brings readers behind that curtain. Drawing on his seventeen months working with Mattis, Snodgrass reveals how one of the nation's greatest generals walked a political tightrope while leading the world's most powerful military. Snodgrass gives us a fly-on-the-wall view as Mattis...   •  Reacted when learning about major policy decisions via Twitter rather than from the White House.   •  Minimized the damage done to our allies and diplomatic partners.   •  Slow-rolled some of Trump's most controversial measures, with no intention of following through. As the first book written by an insider with firsthand knowledge of key decisions and moments in history, Holding the Line is a must-read for those who care about the presidency and America's national security. It's filled with never-before-told stories that will both alarm and reassure, a testament to the quiet and steady efforts of General Mattis and the dedicated men and women he led at the Department of Defense. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374399]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Holding the Line: Inside Trump's Pentagon With Secretary Mattis Author: Guy M. Snodgrass Narrator: Guy M. Snodgrass Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 43 minutes Release date: October 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'This is the memoir America wishes Jim Mattis had written.' —The Washington Post An insider's sometimes shocking account of how Defense Secretary James Mattis led the US military through global challenges while serving as a crucial check on the Trump Administration. For nearly two years as Trump's Secretary of Defense, General James Mattis maintained a complicated relationship with the President. A lifelong Marine widely considered to be one of America's greatest generals, Mattis was committed to keeping America safe. Yet he served a President whose actions were frequently unpredictable and impulsive with far-reaching consequences. Often described as the administration's 'adult in the room,' Mattis has said very little about his difficult role, and since his resignation has kept his views of the President and his policies private. Now, Mattis's former chief speechwriter and communications director, Guy M. Snodgrass, brings readers behind that curtain. Drawing on his seventeen months working with Mattis, Snodgrass reveals how one of the nation's greatest generals walked a political tightrope while leading the world's most powerful military. Snodgrass gives us a fly-on-the-wall view as Mattis...   •  Reacted when learning about major policy decisions via Twitter rather than from the White House.   •  Minimized the damage done to our allies and diplomatic partners.   •  Slow-rolled some of Trump's most controversial measures, with no intention of following through. As the first book written by an insider with firsthand knowledge of key decisions and moments in history, Holding the Line is a must-read for those who care about the presidency and America's national security. It's filled with never-before-told stories that will both alarm and reassure, a testament to the quiet and steady efforts of General Mattis and the dedicated men and women he led at the Department of Defense. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Becoming an MLM Professional by Getting Customers Making Big Money and Standing Out a Relational Networking Author: Robert J. Smith Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to earn some extra cash and see Network Marketing as they way to do it? Do you understand the principles that will help make you a success? You can learn it all in this book! Network marketing has been around for many years and shows no signs of slowing down. The freedom that this sort of work gives to those who have other constraints on their time, means that millions turn to it to make an additional, or even regular income. With this book, Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Understand Network Marketing and Achieve MLM Success, we explore how you could make Network marketing a success with tips and advice on: - Why Network Marketing Is so 21st Century - The Recession and Network Marketing - Getting Traffic Has Never Been Easier - Unleashing the Power of Web 2.0 on Your Network Marketing Business - Social Networking and Your Prospects - Giving People Exactly what They Want - A Home Business Opportunity You Cannot Miss - Why Network Marketing Will Stay through the Next Centuries - And More… If this sounds like the sort of business opportunity that would be perfect for you, get a copy of Network Marketing now and see how you could fit it into your lifestyle! Robert J. Smith Mon, 18 Apr 2022 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374289 thebookvoice.com 0:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Becoming an MLM Professional by Getting Customers Making Big Money and Standing Out a Relational Networking Author: Robert J. Smith Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to earn some extra cash and see Network Marketing as they way to do it? Do you understand the principles that will help make you a success? You can learn it all in this book! Network marketing has been around for many years and shows no signs of slowing down. The freedom that this sort of work gives to those who have other constraints on their time, means that millions turn to it to make an additional, or even regular income. With this book, Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Understand Network Marketing and Achieve MLM Success, we explore how you could make Network marketing a success with tips and advice on: - Why Network Marketing Is so 21st Century - The Recession and Network Marketing - Getting Traffic Has Never Been Easier - Unleashing the Power of Web 2.0 on Your Network Marketing Business - Social Networking and Your Prospects - Giving People Exactly what They Want - A Home Business Opportunity You Cannot Miss - Why Network Marketing Will Stay through the Next Centuries - And More… If this sounds like the sort of business opportunity that would be perfect for you, get a copy of Network Marketing now and see how you could fit it into your lifestyle! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Becoming an MLM Professional by Getting Customers Making Big Money and Standing Out a Relational Networking Author: Robert J. Smith Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 43 minutes Release date: April 18, 2022 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you want to earn some extra cash and see Network Marketing as they way to do it? Do you understand the principles that will help make you a success? You can learn it all in this book! Network marketing has been around for many years and shows no signs of slowing down. The freedom that this sort of work gives to those who have other constraints on their time, means that millions turn to it to make an additional, or even regular income. With this book, Network Marketing: The Ultimate Guide to Understand Network Marketing and Achieve MLM Success, we explore how you could make Network marketing a success with tips and advice on: - Why Network Marketing Is so 21st Century - The Recession and Network Marketing - Getting Traffic Has Never Been Easier - Unleashing the Power of Web 2.0 on Your Network Marketing Business - Social Networking and Your Prospects - Giving People Exactly what They Want - A Home Business Opportunity You Cannot Miss - Why Network Marketing Will Stay through the Next Centuries - And More… If this sounds like the sort of business opportunity that would be perfect for you, get a copy of Network Marketing now and see how you could fit it into your lifestyle! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374280 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business For Dummies: 5th Edition Author: Eric Tyson MBA, Jim Schell Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make big sense of small business Small Business for Dummies has been a leading resource for starting and running a small business. Calling upon their six decades-plus of combined experience running small businesses, Eric Tyson and Jim Schell once again provide time-tested advice and the latest information on starting and growing a small business. This new edition covers all aspects of small business from the initial business plan to the everyday realities of financing, marketing, employing technology and management—and what it takes to achieve and maintain success in an ever-changing entrepreneurial landscape. ● Write a strategic business plan ● Start, establish, or rejuvenate a small business ● Hire and retain the best employees ● Get a small business loan If you're a beginning entrepreneur looking to start and run your own small business, this book gives you all the tools of the trade you'll need to make it a success. Eric Tyson MBA, Jim Schell Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374280 thebookvoice.com 17:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business For Dummies: 5th Edition Author: Eric Tyson MBA, Jim Schell Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make big sense of small business Small Business for Dummies has been a leading resource for starting and running a small business. Calling upon their six decades-plus of combined experience running small businesses, Eric Tyson and Jim Schell once again provide time-tested advice and the latest information on starting and growing a small business. This new edition covers all aspects of small business from the initial business plan to the everyday realities of financing, marketing, employing technology and management—and what it takes to achieve and maintain success in an ever-changing entrepreneurial landscape. ● Write a strategic business plan ● Start, establish, or rejuvenate a small business ● Hire and retain the best employees ● Get a small business loan If you're a beginning entrepreneur looking to start and run your own small business, this book gives you all the tools of the trade you'll need to make it a success. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374280]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Small Business For Dummies: 5th Edition Author: Eric Tyson MBA, Jim Schell Narrator: Mike Chamberlain Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.14 of Total 7 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make big sense of small business Small Business for Dummies has been a leading resource for starting and running a small business. Calling upon their six decades-plus of combined experience running small businesses, Eric Tyson and Jim Schell once again provide time-tested advice and the latest information on starting and growing a small business. This new edition covers all aspects of small business from the initial business plan to the everyday realities of financing, marketing, employing technology and management—and what it takes to achieve and maintain success in an ever-changing entrepreneurial landscape. ● Write a strategic business plan ● Start, establish, or rejuvenate a small business ● Hire and retain the best employees ● Get a small business loan If you're a beginning entrepreneur looking to start and run your own small business, this book gives you all the tools of the trade you'll need to make it a success. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374258 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis of Beliefs: Investor Psychology and Financial Fragility Author: Nicola Gennaioli, Andrei Shleifer Narrator: Trevor Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How investor expectations move markets and the economy The collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 caught markets and regulators by surprise. Although the government rushed to rescue other financial institutions from a similar fate after Lehman, it could not prevent the deepest recession in postwar history. A Crisis of Beliefs makes us rethink the financial crisis and the nature of economic risk. In this authoritative and comprehensive book, two of today's most insightful economists reveal how our beliefs shape financial markets, lead to expansions of credit and leverage, and expose the economy to major risks. Nicola Gennaioli and Andrei Shleifer carefully walk listeners through the unraveling of Lehman Brothers and the ensuing meltdown of the U.S. financial system, and then present new evidence to illustrate the destabilizing role played by the beliefs of home buyers, investors, and regulators. Using the latest research in psychology and behavioral economics, they present a new theory of belief formation that explains why the financial crisis came as such a shock to so many people—and how financial and economic instability persist. Nicola Gennaioli, Andrei Shleifer Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374258 thebookvoice.com 7:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis of Beliefs: Investor Psychology and Financial Fragility Author: Nicola Gennaioli, Andrei Shleifer Narrator: Trevor Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How investor expectations move markets and the economy The collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 caught markets and regulators by surprise. Although the government rushed to rescue other financial institutions from a similar fate after Lehman, it could not prevent the deepest recession in postwar history. A Crisis of Beliefs makes us rethink the financial crisis and the nature of economic risk. In this authoritative and comprehensive book, two of today's most insightful economists reveal how our beliefs shape financial markets, lead to expansions of credit and leverage, and expose the economy to major risks. Nicola Gennaioli and Andrei Shleifer carefully walk listeners through the unraveling of Lehman Brothers and the ensuing meltdown of the U.S. financial system, and then present new evidence to illustrate the destabilizing role played by the beliefs of home buyers, investors, and regulators. Using the latest research in psychology and behavioral economics, they present a new theory of belief formation that explains why the financial crisis came as such a shock to so many people—and how financial and economic instability persist. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374258]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Crisis of Beliefs: Investor Psychology and Financial Fragility Author: Nicola Gennaioli, Andrei Shleifer Narrator: Trevor Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 41 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: How investor expectations move markets and the economy The collapse of Lehman Brothers in September 2008 caught markets and regulators by surprise. Although the government rushed to rescue other financial institutions from a similar fate after Lehman, it could not prevent the deepest recession in postwar history. A Crisis of Beliefs makes us rethink the financial crisis and the nature of economic risk. In this authoritative and comprehensive book, two of today's most insightful economists reveal how our beliefs shape financial markets, lead to expansions of credit and leverage, and expose the economy to major risks. Nicola Gennaioli and Andrei Shleifer carefully walk listeners through the unraveling of Lehman Brothers and the ensuing meltdown of the U.S. financial system, and then present new evidence to illustrate the destabilizing role played by the beliefs of home buyers, investors, and regulators. Using the latest research in psychology and behavioral economics, they present a new theory of belief formation that explains why the financial crisis came as such a shock to so many people—and how financial and economic instability persist. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374133 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning the Flywheel: A Monograph to Accompany Good to Great Series: #6 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Turning the Flywheel written and read by Jim Collins. *From the author of the multi-million copy bestseller Good to Great* ‘No matter what your walk of life, no matter how big or small your enterprise, no matter whether it’s for-profit or nonprofit, no matter whether you’re CEO or a unit leader, the question stands, How does your flywheel turn?’ – JIM COLLINS The key to business success is not a single innovation or one plan. It is the act of turning the flywheel, slowly gaining momentum and eventually reaching a breakthrough. Building upon the flywheel concept introduced in his groundbreaking classic Good to Great, Jim Collins teaches readers how to create their own flywheel, how to accelerate the flywheel’s momentum, and how to stay on the flywheel in shifting markets and during times of turbulence. Combining research from his Good to Great labs and case studies from organisations like Amazon, Vanguard, and the Cleveland Clinic which have turned their flywheels with outstanding results, Collins demonstrates that successful organisations can disrupt the world around them – and reach unprecedented success – by employing the flywheel concept. Jim Collins Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374133 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning the Flywheel: A Monograph to Accompany Good to Great Series: #6 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Turning the Flywheel written and read by Jim Collins. *From the author of the multi-million copy bestseller Good to Great* ‘No matter what your walk of life, no matter how big or small your enterprise, no matter whether it’s for-profit or nonprofit, no matter whether you’re CEO or a unit leader, the question stands, How does your flywheel turn?’ – JIM COLLINS The key to business success is not a single innovation or one plan. It is the act of turning the flywheel, slowly gaining momentum and eventually reaching a breakthrough. Building upon the flywheel concept introduced in his groundbreaking classic Good to Great, Jim Collins teaches readers how to create their own flywheel, how to accelerate the flywheel’s momentum, and how to stay on the flywheel in shifting markets and during times of turbulence. Combining research from his Good to Great labs and case studies from organisations like Amazon, Vanguard, and the Cleveland Clinic which have turned their flywheels with outstanding results, Collins demonstrates that successful organisations can disrupt the world around them – and reach unprecedented success – by employing the flywheel concept. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374133]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Turning the Flywheel: A Monograph to Accompany Good to Great Series: #6 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jim Collins Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Random House presents the audiobook edition of Turning the Flywheel written and read by Jim Collins. *From the author of the multi-million copy bestseller Good to Great* ‘No matter what your walk of life, no matter how big or small your enterprise, no matter whether it’s for-profit or nonprofit, no matter whether you’re CEO or a unit leader, the question stands, How does your flywheel turn?’ – JIM COLLINS The key to business success is not a single innovation or one plan. It is the act of turning the flywheel, slowly gaining momentum and eventually reaching a breakthrough. Building upon the flywheel concept introduced in his groundbreaking classic Good to Great, Jim Collins teaches readers how to create their own flywheel, how to accelerate the flywheel’s momentum, and how to stay on the flywheel in shifting markets and during times of turbulence. Combining research from his Good to Great labs and case studies from organisations like Amazon, Vanguard, and the Cleveland Clinic which have turned their flywheels with outstanding results, Collins demonstrates that successful organisations can disrupt the world around them – and reach unprecedented success – by employing the flywheel concept. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374118 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Fastlane: Conquering Fear and Self Doubt that Holds You Back Author: Praveen Kumar & Prashant Kumar Narrator: Millian Quinteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fear in your mind is the biggest threat to the process of wealth creation. It is like a weed that has to be removed before you can succeed. It is the fear of criticism and ridicule. It is the fear of losing love and respect of our near and dear ones. It is fear of losing whatever we have. It is always this irrational fear that holds you back from achieving greatness and financial success. In this book bestselling authors Praveen & Prashant Kumar explains that our minds are the greatest soap-opera script writer in history. It plays and replays the greatest dramas full of tragedies and disasters that never happened and will probably never happened. Mark Twain said it best: “I’ve had thousands of problems in my life, most of which never happened”. This book will help you in overcoming your irrational fears by explaining: • What is the source of fear? • How you can overcome fear? • Can we totally eliminate fear? • How we can step out of our comfort zone and face fear? • How elimination of fear can make you rich? This book is about how to erase fear and rewire your mind that will help you succeed beyond your wildest dreams. You can be a millionaire in next 12 months or even earlier if you can overcome the fear that holds you back. Praveen Kumar & Prashant Kumar Wed, 27 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374118 thebookvoice.com 1:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Fastlane: Conquering Fear and Self Doubt that Holds You Back Author: Praveen Kumar & Prashant Kumar Narrator: Millian Quinteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fear in your mind is the biggest threat to the process of wealth creation. It is like a weed that has to be removed before you can succeed. It is the fear of criticism and ridicule. It is the fear of losing love and respect of our near and dear ones. It is fear of losing whatever we have. It is always this irrational fear that holds you back from achieving greatness and financial success. In this book bestselling authors Praveen & Prashant Kumar explains that our minds are the greatest soap-opera script writer in history. It plays and replays the greatest dramas full of tragedies and disasters that never happened and will probably never happened. Mark Twain said it best: “I’ve had thousands of problems in my life, most of which never happened”. This book will help you in overcoming your irrational fears by explaining: • What is the source of fear? • How you can overcome fear? • Can we totally eliminate fear? • How we can step out of our comfort zone and face fear? • How elimination of fear can make you rich? This book is about how to erase fear and rewire your mind that will help you succeed beyond your wildest dreams. You can be a millionaire in next 12 months or even earlier if you can overcome the fear that holds you back. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Millionaire Fastlane: Conquering Fear and Self Doubt that Holds You Back Author: Praveen Kumar & Prashant Kumar Narrator: Millian Quinteros Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 33 minutes Release date: February 27, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 1.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Fear in your mind is the biggest threat to the process of wealth creation. It is like a weed that has to be removed before you can succeed. It is the fear of criticism and ridicule. It is the fear of losing love and respect of our near and dear ones. It is fear of losing whatever we have. It is always this irrational fear that holds you back from achieving greatness and financial success. In this book bestselling authors Praveen & Prashant Kumar explains that our minds are the greatest soap-opera script writer in history. It plays and replays the greatest dramas full of tragedies and disasters that never happened and will probably never happened. Mark Twain said it best: “I’ve had thousands of problems in my life, most of which never happened”. This book will help you in overcoming your irrational fears by explaining: • What is the source of fear? • How you can overcome fear? • Can we totally eliminate fear? • How we can step out of our comfort zone and face fear? • How elimination of fear can make you rich? This book is about how to erase fear and rewire your mind that will help you succeed beyond your wildest dreams. You can be a millionaire in next 12 months or even earlier if you can overcome the fear that holds you back. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374103 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals Author: Jim M. Brown Narrator: Jesse Grosse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have goals in life but aren't sure how you will ever achieve them? Are you ready to act to ensure these goals become a reality? This book will answer your prayers! Most of us have goals in life. It could be as simple as finding the right car or becoming the next President of the United States. Goals can be big or small, hard to realise or much easier, but one thing is certain. For every goal we have, we must act to achieve it. No goal will come to you without effort. Inside the pages of this book, Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals, you will be treated to some wise words about how to reach your goals and have the life you dreamed of, with chapters on: - Goal basics - Stop fantasizing - Start committing - Visualize the process not the outcome - Avoid the 'what-the-hell' effect - Shifting focus - Forget the goal, what's the aim? By the time you have finished reading these amazing chapters you will be far better placed to reach any goal you set your mind to and more prepared for the bumps you will encounter on the way. Get a copy now and make your dreams a reality! Jim M. Brown Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374103 thebookvoice.com 0:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals Author: Jim M. Brown Narrator: Jesse Grosse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have goals in life but aren't sure how you will ever achieve them? Are you ready to act to ensure these goals become a reality? This book will answer your prayers! Most of us have goals in life. It could be as simple as finding the right car or becoming the next President of the United States. Goals can be big or small, hard to realise or much easier, but one thing is certain. For every goal we have, we must act to achieve it. No goal will come to you without effort. Inside the pages of this book, Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals, you will be treated to some wise words about how to reach your goals and have the life you dreamed of, with chapters on: - Goal basics - Stop fantasizing - Start committing - Visualize the process not the outcome - Avoid the 'what-the-hell' effect - Shifting focus - Forget the goal, what's the aim? By the time you have finished reading these amazing chapters you will be far better placed to reach any goal you set your mind to and more prepared for the bumps you will encounter on the way. Get a copy now and make your dreams a reality! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374103]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals Author: Jim M. Brown Narrator: Jesse Grosse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have goals in life but aren't sure how you will ever achieve them? Are you ready to act to ensure these goals become a reality? This book will answer your prayers! Most of us have goals in life. It could be as simple as finding the right car or becoming the next President of the United States. Goals can be big or small, hard to realise or much easier, but one thing is certain. For every goal we have, we must act to achieve it. No goal will come to you without effort. Inside the pages of this book, Goals: The Ultimate Guide for Achieving Your Goals, you will be treated to some wise words about how to reach your goals and have the life you dreamed of, with chapters on: - Goal basics - Stop fantasizing - Start committing - Visualize the process not the outcome - Avoid the 'what-the-hell' effect - Shifting focus - Forget the goal, what's the aim? By the time you have finished reading these amazing chapters you will be far better placed to reach any goal you set your mind to and more prepared for the bumps you will encounter on the way. Get a copy now and make your dreams a reality! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374102 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide To Create A Winning Business Plan Author: George M. Shelton Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you considering starting your own business? Do you have the right idea, the perfect location and the backing to make it work? What about a business plan that will work? Starting a new business is an exciting and daunting prospect. You expect big things from your new venture, but it isn't all just about starting trading and making money. You need to plan if you are going to make a success of it and that's where a good business plan comes in. With this book, Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide to Create a Winning Business Plan, you can start that process and make sure that you cover every eventuality with chapters that include: - Business Planning Basics - Market Evaluation - Analyse Competition - Determine A Marketing Strategy - Decide What Extras You May Need Like Staff etc. - The Dangers In Not Making A Business Plan With a good business plan under your belt the chances of success are far greater for you and the prospect of failure will diminish accordingly. That leaves you with the confidence and security to get on and bring your great idea to a waiting world. Get a copy of Business Plan and make sure your dream will come alive! George M. Shelton Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374102 thebookvoice.com 0:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide To Create A Winning Business Plan Author: George M. Shelton Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you considering starting your own business? Do you have the right idea, the perfect location and the backing to make it work? What about a business plan that will work? Starting a new business is an exciting and daunting prospect. You expect big things from your new venture, but it isn't all just about starting trading and making money. You need to plan if you are going to make a success of it and that's where a good business plan comes in. With this book, Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide to Create a Winning Business Plan, you can start that process and make sure that you cover every eventuality with chapters that include: - Business Planning Basics - Market Evaluation - Analyse Competition - Determine A Marketing Strategy - Decide What Extras You May Need Like Staff etc. - The Dangers In Not Making A Business Plan With a good business plan under your belt the chances of success are far greater for you and the prospect of failure will diminish accordingly. That leaves you with the confidence and security to get on and bring your great idea to a waiting world. Get a copy of Business Plan and make sure your dream will come alive! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374102]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide To Create A Winning Business Plan Author: George M. Shelton Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 10 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you considering starting your own business? Do you have the right idea, the perfect location and the backing to make it work? What about a business plan that will work? Starting a new business is an exciting and daunting prospect. You expect big things from your new venture, but it isn't all just about starting trading and making money. You need to plan if you are going to make a success of it and that's where a good business plan comes in. With this book, Business Plan: The Ultimate Guide to Create a Winning Business Plan, you can start that process and make sure that you cover every eventuality with chapters that include: - Business Planning Basics - Market Evaluation - Analyse Competition - Determine A Marketing Strategy - Decide What Extras You May Need Like Staff etc. - The Dangers In Not Making A Business Plan With a good business plan under your belt the chances of success are far greater for you and the prospect of failure will diminish accordingly. That leaves you with the confidence and security to get on and bring your great idea to a waiting world. Get a copy of Business Plan and make sure your dream will come alive! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374092 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars Author: George J. Astley Narrator: Jessie Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you considered buying an electric car? Are you confused by them and wonder if they are as good as traditional motor vehicles? Maybe you've just heard of them and would like to learn a bit more? Electric cars are steadily becoming more popular as the technology that produces them gets better and more efficient. Gone now are the days when an electric car needed to be charged every few miles, but still there are many misconceptions about them. This book, Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars, seeks to eliminate many of these misconceptions and myths that surround these vehicles and provides information on: - Birth of Hybrid Electric Cars and Their Purpose - Environmental Benefits Of Electric Cars - Electric Cars- Save Your Money and Environment - What Are the Gains of Electric Car Conversion? - Intensifying Popularity of Electric Cars - Build Your Own Electric Car At Home - The Future Prospects of Electric Cars And More... If you have ever considered that the future lies with these incredible vehicles then get a copy of this book now and increase your understanding of how they can positively affect the planet and your pocket. George J. Astley Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374092 thebookvoice.com 0:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars Author: George J. Astley Narrator: Jessie Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you considered buying an electric car? Are you confused by them and wonder if they are as good as traditional motor vehicles? Maybe you've just heard of them and would like to learn a bit more? Electric cars are steadily becoming more popular as the technology that produces them gets better and more efficient. Gone now are the days when an electric car needed to be charged every few miles, but still there are many misconceptions about them. This book, Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars, seeks to eliminate many of these misconceptions and myths that surround these vehicles and provides information on: - Birth of Hybrid Electric Cars and Their Purpose - Environmental Benefits Of Electric Cars - Electric Cars- Save Your Money and Environment - What Are the Gains of Electric Car Conversion? - Intensifying Popularity of Electric Cars - Build Your Own Electric Car At Home - The Future Prospects of Electric Cars And More... If you have ever considered that the future lies with these incredible vehicles then get a copy of this book now and increase your understanding of how they can positively affect the planet and your pocket. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/374092]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars Author: George J. Astley Narrator: Jessie Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 25 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Have you considered buying an electric car? Are you confused by them and wonder if they are as good as traditional motor vehicles? Maybe you've just heard of them and would like to learn a bit more? Electric cars are steadily becoming more popular as the technology that produces them gets better and more efficient. Gone now are the days when an electric car needed to be charged every few miles, but still there are many misconceptions about them. This book, Electric Car: A Beginners Guide to Understanding Electric Cars, seeks to eliminate many of these misconceptions and myths that surround these vehicles and provides information on: - Birth of Hybrid Electric Cars and Their Purpose - Environmental Benefits Of Electric Cars - Electric Cars- Save Your Money and Environment - What Are the Gains of Electric Car Conversion? - Intensifying Popularity of Electric Cars - Build Your Own Electric Car At Home - The Future Prospects of Electric Cars And More... If you have ever considered that the future lies with these incredible vehicles then get a copy of this book now and increase your understanding of how they can positively affect the planet and your pocket. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Who polices speech online? Who is in charge? 'There is an epidemic sweeping the world,' the Nigerian Minister of Information, Lai Mohammed, said. 'It is the epidemic of fake news. Mixed with hate speech, it is a disaster waiting to happen.' Some argue that the disaster has already happened. But is the solution as simple as ridding social media of disinformation and hate speech? Who should decide whether content should be removed from platforms, or which users should be kicked off? Should governments set the rules and force the American behemoths--Facebook, YouTube and Twitter--to follow? Or should the companies be permitted to moderate their space as they see fit? David Kaye, one of the world's leading voices on human rights in the digital age, deals with these issues on a daily basis as the United Nations' Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression. Speech Police brings us behind the scenes, from Facebook's 'mini-legislative' meetings to the European Commission's closed-door negotiations, and introduces journalists, activists, and content moderators who take down a virtual flood of photos, videos and text every day. He tells the story of people around the world who are trying to get it right while facing an almost impossible task--with massive consequences for users and the public. Creative Commons cover icons (left to right) all courtesy of The Noun Project: Talk Bubble © diambergerak, ID; Ear Phones © Karen Tyler, GB; Microphone © John Caserta, US; Volume by Krishna; Ear © Scott Lewis, US David Kaye Tue, 04 Jun 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924 thebookvoice.com 3:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Who polices speech online? Who is in charge? 'There is an epidemic sweeping the world,' the Nigerian Minister of Information, Lai Mohammed, said. 'It is the epidemic of fake news. Mixed with hate speech, it is a disaster waiting to happen.' Some argue that the disaster has already happened. But is the solution as simple as ridding social media of disinformation and hate speech? Who should decide whether content should be removed from platforms, or which users should be kicked off? Should governments set the rules and force the American behemoths--Facebook, YouTube and Twitter--to follow? Or should the companies be permitted to moderate their space as they see fit? David Kaye, one of the world's leading voices on human rights in the digital age, deals with these issues on a daily basis as the United Nations' Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression. Speech Police brings us behind the scenes, from Facebook's 'mini-legislative' meetings to the European Commission's closed-door negotiations, and introduces journalists, activists, and content moderators who take down a virtual flood of photos, videos and text every day. He tells the story of people around the world who are trying to get it right while facing an almost impossible task--with massive consequences for users and the public. Creative Commons cover icons (left to right) all courtesy of The Noun Project: Talk Bubble © diambergerak, ID; Ear Phones © Karen Tyler, GB; Microphone © John Caserta, US; Volume by Krishna; Ear © Scott Lewis, US Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373924]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Speech Police: The Global Struggle to Govern the Internet Author: David Kaye Narrator: Andrew Eiden Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 49 minutes Release date: June 4, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Who polices speech online? Who is in charge? 'There is an epidemic sweeping the world,' the Nigerian Minister of Information, Lai Mohammed, said. 'It is the epidemic of fake news. Mixed with hate speech, it is a disaster waiting to happen.' Some argue that the disaster has already happened. But is the solution as simple as ridding social media of disinformation and hate speech? Who should decide whether content should be removed from platforms, or which users should be kicked off? Should governments set the rules and force the American behemoths--Facebook, YouTube and Twitter--to follow? Or should the companies be permitted to moderate their space as they see fit? David Kaye, one of the world's leading voices on human rights in the digital age, deals with these issues on a daily basis as the United Nations' Special Rapporteur on freedom of opinion and expression. Speech Police brings us behind the scenes, from Facebook's 'mini-legislative' meetings to the European Commission's closed-door negotiations, and introduces journalists, activists, and content moderators who take down a virtual flood of photos, videos and text every day. He tells the story of people around the world who are trying to get it right while facing an almost impossible task--with massive consequences for users and the public. Creative Commons cover icons (left to right) all courtesy of The Noun Project: Talk Bubble © diambergerak, ID; Ear Phones © Karen Tyler, GB; Microphone © John Caserta, US; Volume by Krishna; Ear © Scott Lewis, US https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Nine: How the Tech Titans and Their Thinking Machines Could Warp Humanity Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A call-to-arms about the broken nature of artificial intelligence, and the powerful corporations that are turning the human-machine relationship on its head. We like to think that we are in control of the future of 'artificial' intelligence. The reality, though, is that we -- the everyday people whose data powers AI -- aren't actually in control of anything. When, for example, we speak with Alexa, we contribute that data to a system we can't see and have no input into -- one largely free from regulation or oversight. The big nine corporations -- Amazon, Google, Facebook, Tencent, Baidu, Alibaba, Microsoft, IBM and Apple--are the new gods of AI and are short-changing our futures to reap immediate financial gain. In this book, Amy Webb reveals the pervasive, invisible ways in which the foundations of AI -- the people working on the system, their motivations, the technology itself -- is broken. Within our lifetimes, AI will, by design, begin to behave unpredictably, thinking and acting in ways which defy human logic. The big nine corporations may be inadvertently building and enabling vast arrays of intelligent systems that don't share our motivations, desires, or hopes for the future of humanity. Much more than a passionate, human-centered call-to-arms, this book delivers a strategy for changing course, and provides a path for liberating us from algorithmic decision-makers and powerful corporations. Amy Webb Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373867 thebookvoice.com 9:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Nine: How the Tech Titans and Their Thinking Machines Could Warp Humanity Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A call-to-arms about the broken nature of artificial intelligence, and the powerful corporations that are turning the human-machine relationship on its head. We like to think that we are in control of the future of 'artificial' intelligence. The reality, though, is that we -- the everyday people whose data powers AI -- aren't actually in control of anything. When, for example, we speak with Alexa, we contribute that data to a system we can't see and have no input into -- one largely free from regulation or oversight. The big nine corporations -- Amazon, Google, Facebook, Tencent, Baidu, Alibaba, Microsoft, IBM and Apple--are the new gods of AI and are short-changing our futures to reap immediate financial gain. In this book, Amy Webb reveals the pervasive, invisible ways in which the foundations of AI -- the people working on the system, their motivations, the technology itself -- is broken. Within our lifetimes, AI will, by design, begin to behave unpredictably, thinking and acting in ways which defy human logic. The big nine corporations may be inadvertently building and enabling vast arrays of intelligent systems that don't share our motivations, desires, or hopes for the future of humanity. Much more than a passionate, human-centered call-to-arms, this book delivers a strategy for changing course, and provides a path for liberating us from algorithmic decision-makers and powerful corporations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Big Nine: How the Tech Titans and Their Thinking Machines Could Warp Humanity Author: Amy Webb Narrator: Amanda Dolan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 37 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A call-to-arms about the broken nature of artificial intelligence, and the powerful corporations that are turning the human-machine relationship on its head. We like to think that we are in control of the future of 'artificial' intelligence. The reality, though, is that we -- the everyday people whose data powers AI -- aren't actually in control of anything. When, for example, we speak with Alexa, we contribute that data to a system we can't see and have no input into -- one largely free from regulation or oversight. The big nine corporations -- Amazon, Google, Facebook, Tencent, Baidu, Alibaba, Microsoft, IBM and Apple--are the new gods of AI and are short-changing our futures to reap immediate financial gain. In this book, Amy Webb reveals the pervasive, invisible ways in which the foundations of AI -- the people working on the system, their motivations, the technology itself -- is broken. Within our lifetimes, AI will, by design, begin to behave unpredictably, thinking and acting in ways which defy human logic. The big nine corporations may be inadvertently building and enabling vast arrays of intelligent systems that don't share our motivations, desires, or hopes for the future of humanity. Much more than a passionate, human-centered call-to-arms, this book delivers a strategy for changing course, and provides a path for liberating us from algorithmic decision-makers and powerful corporations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373859 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backroads Boss Lady: Happiness Ain't a Side Hustle--Straight Talk on Creating the Life You Deserve Author: Jessi Roberts Narrator: Jessi Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read the inspiring story of a mother of four who faced down her hard past, poverty, and self-doubt to create the life she dreamed of, including owning her own multi-million dollar business--in this book that's 'filled with grit, humility, common-sense advice and entrepreneurial wisdom' (Lee Woodruff, #1 bestselling author). New Plymouth, Idaho. Population 1536. It doesn't look like much from Rural Route 30, but it was here, in this quiet town, that Jessi Roberts created something unexpected: the kind of life she always wanted and a multi-million dollar, for rural/by rural business empire. The business is Cheekys, which started with 6 purses and a tanning bed. Now in her book, Jessi shows how she grew one small store hurdle-by-hurdle into a national clothing and accessories brand with a 1.5 million strong community. Best of all, she did it by standing tall for her values: always be kind, lift up the next gal, and treat employees and customers like family. A personal story filled with life and business tips, BACKROADS BOSS LADY is about embracing your passion even when others don't see value in it--or you--and about putting food on the table and believing in yourself. Brimming with authenticity, it gives the warts-and-all, love-it-despite-it skinny on rural life, community, and contentment without compromise. Jessi Roberts Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373859 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backroads Boss Lady: Happiness Ain't a Side Hustle--Straight Talk on Creating the Life You Deserve Author: Jessi Roberts Narrator: Jessi Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read the inspiring story of a mother of four who faced down her hard past, poverty, and self-doubt to create the life she dreamed of, including owning her own multi-million dollar business--in this book that's 'filled with grit, humility, common-sense advice and entrepreneurial wisdom' (Lee Woodruff, #1 bestselling author). New Plymouth, Idaho. Population 1536. It doesn't look like much from Rural Route 30, but it was here, in this quiet town, that Jessi Roberts created something unexpected: the kind of life she always wanted and a multi-million dollar, for rural/by rural business empire. The business is Cheekys, which started with 6 purses and a tanning bed. Now in her book, Jessi shows how she grew one small store hurdle-by-hurdle into a national clothing and accessories brand with a 1.5 million strong community. Best of all, she did it by standing tall for her values: always be kind, lift up the next gal, and treat employees and customers like family. A personal story filled with life and business tips, BACKROADS BOSS LADY is about embracing your passion even when others don't see value in it--or you--and about putting food on the table and believing in yourself. Brimming with authenticity, it gives the warts-and-all, love-it-despite-it skinny on rural life, community, and contentment without compromise. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373859]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Backroads Boss Lady: Happiness Ain't a Side Hustle--Straight Talk on Creating the Life You Deserve Author: Jessi Roberts Narrator: Jessi Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Read the inspiring story of a mother of four who faced down her hard past, poverty, and self-doubt to create the life she dreamed of, including owning her own multi-million dollar business--in this book that's 'filled with grit, humility, common-sense advice and entrepreneurial wisdom' (Lee Woodruff, #1 bestselling author). New Plymouth, Idaho. Population 1536. It doesn't look like much from Rural Route 30, but it was here, in this quiet town, that Jessi Roberts created something unexpected: the kind of life she always wanted and a multi-million dollar, for rural/by rural business empire. The business is Cheekys, which started with 6 purses and a tanning bed. Now in her book, Jessi shows how she grew one small store hurdle-by-hurdle into a national clothing and accessories brand with a 1.5 million strong community. Best of all, she did it by standing tall for her values: always be kind, lift up the next gal, and treat employees and customers like family. A personal story filled with life and business tips, BACKROADS BOSS LADY is about embracing your passion even when others don't see value in it--or you--and about putting food on the table and believing in yourself. Brimming with authenticity, it gives the warts-and-all, love-it-despite-it skinny on rural life, community, and contentment without compromise. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373795 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Hack: The Wealth Dragon Way to Build a Successful Business in the Digital Age Author: John Lee Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media—offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: ● Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition ● Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy ● Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. ● Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing John Lee Thu, 28 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373795 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Hack: The Wealth Dragon Way to Build a Successful Business in the Digital Age Author: John Lee Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media—offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: ● Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition ● Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy ● Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. ● Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/373795]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Business Hack: The Wealth Dragon Way to Build a Successful Business in the Digital Age Author: John Lee Narrator: Norah Tocci Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: February 28, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Business Hack is your essential roadmap to business growth and online marketing success. Author and successful entrepreneur John Lee shares his proven methods to harness the power of online tools, including using social media—offering practical steps to create and implement highly effective cyber-marketing campaigns. Thanks to the digital revolution, you no longer need teams of marketing experts and other expensive overheads to build and promote your business. This unique and valuable resource covers everything you need to consider when building your marketing strategy, from established principles of sales to cutting-edge digital techniques. Following the proven techniques in this essential guide allows you to: ● Implement powerful social media marketing campaigns to increase revenue and rise above the competition ● Integrate traditional sales and advertising methods with modern technology to create a comprehensive business marketing strategy ● Identify future trends to stay ahead of the technology curve and capitalize on new opportunities. ● Learn the skills used by successful entrepreneurs and respected experts in online marketing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371151 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet Author: William J. Erlick Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you own an Android Tablet? Do you find it easy to use or is it a complex machine that is beyond your comprehension? Would you like to be able to get the most out of it every time you switch it on? Most people have a table of some description these days. They offer so much to the user that it is almost impossible to imagine what life would be like without one now. from surfing the net, playing games, social media and plenty more, they are often the centre of our entertainment world. With this new book, Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet, you can now learn how to get the most out of your Android Tablet, with information on: - Getting To Know Android Tablet - Syncing Android Tablet - Easy Communications With Android Tablet - Getting The Best App In Android Market - The Web And Social Media - Your Entertainment Hub - Reading And Working With Android - Having Fun With Video And Voice Chat - Get Addicted With Games - Browsing The Internet Once you are armed with all that there is to know, you will get much more from your device than you ever thought possible. Get a copy of Android now and open your eyes to more possibilities! William J. Erlick Wed, 20 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371151 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet Author: William J. Erlick Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you own an Android Tablet? Do you find it easy to use or is it a complex machine that is beyond your comprehension? Would you like to be able to get the most out of it every time you switch it on? Most people have a table of some description these days. They offer so much to the user that it is almost impossible to imagine what life would be like without one now. from surfing the net, playing games, social media and plenty more, they are often the centre of our entertainment world. With this new book, Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet, you can now learn how to get the most out of your Android Tablet, with information on: - Getting To Know Android Tablet - Syncing Android Tablet - Easy Communications With Android Tablet - Getting The Best App In Android Market - The Web And Social Media - Your Entertainment Hub - Reading And Working With Android - Having Fun With Video And Voice Chat - Get Addicted With Games - Browsing The Internet Once you are armed with all that there is to know, you will get much more from your device than you ever thought possible. Get a copy of Android now and open your eyes to more possibilities! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/371151]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet Author: William J. Erlick Narrator: Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: February 20, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you own an Android Tablet? Do you find it easy to use or is it a complex machine that is beyond your comprehension? Would you like to be able to get the most out of it every time you switch it on? Most people have a table of some description these days. They offer so much to the user that it is almost impossible to imagine what life would be like without one now. from surfing the net, playing games, social media and plenty more, they are often the centre of our entertainment world. With this new book, Android: The Ultimate Guide To Using Your Android Tablet, you can now learn how to get the most out of your Android Tablet, with information on: - Getting To Know Android Tablet - Syncing Android Tablet - Easy Communications With Android Tablet - Getting The Best App In Android Market - The Web And Social Media - Your Entertainment Hub - Reading And Working With Android - Having Fun With Video And Voice Chat - Get Addicted With Games - Browsing The Internet Once you are armed with all that there is to know, you will get much more from your device than you ever thought possible. Get a copy of Android now and open your eyes to more possibilities! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370707 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Audiobook - audiolivro: da produção à comercialização Author: Sandra Silvério Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tudo que um profissional precisa saber para produzir, narrar, revisar e até mesmo empreender no mercado de audiolivros. Na parte técnica, os princípios de áudio e acústica, os equipamentos mais adequados, os principais plug-ins e programas de edição, além dos caminhos mais fáceis para editar, mixar e finalizar o produto. Para narradores, os tipos de narração, técnicas para usar melhor a voz e suas nuances, além de questões ligadas a entonação, ênfase, dicção, pronúncia, volume e caracterização de personagens. Para revisores, as principais técnicas e dificuldades, e para produtores, as opções para atuar como prestador de serviços e as possibilidades de venda por meio de plataformas e aplicativos. Tudo incluindo contratos com profissionais e autores e noções gerais de custos e de remunerações na área, além de um grande panorama do mercado brasileiro, desde o início, com o Selo Festa e a coleção Disquinho, até o ano de 2018 e as atuais plataformas. Disponível no formato de e-book e de audiobook. Sandra Silvério Wed, 12 Dec 2018 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370707 thebookvoice.com 5:43:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Audiobook - audiolivro: da produção à comercialização Author: Sandra Silvério Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tudo que um profissional precisa saber para produzir, narrar, revisar e até mesmo empreender no mercado de audiolivros. Na parte técnica, os princípios de áudio e acústica, os equipamentos mais adequados, os principais plug-ins e programas de edição, além dos caminhos mais fáceis para editar, mixar e finalizar o produto. Para narradores, os tipos de narração, técnicas para usar melhor a voz e suas nuances, além de questões ligadas a entonação, ênfase, dicção, pronúncia, volume e caracterização de personagens. Para revisores, as principais técnicas e dificuldades, e para produtores, as opções para atuar como prestador de serviços e as possibilidades de venda por meio de plataformas e aplicativos. Tudo incluindo contratos com profissionais e autores e noções gerais de custos e de remunerações na área, além de um grande panorama do mercado brasileiro, desde o início, com o Selo Festa e a coleção Disquinho, até o ano de 2018 e as atuais plataformas. Disponível no formato de e-book e de audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370707]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Audiobook - audiolivro: da produção à comercialização Author: Sandra Silvério Narrator: Sandra Silvério Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 43 minutes Release date: December 12, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Tudo que um profissional precisa saber para produzir, narrar, revisar e até mesmo empreender no mercado de audiolivros. Na parte técnica, os princípios de áudio e acústica, os equipamentos mais adequados, os principais plug-ins e programas de edição, além dos caminhos mais fáceis para editar, mixar e finalizar o produto. Para narradores, os tipos de narração, técnicas para usar melhor a voz e suas nuances, além de questões ligadas a entonação, ênfase, dicção, pronúncia, volume e caracterização de personagens. Para revisores, as principais técnicas e dificuldades, e para produtores, as opções para atuar como prestador de serviços e as possibilidades de venda por meio de plataformas e aplicativos. Tudo incluindo contratos com profissionais e autores e noções gerais de custos e de remunerações na área, além de um grande panorama do mercado brasileiro, desde o início, com o Selo Festa e a coleção Disquinho, até o ano de 2018 e as atuais plataformas. Disponível no formato de e-book e de audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370619 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not Really a Waitress: How One Woman Took Over the Beauty Industry One Color at a Time Author: Suzi Weiss-Fischmann Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inspiring women to pursue their own colorful dreams, I'm Not Really a Waitress tells the story of how Suzi Weiss-Fischmann transformed a small dental supply company into a #1 beauty brand around the world Today, OPI is known as a global beauty brand, famous for its trend-setting colors, unforgettable shade names, and celebrity collaborations with the biggest stars from film, television, music, and sports. But behind all the glamour is the little-known tale of OPI's unlikely origins-an intimate and inspiring story of a timid schoolgirl who arrives in this country with little money and no English and becomes the business leader and industry game-changer known worldwide as 'Suzi, the First Lady of Nails.' In I'm Not Really a Waitress--titled after OPI's top-selling nail color--Suzi reveals the events that led her family to flee Communist Hungary and eventually come to New York City in pursuit of the American dream. She shares how those early experiences gave rise to OPI's revolutionary vision of freedom and empowerment, and how Suzi transformed an industry by celebrating the power of color-and of women themselves. Suzi Weiss-Fischmann Tue, 12 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370619 thebookvoice.com 6:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not Really a Waitress: How One Woman Took Over the Beauty Industry One Color at a Time Author: Suzi Weiss-Fischmann Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inspiring women to pursue their own colorful dreams, I'm Not Really a Waitress tells the story of how Suzi Weiss-Fischmann transformed a small dental supply company into a #1 beauty brand around the world Today, OPI is known as a global beauty brand, famous for its trend-setting colors, unforgettable shade names, and celebrity collaborations with the biggest stars from film, television, music, and sports. But behind all the glamour is the little-known tale of OPI's unlikely origins-an intimate and inspiring story of a timid schoolgirl who arrives in this country with little money and no English and becomes the business leader and industry game-changer known worldwide as 'Suzi, the First Lady of Nails.' In I'm Not Really a Waitress--titled after OPI's top-selling nail color--Suzi reveals the events that led her family to flee Communist Hungary and eventually come to New York City in pursuit of the American dream. She shares how those early experiences gave rise to OPI's revolutionary vision of freedom and empowerment, and how Suzi transformed an industry by celebrating the power of color-and of women themselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370619]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I'm Not Really a Waitress: How One Woman Took Over the Beauty Industry One Color at a Time Author: Suzi Weiss-Fischmann Narrator: Sarah Mollo-Christensen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 8 minutes Release date: March 12, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Inspiring women to pursue their own colorful dreams, I'm Not Really a Waitress tells the story of how Suzi Weiss-Fischmann transformed a small dental supply company into a #1 beauty brand around the world Today, OPI is known as a global beauty brand, famous for its trend-setting colors, unforgettable shade names, and celebrity collaborations with the biggest stars from film, television, music, and sports. But behind all the glamour is the little-known tale of OPI's unlikely origins-an intimate and inspiring story of a timid schoolgirl who arrives in this country with little money and no English and becomes the business leader and industry game-changer known worldwide as 'Suzi, the First Lady of Nails.' In I'm Not Really a Waitress--titled after OPI's top-selling nail color--Suzi reveals the events that led her family to flee Communist Hungary and eventually come to New York City in pursuit of the American dream. She shares how those early experiences gave rise to OPI's revolutionary vision of freedom and empowerment, and how Suzi transformed an industry by celebrating the power of color-and of women themselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370425 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AI for Marketing and Product Innovation: Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales Author: Stan Sthanunathan, Andrew Appel, A. K. Pradeep Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)—twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here—whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the 'what' to show you the 'how': How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Stan Sthanunathan, Andrew Appel, A. K. Pradeep Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370425 thebookvoice.com 6:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AI for Marketing and Product Innovation: Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales Author: Stan Sthanunathan, Andrew Appel, A. K. Pradeep Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)—twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here—whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the 'what' to show you the 'how': How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370425]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: AI for Marketing and Product Innovation: Powerful New Tools for Predicting Trends, Connecting with Customers, and Closing Sales Author: Stan Sthanunathan, Andrew Appel, A. K. Pradeep Narrator: Graham Rowat Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Get on board the next massive marketing revolution AI for Marketing and Product Innovation offers creatives and marketing professionals a non-tech guide to artificial intelligence (AI) and machine learning (ML)—twin technologies that stand poised to revolutionize the way we sell. The future is here, and we are in the thick of it; AI and ML are already in our lives every day, whether we know it or not. The technology continues to evolve and grow, but the capabilities that make these tools world-changing for marketers are already here—whether we use them or not. This book helps you lean into the curve and take advantage of AI's unparalleled and rapidly expanding power. More than a simple primer on the technology, this book goes beyond the 'what' to show you the 'how': How do we use AI and ML in ways that speak to the human spirit? How to we translate cold technological innovation into creative tools that forge deep human connections? Written by a team of experts at the intersection of neuroscience, technology, and marketing, this book shows you the ins and outs of these groundbreaking technological tools. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. Jose R. Hernandez Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424 thebookvoice.com 7:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370424]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Broken Business: Seven Steps to Reform Good Companies Gone Bad Author: Jose R. Hernandez Narrator: Michael Butler Murray Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 31 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The news media is replete with stories of corporate scandal, corruption, and misdeeds. The need for effective crisis management and corporate governance strategies has never been greater. Broken Business explains why corporate scandals happen, what to do when scandals arise in your company, and how to prevent their future occurrence. Offering real-world anecdotes and solutions, this book details how corporations can mitigate the risk of scandal, reform corporate image, and install structures to create a more ethical and profitable company. This insightful resource dispels common misconceptions of corporate misconduct and its causes through fascinating research into human nature, and compelling storytelling that demonstrates fundamental flaws in corporate culture. Author José Hernandez draws on decades of experience working with high-profile global corporations to present seven essential steps for transforming a company, including building a better culture, more effective compliance systems, and re-focusing the strategy. This book allows you to examine current and highly publicized cases of corporate scandal and their impact on corporate credibility; employ practical methods to rehabilitate your corporation's public image; implement managerial frameworks to quickly address cases of misconduct; and more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Leadership: Building Organizational Capability and Capacity to Create Outcomes that Matter Most Author: William A. Adams, Robert J. Anderson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform Your Organization by Scaling Leadership How do senior leaders, in their own words, describe the most effective leaders—the ones that get results, grow the business, enhance the culture and leave in their wake a trail of other really effective leaders? Conversely, how do senior leaders describe the kind of leader that undercuts the organization's capacity and capability to create its future? This book, based on groundbreaking research, shows how senior leaders describe and develop leadership that works, that does not, that scales, and that limits scale. Is your leadership built for scale as you advance in today's volatile, uncertain, dynamic, and disruptive business environment? This context puts a premium on a very particular kind of leadership—High-Creative leadership capable of rapidly growing the organization while simultaneously transforming it into more agile, innovative, adaptive and engaging workplace. The research presented in this book suggests that senior leaders can describe the High-Creative leadership with surprising clarity. They also describe with equal precision the High-Reactive leadership that cancels itself out and seriously limits scale. Which type of leader are you? William A. Adams, Robert J. Anderson Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370421 thebookvoice.com 6:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Leadership: Building Organizational Capability and Capacity to Create Outcomes that Matter Most Author: William A. Adams, Robert J. Anderson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform Your Organization by Scaling Leadership How do senior leaders, in their own words, describe the most effective leaders—the ones that get results, grow the business, enhance the culture and leave in their wake a trail of other really effective leaders? Conversely, how do senior leaders describe the kind of leader that undercuts the organization's capacity and capability to create its future? This book, based on groundbreaking research, shows how senior leaders describe and develop leadership that works, that does not, that scales, and that limits scale. Is your leadership built for scale as you advance in today's volatile, uncertain, dynamic, and disruptive business environment? This context puts a premium on a very particular kind of leadership—High-Creative leadership capable of rapidly growing the organization while simultaneously transforming it into more agile, innovative, adaptive and engaging workplace. The research presented in this book suggests that senior leaders can describe the High-Creative leadership with surprising clarity. They also describe with equal precision the High-Reactive leadership that cancels itself out and seriously limits scale. Which type of leader are you? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Scaling Leadership: Building Organizational Capability and Capacity to Create Outcomes that Matter Most Author: William A. Adams, Robert J. Anderson Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 47 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Transform Your Organization by Scaling Leadership How do senior leaders, in their own words, describe the most effective leaders—the ones that get results, grow the business, enhance the culture and leave in their wake a trail of other really effective leaders? Conversely, how do senior leaders describe the kind of leader that undercuts the organization's capacity and capability to create its future? This book, based on groundbreaking research, shows how senior leaders describe and develop leadership that works, that does not, that scales, and that limits scale. Is your leadership built for scale as you advance in today's volatile, uncertain, dynamic, and disruptive business environment? This context puts a premium on a very particular kind of leadership—High-Creative leadership capable of rapidly growing the organization while simultaneously transforming it into more agile, innovative, adaptive and engaging workplace. The research presented in this book suggests that senior leaders can describe the High-Creative leadership with surprising clarity. They also describe with equal precision the High-Reactive leadership that cancels itself out and seriously limits scale. Which type of leader are you? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370408 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack the Funding Code: How Investors Think and What They Need to Hear to Fund Your Startup Author: Judy Robinett Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lack of funding is one of the biggest reasons small businesses fail. In 2016 in the United States alone, more than thirty-one percent of small business owners reported that they could not access adequate capital, and the lack of capital prevented them from growing the business/expanding operations, increasing inventory, or financing increased sales. Most business owners believe that their only feasible funding options are (1) savings or personal credit, (2) friends and family or (3) bank loans. They may have heard about venture capitalists or angel investors, but they don't have enough information about what these investors do, what they can provide for a business, and on what terms. What's worse, entrepreneurs often don't know how to access the people who are looking to put their money into young companies with potential. Crack the Funding Code will show listeners how to find the money, create pitches that attract investors, and then structure fair, ethical deals that will bring them new sources of outside capital and invaluable professional advice. It will give listeners the broader perspective—how funding works, how investors think, and what they need to hear to put their money where your mouth is. Judy Robinett Tue, 26 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370408 thebookvoice.com 8:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack the Funding Code: How Investors Think and What They Need to Hear to Fund Your Startup Author: Judy Robinett Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lack of funding is one of the biggest reasons small businesses fail. In 2016 in the United States alone, more than thirty-one percent of small business owners reported that they could not access adequate capital, and the lack of capital prevented them from growing the business/expanding operations, increasing inventory, or financing increased sales. Most business owners believe that their only feasible funding options are (1) savings or personal credit, (2) friends and family or (3) bank loans. They may have heard about venture capitalists or angel investors, but they don't have enough information about what these investors do, what they can provide for a business, and on what terms. What's worse, entrepreneurs often don't know how to access the people who are looking to put their money into young companies with potential. Crack the Funding Code will show listeners how to find the money, create pitches that attract investors, and then structure fair, ethical deals that will bring them new sources of outside capital and invaluable professional advice. It will give listeners the broader perspective—how funding works, how investors think, and what they need to hear to put their money where your mouth is. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370408]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Crack the Funding Code: How Investors Think and What They Need to Hear to Fund Your Startup Author: Judy Robinett Narrator: Laural Merlington Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 26 minutes Release date: February 26, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Lack of funding is one of the biggest reasons small businesses fail. In 2016 in the United States alone, more than thirty-one percent of small business owners reported that they could not access adequate capital, and the lack of capital prevented them from growing the business/expanding operations, increasing inventory, or financing increased sales. Most business owners believe that their only feasible funding options are (1) savings or personal credit, (2) friends and family or (3) bank loans. They may have heard about venture capitalists or angel investors, but they don't have enough information about what these investors do, what they can provide for a business, and on what terms. What's worse, entrepreneurs often don't know how to access the people who are looking to put their money into young companies with potential. Crack the Funding Code will show listeners how to find the money, create pitches that attract investors, and then structure fair, ethical deals that will bring them new sources of outside capital and invaluable professional advice. It will give listeners the broader perspective—how funding works, how investors think, and what they need to hear to put their money where your mouth is. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Staff - Keep the Best - Free the Rest Author: Debra Spence Narrator: G Thomas Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Having the 'wrong' staff can make your life hell. The Right Staff offers straightforward and practical steps to reduce the headaches and hardships that can be associated with hiring personnel. From the solo entrepreneur about to hire their first employee, to owners and managers of small to medium enterprises, this book is a must-read. Through simple exercises and upfront, honest advice, Spence offers a practical approach to more easily find, hire, and keep the staff that will be an asset, not a liability, to your business. This book offers essential advice on pain-free methods to let the 'wrong' staff go, without fear of retribution. The Right Staff is a candid real-world book that will revolutionize your business by improving manager/staff relationships. By Keeping the Best, and Freeing the Rest, your business is set to thrive and grow. Debra Spence Thu, 14 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370375 thebookvoice.com 2:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Staff - Keep the Best - Free the Rest Author: Debra Spence Narrator: G Thomas Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Having the 'wrong' staff can make your life hell. The Right Staff offers straightforward and practical steps to reduce the headaches and hardships that can be associated with hiring personnel. From the solo entrepreneur about to hire their first employee, to owners and managers of small to medium enterprises, this book is a must-read. Through simple exercises and upfront, honest advice, Spence offers a practical approach to more easily find, hire, and keep the staff that will be an asset, not a liability, to your business. This book offers essential advice on pain-free methods to let the 'wrong' staff go, without fear of retribution. The Right Staff is a candid real-world book that will revolutionize your business by improving manager/staff relationships. By Keeping the Best, and Freeing the Rest, your business is set to thrive and grow. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Best Staff - Keep the Best - Free the Rest Author: Debra Spence Narrator: G Thomas Craig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 8 minutes Release date: February 14, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Having the 'wrong' staff can make your life hell. The Right Staff offers straightforward and practical steps to reduce the headaches and hardships that can be associated with hiring personnel. From the solo entrepreneur about to hire their first employee, to owners and managers of small to medium enterprises, this book is a must-read. Through simple exercises and upfront, honest advice, Spence offers a practical approach to more easily find, hire, and keep the staff that will be an asset, not a liability, to your business. This book offers essential advice on pain-free methods to let the 'wrong' staff go, without fear of retribution. The Right Staff is a candid real-world book that will revolutionize your business by improving manager/staff relationships. By Keeping the Best, and Freeing the Rest, your business is set to thrive and grow. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370166 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee to Entrepreneur: How to Earn Your Freedom and Do Work That Matters Author: Steve Glaveski Narrator: Steve Glaveski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 15, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make the leap and become an entrepreneur today Are you living for the weekend? Are you dissatisfied at work? Are you itching to do something that is important to you? How can you avoid the pitfalls that many first-time entrepreneurs have fallen into? How do you explore whether entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job? Employee to Entrepreneur is your guide to leaving your job behind and building something for yourself. Author and employee-turned-entrepreneur Steve Glaveski, shows you how to navigate the challenges, find the entrepreneurial success that is right for you and become a better person along the way. Employee to Entrepreneur combines storytelling with a step-by-step framework to teach you how to effectively explore and leverage entrepreneurship to gain freedom, fulfillment and financial security. understand what you want to do by first understanding yourself explore if entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job avoid the common pitfalls faced by first-time entrepreneurs fund, test and prioritise your ideas in a fast and cost-effective way develop the mindset to succeed in your business. If you're ready to leave your cushy employee life behind and build a business and a life you believe in, reading this essential guidebook is your first step to making it happen. Steve Glaveski Fri, 15 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370166 thebookvoice.com 7:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee to Entrepreneur: How to Earn Your Freedom and Do Work That Matters Author: Steve Glaveski Narrator: Steve Glaveski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 15, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make the leap and become an entrepreneur today Are you living for the weekend? Are you dissatisfied at work? Are you itching to do something that is important to you? How can you avoid the pitfalls that many first-time entrepreneurs have fallen into? How do you explore whether entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job? Employee to Entrepreneur is your guide to leaving your job behind and building something for yourself. Author and employee-turned-entrepreneur Steve Glaveski, shows you how to navigate the challenges, find the entrepreneurial success that is right for you and become a better person along the way. Employee to Entrepreneur combines storytelling with a step-by-step framework to teach you how to effectively explore and leverage entrepreneurship to gain freedom, fulfillment and financial security. understand what you want to do by first understanding yourself explore if entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job avoid the common pitfalls faced by first-time entrepreneurs fund, test and prioritise your ideas in a fast and cost-effective way develop the mindset to succeed in your business. If you're ready to leave your cushy employee life behind and build a business and a life you believe in, reading this essential guidebook is your first step to making it happen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/370166]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Employee to Entrepreneur: How to Earn Your Freedom and Do Work That Matters Author: Steve Glaveski Narrator: Steve Glaveski Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 18 minutes Release date: February 15, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Make the leap and become an entrepreneur today Are you living for the weekend? Are you dissatisfied at work? Are you itching to do something that is important to you? How can you avoid the pitfalls that many first-time entrepreneurs have fallen into? How do you explore whether entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job? Employee to Entrepreneur is your guide to leaving your job behind and building something for yourself. Author and employee-turned-entrepreneur Steve Glaveski, shows you how to navigate the challenges, find the entrepreneurial success that is right for you and become a better person along the way. Employee to Entrepreneur combines storytelling with a step-by-step framework to teach you how to effectively explore and leverage entrepreneurship to gain freedom, fulfillment and financial security. understand what you want to do by first understanding yourself explore if entrepreneurship is right for you without giving up your day job avoid the common pitfalls faced by first-time entrepreneurs fund, test and prioritise your ideas in a fast and cost-effective way develop the mindset to succeed in your business. If you're ready to leave your cushy employee life behind and build a business and a life you believe in, reading this essential guidebook is your first step to making it happen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Stoic Philosophy: Approaching the Generation Z Author: Phil Monn Narrator: Ivana Mijatovic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here's How You Can Use The Ancient Wisdom Of Stoic Philosophy To Achieve Your Goals In The Instant World! Did you know that Stoicism can help you improve your lifestyle and boost your productivity? This is an eye-opening guide on how to harness the power of a 2.000-year-old ancient Hellenic philosophy and help yourself achieve unparalleled success. This is a book on Stoicism. But what is Stoicism? It's a philosophy that empowers you to use your mind. It's influenced some of the greatest thinkers and entrepreneurs ever. How Can Stoicism Help You Improve Your Life? How Can You Become A Stoic And Free Yourself From The Chains Of Generation Z? Author Phil Monn has created this comprehensive guide to Stoicism in the new age with 2 different target groups in mind. The process doesn't change but the results will be according to your needs: If you are a member of Generation Z (born between 1995 and 2010) then you can benefit by identifying the Stoic approach and improving your lifestyle. Ask yourself this question: what would Seneca, Epictetus or Marcus Aurelius do? This book on stoic philosophy will give you the answers. If you have a relative of friend who is a member of Generation Z, then you will understand the intricate details of growing up in such a confusing era and learn how to help someone from Generation Z to become more successful, less dependent on material goods and achieve full potential. By The End Of This Game-Changing Journey Through Stoicism, You'll Be Able To • Master your emotions • Succeed in social interactions and personal relationships • Discover how you can stop being controlled by desire for pleasure or fear of pain. What are you waiting for? Discover How You Can Succeed In Generation Z & Achieve Your Goals! Start to listen "NOW" & Embark On A Unique Journey Through Ancient Stoic Philosophy & Learn How To Become More Successful! Phil Monn Mon, 11 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369716 thebookvoice.com 2:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Stoic Philosophy: Approaching the Generation Z Author: Phil Monn Narrator: Ivana Mijatovic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here's How You Can Use The Ancient Wisdom Of Stoic Philosophy To Achieve Your Goals In The Instant World! Did you know that Stoicism can help you improve your lifestyle and boost your productivity? This is an eye-opening guide on how to harness the power of a 2.000-year-old ancient Hellenic philosophy and help yourself achieve unparalleled success. This is a book on Stoicism. But what is Stoicism? It's a philosophy that empowers you to use your mind. It's influenced some of the greatest thinkers and entrepreneurs ever. How Can Stoicism Help You Improve Your Life? How Can You Become A Stoic And Free Yourself From The Chains Of Generation Z? Author Phil Monn has created this comprehensive guide to Stoicism in the new age with 2 different target groups in mind. The process doesn't change but the results will be according to your needs: If you are a member of Generation Z (born between 1995 and 2010) then you can benefit by identifying the Stoic approach and improving your lifestyle. Ask yourself this question: what would Seneca, Epictetus or Marcus Aurelius do? This book on stoic philosophy will give you the answers. If you have a relative of friend who is a member of Generation Z, then you will understand the intricate details of growing up in such a confusing era and learn how to help someone from Generation Z to become more successful, less dependent on material goods and achieve full potential. By The End Of This Game-Changing Journey Through Stoicism, You'll Be Able To • Master your emotions • Succeed in social interactions and personal relationships • Discover how you can stop being controlled by desire for pleasure or fear of pain. What are you waiting for? Discover How You Can Succeed In Generation Z & Achieve Your Goals! Start to listen "NOW" & Embark On A Unique Journey Through Ancient Stoic Philosophy & Learn How To Become More Successful! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Daily Stoic Philosophy: Approaching the Generation Z Author: Phil Monn Narrator: Ivana Mijatovic Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 22 minutes Release date: February 11, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Here's How You Can Use The Ancient Wisdom Of Stoic Philosophy To Achieve Your Goals In The Instant World! Did you know that Stoicism can help you improve your lifestyle and boost your productivity? This is an eye-opening guide on how to harness the power of a 2.000-year-old ancient Hellenic philosophy and help yourself achieve unparalleled success. This is a book on Stoicism. But what is Stoicism? It's a philosophy that empowers you to use your mind. It's influenced some of the greatest thinkers and entrepreneurs ever. How Can Stoicism Help You Improve Your Life? How Can You Become A Stoic And Free Yourself From The Chains Of Generation Z? Author Phil Monn has created this comprehensive guide to Stoicism in the new age with 2 different target groups in mind. The process doesn't change but the results will be according to your needs: If you are a member of Generation Z (born between 1995 and 2010) then you can benefit by identifying the Stoic approach and improving your lifestyle. Ask yourself this question: what would Seneca, Epictetus or Marcus Aurelius do? This book on stoic philosophy will give you the answers. If you have a relative of friend who is a member of Generation Z, then you will understand the intricate details of growing up in such a confusing era and learn how to help someone from Generation Z to become more successful, less dependent on material goods and achieve full potential. By The End Of This Game-Changing Journey Through Stoicism, You'll Be Able To • Master your emotions • Succeed in social interactions and personal relationships • Discover how you can stop being controlled by desire for pleasure or fear of pain. What are you waiting for? Discover How You Can Succeed In Generation Z & Achieve Your Goals! Start to listen "NOW" & Embark On A Unique Journey Through Ancient Stoic Philosophy & Learn How To Become More Successful! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369578 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Before You're Ready: The Young Entrepreneurs Guide to Extraordinary Success in Work and Life Author: Mick Spencer Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success—one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of twenty-two, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (otgcustom.com), a customized apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere—you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count. Mick Spencer Tue, 19 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369578 thebookvoice.com 5:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Before You're Ready: The Young Entrepreneurs Guide to Extraordinary Success in Work and Life Author: Mick Spencer Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success—one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of twenty-two, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (otgcustom.com), a customized apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere—you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369578]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Start Before You're Ready: The Young Entrepreneurs Guide to Extraordinary Success in Work and Life Author: Mick Spencer Narrator: Tom Bromhead Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 4 minutes Release date: February 19, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Start Before You're Ready offers entrepreneurs an inspiring new roadmap to success—one that runs against nearly everything you've ever been taught about business. Author Mick Spencer is living proof that success doesn't always rest down the traditional path of formal education and deep pockets. At the age of twenty-two, with nothing to his name, he founded ONTHEGO Custom Apparel (otgcustom.com), a customized apparel and uniform company. Since then he has built a worldwide network of movers and shakers and raised millions in venture capital. His company is now a multi-million-dollar player on the international stage, disrupting the slow-moving industry with a modern blend of technological disruptions and social responsibility. In this book, he presents a solid case that analysis paralysis and endless 'preparation' won't get you anywhere—you have to take that leap and do what you really want to do. Indeed, start before you're ready. Spencer challenges you to get outside your comfort zone and, although intimidating, his approach forces you to learn 'on the go' and focus on what you can do rather than what you can't. Engrossing personal anecdotes coach you through the frustrations and challenges, while vital tools and clear strategies give you a concrete plan for making every day count. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369421 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Gender Equality by Design Author: Iris Bohnet Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Gender equality is a moral and a business imperative. But unconscious bias holds us back, and de-biasing people’s minds has proven to be difficult and expensive. Diversity training programs have had limited success, and individual effort alone often invites backlash. Behavioral design offers a new solution. By de-biasing organizations instead of individuals, we can make smart changes that have big impacts. Presenting research-based solutions, Iris Bohnet hands us the tools we need to move the needle in classrooms and boardrooms, in hiring and promotion, benefiting businesses, governments, and the lives of millions. What Works is built on new insights into the human mind. It draws on data collected by companies, universities, and governments in Australia, India, Norway, the United Kingdom, the United States, Zambia, and other countries, often in randomized controlled trials. It points out dozens of evidence-based interventions that could be adopted right now and demonstrates how research is addressing gender bias, improving lives and performance. What Works shows what more can be done?often at shockingly low cost and surprisingly high speed. Iris Bohnet Tue, 05 Mar 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369421 thebookvoice.com 9:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Gender Equality by Design Author: Iris Bohnet Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Gender equality is a moral and a business imperative. But unconscious bias holds us back, and de-biasing people’s minds has proven to be difficult and expensive. Diversity training programs have had limited success, and individual effort alone often invites backlash. Behavioral design offers a new solution. By de-biasing organizations instead of individuals, we can make smart changes that have big impacts. Presenting research-based solutions, Iris Bohnet hands us the tools we need to move the needle in classrooms and boardrooms, in hiring and promotion, benefiting businesses, governments, and the lives of millions. What Works is built on new insights into the human mind. It draws on data collected by companies, universities, and governments in Australia, India, Norway, the United Kingdom, the United States, Zambia, and other countries, often in randomized controlled trials. It points out dozens of evidence-based interventions that could be adopted right now and demonstrates how research is addressing gender bias, improving lives and performance. What Works shows what more can be done?often at shockingly low cost and surprisingly high speed. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369421]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: What Works: Gender Equality by Design Author: Iris Bohnet Narrator: Laurel Lefkow Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 23 minutes Release date: March 5, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Gender equality is a moral and a business imperative. But unconscious bias holds us back, and de-biasing people’s minds has proven to be difficult and expensive. Diversity training programs have had limited success, and individual effort alone often invites backlash. Behavioral design offers a new solution. By de-biasing organizations instead of individuals, we can make smart changes that have big impacts. Presenting research-based solutions, Iris Bohnet hands us the tools we need to move the needle in classrooms and boardrooms, in hiring and promotion, benefiting businesses, governments, and the lives of millions. What Works is built on new insights into the human mind. It draws on data collected by companies, universities, and governments in Australia, India, Norway, the United Kingdom, the United States, Zambia, and other countries, often in randomized controlled trials. It points out dozens of evidence-based interventions that could be adopted right now and demonstrates how research is addressing gender bias, improving lives and performance. What Works shows what more can be done?often at shockingly low cost and surprisingly high speed. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369390 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Many Reps As Possible Author: Jason Khalipa Narrator: Jason Khalipa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jason Khalipa's actions and accomplishments speak for themselves: devoted father, world champion, global businessman. After years of rigorous training, Jason earned the title of Fittest Man on Earth and finished first in the 2008 CrossFit Games. Hard work and insatiable drive paid off, and his company, NCFIT, grew to success. Jason thought he had overcome insurmountable obstacles throughout his career, but nothing prepared him for the moment when his daughter, Ava, was diagnosed with leukemia. Tasked with facing what no parent should have to confront, he had two choices: succumb to overwhelming anger, or jump headfirst into the fight. He chose the latter. In his first book, As Many Reps As Possible (AMRAP), Jason reveals the invaluable principles that helped him and his wife dedicate every minute of their lives to Ava's battle. The backbone of Jason's success is a simple and accessible process that, with dedication, will help you take control of life, harness your true potential, and triumph in every way. Borrowing from the fitness idea of completing as many reps as possible of an exercise in a given time period, Jason developed The AMRAP Mentality, a proven system that will help you discover your why, focus on what you can control, work hard, and ultimately blow past your goals. With clear insight, personal anecdotes, and directed reader exercises, this book will help you get where you're going, wherever that may be. Be prepared to dream big, dig in your heels, roll up your sleeves, and get to work. The AMRAP Mentality is here. Life is waiting for you. Jason Khalipa Thu, 07 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369390 thebookvoice.com 3:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Many Reps As Possible Author: Jason Khalipa Narrator: Jason Khalipa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jason Khalipa's actions and accomplishments speak for themselves: devoted father, world champion, global businessman. After years of rigorous training, Jason earned the title of Fittest Man on Earth and finished first in the 2008 CrossFit Games. Hard work and insatiable drive paid off, and his company, NCFIT, grew to success. Jason thought he had overcome insurmountable obstacles throughout his career, but nothing prepared him for the moment when his daughter, Ava, was diagnosed with leukemia. Tasked with facing what no parent should have to confront, he had two choices: succumb to overwhelming anger, or jump headfirst into the fight. He chose the latter. In his first book, As Many Reps As Possible (AMRAP), Jason reveals the invaluable principles that helped him and his wife dedicate every minute of their lives to Ava's battle. The backbone of Jason's success is a simple and accessible process that, with dedication, will help you take control of life, harness your true potential, and triumph in every way. Borrowing from the fitness idea of completing as many reps as possible of an exercise in a given time period, Jason developed The AMRAP Mentality, a proven system that will help you discover your why, focus on what you can control, work hard, and ultimately blow past your goals. With clear insight, personal anecdotes, and directed reader exercises, this book will help you get where you're going, wherever that may be. Be prepared to dream big, dig in your heels, roll up your sleeves, and get to work. The AMRAP Mentality is here. Life is waiting for you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369390]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: As Many Reps As Possible Author: Jason Khalipa Narrator: Jason Khalipa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 30 minutes Release date: February 7, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.86 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Jason Khalipa's actions and accomplishments speak for themselves: devoted father, world champion, global businessman. After years of rigorous training, Jason earned the title of Fittest Man on Earth and finished first in the 2008 CrossFit Games. Hard work and insatiable drive paid off, and his company, NCFIT, grew to success. Jason thought he had overcome insurmountable obstacles throughout his career, but nothing prepared him for the moment when his daughter, Ava, was diagnosed with leukemia. Tasked with facing what no parent should have to confront, he had two choices: succumb to overwhelming anger, or jump headfirst into the fight. He chose the latter. In his first book, As Many Reps As Possible (AMRAP), Jason reveals the invaluable principles that helped him and his wife dedicate every minute of their lives to Ava's battle. The backbone of Jason's success is a simple and accessible process that, with dedication, will help you take control of life, harness your true potential, and triumph in every way. Borrowing from the fitness idea of completing as many reps as possible of an exercise in a given time period, Jason developed The AMRAP Mentality, a proven system that will help you discover your why, focus on what you can control, work hard, and ultimately blow past your goals. With clear insight, personal anecdotes, and directed reader exercises, this book will help you get where you're going, wherever that may be. Be prepared to dream big, dig in your heels, roll up your sleeves, and get to work. The AMRAP Mentality is here. Life is waiting for you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homewreckers: How a Gang of Wall Street Kingpins, Hedge Fund Magnates, Crooked Banks, and Vulture Capitalists Suckered Millions Out of Their Homes and Demolished the American Dream Author: Aaron Glantz Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Evicted, Bait and Switch, and The Big Short, a shocking, heart-wrenching investigation into America’s housing crisis and the modern-day robber barons who are making a fortune off the backs of the disenfranchised working and middle class—among them, Donald Trump and his inner circle. Two years before the housing market collapsed in 2008, Donald Trump looked forward to a crash: “I sort of hope that happens because then people like me would go in and buy,” he said. But our future president wasn’t alone. While millions of Americans suffered financial loss, tycoons pounced to heartlessly seize thousands of homes—their profiteering made even easier because, as prize-winning investigative reporter Aaron Glantz reveals in Homewreckers, they often used taxpayer money—and the Obama administration’s promise to cover their losses. In Homewreckers, Glantz recounts the transformation of straightforward lending into a morass of slivered and combined mortgage “products” that could be bought and sold, accompanied by a shift in priorities and a loosening of regulations and laws that made it good business to lend money to those who wouldn’t be able to repay. Among the men who laughed their way to the bank: Trump cabinet members Steve Mnuchin and Wilbur Ross, Trump pal and confidant Tom Barrack, and billionaire Republican cash cow Steve Schwarzman. Homewreckers also brilliantly weaves together the stories of those most ravaged by the housing crisis. The result is an eye-opening expose of the greed that decimated millions and enriched a gluttonous few. Aaron Glantz Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369343 thebookvoice.com 10:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homewreckers: How a Gang of Wall Street Kingpins, Hedge Fund Magnates, Crooked Banks, and Vulture Capitalists Suckered Millions Out of Their Homes and Demolished the American Dream Author: Aaron Glantz Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Evicted, Bait and Switch, and The Big Short, a shocking, heart-wrenching investigation into America’s housing crisis and the modern-day robber barons who are making a fortune off the backs of the disenfranchised working and middle class—among them, Donald Trump and his inner circle. Two years before the housing market collapsed in 2008, Donald Trump looked forward to a crash: “I sort of hope that happens because then people like me would go in and buy,” he said. But our future president wasn’t alone. While millions of Americans suffered financial loss, tycoons pounced to heartlessly seize thousands of homes—their profiteering made even easier because, as prize-winning investigative reporter Aaron Glantz reveals in Homewreckers, they often used taxpayer money—and the Obama administration’s promise to cover their losses. In Homewreckers, Glantz recounts the transformation of straightforward lending into a morass of slivered and combined mortgage “products” that could be bought and sold, accompanied by a shift in priorities and a loosening of regulations and laws that made it good business to lend money to those who wouldn’t be able to repay. Among the men who laughed their way to the bank: Trump cabinet members Steve Mnuchin and Wilbur Ross, Trump pal and confidant Tom Barrack, and billionaire Republican cash cow Steve Schwarzman. Homewreckers also brilliantly weaves together the stories of those most ravaged by the housing crisis. The result is an eye-opening expose of the greed that decimated millions and enriched a gluttonous few. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Homewreckers: How a Gang of Wall Street Kingpins, Hedge Fund Magnates, Crooked Banks, and Vulture Capitalists Suckered Millions Out of Their Homes and Demolished the American Dream Author: Aaron Glantz Narrator: Paul Bellantoni Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 15, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In the spirit of Evicted, Bait and Switch, and The Big Short, a shocking, heart-wrenching investigation into America’s housing crisis and the modern-day robber barons who are making a fortune off the backs of the disenfranchised working and middle class—among them, Donald Trump and his inner circle. Two years before the housing market collapsed in 2008, Donald Trump looked forward to a crash: “I sort of hope that happens because then people like me would go in and buy,” he said. But our future president wasn’t alone. While millions of Americans suffered financial loss, tycoons pounced to heartlessly seize thousands of homes—their profiteering made even easier because, as prize-winning investigative reporter Aaron Glantz reveals in Homewreckers, they often used taxpayer money—and the Obama administration’s promise to cover their losses. In Homewreckers, Glantz recounts the transformation of straightforward lending into a morass of slivered and combined mortgage “products” that could be bought and sold, accompanied by a shift in priorities and a loosening of regulations and laws that made it good business to lend money to those who wouldn’t be able to repay. Among the men who laughed their way to the bank: Trump cabinet members Steve Mnuchin and Wilbur Ross, Trump pal and confidant Tom Barrack, and billionaire Republican cash cow Steve Schwarzman. Homewreckers also brilliantly weaves together the stories of those most ravaged by the housing crisis. The result is an eye-opening expose of the greed that decimated millions and enriched a gluttonous few. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369322 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edison Author: Edmund Morris Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From Pulitzer Prize-winning author Edmund Morris comes a revelatory new biography of Thomas Alva Edison, the most prolific genius in American history. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Time • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Although Thomas Alva Edison was the most famous American of his time, and remains an international name today, he is mostly remembered only for the gift of universal electric light. His invention of the first practical incandescent lamp 140 years ago so dazzled the world—already reeling from his invention of the phonograph and dozens of other revolutionary devices—that it cast a shadow over his later achievements. In all, this near-deaf genius (“I haven’t heard a bird sing since I was twelve years old”) patented 1,093 inventions, not including others, such as the X-ray fluoroscope, that he left unlicensed for the benefit of medicine. One of the achievements of this staggering new biography, the first major life of Edison in more than twenty years, is that it portrays the unknown Edison—the philosopher, the futurist, the chemist, the botanist, the wartime defense adviser, the founder of nearly 250 companies—as fully as it deconstructs the Edison of mythological memory. Edmund Morris, winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award, brings to the task all the interpretive acuity and literary elegance that distinguished his previous biographies of Theodore Roosevelt, Ronald Reagan, and Ludwig van Beethoven. A trained musician, Morris is especially well equipped to recount Edison’s fifty-year obsession with recording technology and his pioneering advances in the synchronization of movies and sound. Morris sweeps aside conspiratorial theories positing an enmity between Edison and Nikola Tesla and presents proof of their mutually admiring, if wary, relationship. Enlightened by seven years of research among the five million pages of original documents preserved in Edison’s huge laboratory at West Orange, New Jersey, and privileged access to family papers still held in trust, Morris is also able to bring his subject to life on the page—the adored yet autocratic and often neglectful husband of two wives and father of six children. If the great man who emerges from it is less a sentimental hero than an overwhelming force of nature, driven onward by compulsive creativity, then Edison is at last getting his biographical due. Edmund Morris Tue, 22 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369322 thebookvoice.com 25:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edison Author: Edmund Morris Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From Pulitzer Prize-winning author Edmund Morris comes a revelatory new biography of Thomas Alva Edison, the most prolific genius in American history. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Time • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Although Thomas Alva Edison was the most famous American of his time, and remains an international name today, he is mostly remembered only for the gift of universal electric light. His invention of the first practical incandescent lamp 140 years ago so dazzled the world—already reeling from his invention of the phonograph and dozens of other revolutionary devices—that it cast a shadow over his later achievements. In all, this near-deaf genius (“I haven’t heard a bird sing since I was twelve years old”) patented 1,093 inventions, not including others, such as the X-ray fluoroscope, that he left unlicensed for the benefit of medicine. One of the achievements of this staggering new biography, the first major life of Edison in more than twenty years, is that it portrays the unknown Edison—the philosopher, the futurist, the chemist, the botanist, the wartime defense adviser, the founder of nearly 250 companies—as fully as it deconstructs the Edison of mythological memory. Edmund Morris, winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award, brings to the task all the interpretive acuity and literary elegance that distinguished his previous biographies of Theodore Roosevelt, Ronald Reagan, and Ludwig van Beethoven. A trained musician, Morris is especially well equipped to recount Edison’s fifty-year obsession with recording technology and his pioneering advances in the synchronization of movies and sound. Morris sweeps aside conspiratorial theories positing an enmity between Edison and Nikola Tesla and presents proof of their mutually admiring, if wary, relationship. Enlightened by seven years of research among the five million pages of original documents preserved in Edison’s huge laboratory at West Orange, New Jersey, and privileged access to family papers still held in trust, Morris is also able to bring his subject to life on the page—the adored yet autocratic and often neglectful husband of two wives and father of six children. If the great man who emerges from it is less a sentimental hero than an overwhelming force of nature, driven onward by compulsive creativity, then Edison is at last getting his biographical due. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369322]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Edison Author: Edmund Morris Narrator: Arthur Morey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 25 hours 8 minutes Release date: October 22, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.68 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From Pulitzer Prize-winning author Edmund Morris comes a revelatory new biography of Thomas Alva Edison, the most prolific genius in American history. NAMED ONE OF THE BEST BOOKS OF THE YEAR BY Time • Publishers Weekly • Kirkus Reviews Although Thomas Alva Edison was the most famous American of his time, and remains an international name today, he is mostly remembered only for the gift of universal electric light. His invention of the first practical incandescent lamp 140 years ago so dazzled the world—already reeling from his invention of the phonograph and dozens of other revolutionary devices—that it cast a shadow over his later achievements. In all, this near-deaf genius (“I haven’t heard a bird sing since I was twelve years old”) patented 1,093 inventions, not including others, such as the X-ray fluoroscope, that he left unlicensed for the benefit of medicine. One of the achievements of this staggering new biography, the first major life of Edison in more than twenty years, is that it portrays the unknown Edison—the philosopher, the futurist, the chemist, the botanist, the wartime defense adviser, the founder of nearly 250 companies—as fully as it deconstructs the Edison of mythological memory. Edmund Morris, winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Award, brings to the task all the interpretive acuity and literary elegance that distinguished his previous biographies of Theodore Roosevelt, Ronald Reagan, and Ludwig van Beethoven. A trained musician, Morris is especially well equipped to recount Edison’s fifty-year obsession with recording technology and his pioneering advances in the synchronization of movies and sound. Morris sweeps aside conspiratorial theories positing an enmity between Edison and Nikola Tesla and presents proof of their mutually admiring, if wary, relationship. Enlightened by seven years of research among the five million pages of original documents preserved in Edison’s huge laboratory at West Orange, New Jersey, and privileged access to family papers still held in trust, Morris is also able to bring his subject to life on the page—the adored yet autocratic and often neglectful husband of two wives and father of six children. If the great man who emerges from it is less a sentimental hero than an overwhelming force of nature, driven onward by compulsive creativity, then Edison is at last getting his biographical due. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebooting AI: Building Artificial Intelligence We Can Trust Author: Ernest Davis, Gary Marcus Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Two leaders in the field offer a compelling analysis of the current state of the art and reveal the steps we must take to achieve a truly robust artificial intelligence. Despite the hype surrounding AI, creating an intelligence that rivals or exceeds human levels is far more complicated than we have been led to believe. Professors Gary Marcus and Ernest Davis have spent their careers at the forefront of AI research and have witnessed some of the greatest milestones in the field, but they argue that a computer beating a human in Jeopardy! does not signal that we are on the doorstep of fully autonomous cars or superintelligent machines. The achievements in the field thus far have occurred in closed systems with fixed sets of rules, and these approaches are too narrow to achieve genuine intelligence. The real world, in contrast, is wildly complex and open-ended. How can we bridge this gap? What will the consequences be when we do? Taking inspiration from the human mind, Marcus and Davis explain what we need to advance AI to the next level, and suggest that if we are wise along the way, we won't need to worry about a future of machine overlords. If we focus on endowing machines with common sense and deep understanding, rather than simply focusing on statistical analysis and gatherine ever larger collections of data, we will be able to create an AI we can trust—in our homes, our cars, and our doctors' offices. Rebooting AI provides a lucid, clear-eyed assessment of the current science and offers an inspiring vision of how a new generation of AI can make our lives better. Ernest Davis, Gary Marcus Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369314 thebookvoice.com 7:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebooting AI: Building Artificial Intelligence We Can Trust Author: Ernest Davis, Gary Marcus Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Two leaders in the field offer a compelling analysis of the current state of the art and reveal the steps we must take to achieve a truly robust artificial intelligence. Despite the hype surrounding AI, creating an intelligence that rivals or exceeds human levels is far more complicated than we have been led to believe. Professors Gary Marcus and Ernest Davis have spent their careers at the forefront of AI research and have witnessed some of the greatest milestones in the field, but they argue that a computer beating a human in Jeopardy! does not signal that we are on the doorstep of fully autonomous cars or superintelligent machines. The achievements in the field thus far have occurred in closed systems with fixed sets of rules, and these approaches are too narrow to achieve genuine intelligence. The real world, in contrast, is wildly complex and open-ended. How can we bridge this gap? What will the consequences be when we do? Taking inspiration from the human mind, Marcus and Davis explain what we need to advance AI to the next level, and suggest that if we are wise along the way, we won't need to worry about a future of machine overlords. If we focus on endowing machines with common sense and deep understanding, rather than simply focusing on statistical analysis and gatherine ever larger collections of data, we will be able to create an AI we can trust—in our homes, our cars, and our doctors' offices. Rebooting AI provides a lucid, clear-eyed assessment of the current science and offers an inspiring vision of how a new generation of AI can make our lives better. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Rebooting AI: Building Artificial Intelligence We Can Trust Author: Ernest Davis, Gary Marcus Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 25 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Two leaders in the field offer a compelling analysis of the current state of the art and reveal the steps we must take to achieve a truly robust artificial intelligence. Despite the hype surrounding AI, creating an intelligence that rivals or exceeds human levels is far more complicated than we have been led to believe. Professors Gary Marcus and Ernest Davis have spent their careers at the forefront of AI research and have witnessed some of the greatest milestones in the field, but they argue that a computer beating a human in Jeopardy! does not signal that we are on the doorstep of fully autonomous cars or superintelligent machines. The achievements in the field thus far have occurred in closed systems with fixed sets of rules, and these approaches are too narrow to achieve genuine intelligence. The real world, in contrast, is wildly complex and open-ended. How can we bridge this gap? What will the consequences be when we do? Taking inspiration from the human mind, Marcus and Davis explain what we need to advance AI to the next level, and suggest that if we are wise along the way, we won't need to worry about a future of machine overlords. If we focus on endowing machines with common sense and deep understanding, rather than simply focusing on statistical analysis and gatherine ever larger collections of data, we will be able to create an AI we can trust—in our homes, our cars, and our doctors' offices. Rebooting AI provides a lucid, clear-eyed assessment of the current science and offers an inspiring vision of how a new generation of AI can make our lives better. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control Author: Stuart Russell Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The most important book on AI this year.' --The Guardian 'Mr. Russell's exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.' --The Wall Street Journal 'The most important book I have read in quite some time' (Daniel Kahneman); 'A must-read' (Max Tegmark); 'The book we've all been waiting for' (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us? Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial. Stuart Russell Tue, 08 Oct 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298 thebookvoice.com 11:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control Author: Stuart Russell Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The most important book on AI this year.' --The Guardian 'Mr. Russell's exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.' --The Wall Street Journal 'The most important book I have read in quite some time' (Daniel Kahneman); 'A must-read' (Max Tegmark); 'The book we've all been waiting for' (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us? Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369298]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Human Compatible: Artificial Intelligence and the Problem of Control Author: Stuart Russell Narrator: Raphael Corkhill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 39 minutes Release date: October 8, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: 'The most important book on AI this year.' --The Guardian 'Mr. Russell's exciting book goes deep, while sparkling with dry witticisms.' --The Wall Street Journal 'The most important book I have read in quite some time' (Daniel Kahneman); 'A must-read' (Max Tegmark); 'The book we've all been waiting for' (Sam Harris) A leading artificial intelligence researcher lays out a new approach to AI that will enable us to coexist successfully with increasingly intelligent machines In the popular imagination, superhuman artificial intelligence is an approaching tidal wave that threatens not just jobs and human relationships, but civilization itself. Conflict between humans and machines is seen as inevitable and its outcome all too predictable. In this groundbreaking book, distinguished AI researcher Stuart Russell argues that this scenario can be avoided, but only if we rethink AI from the ground up. Russell begins by exploring the idea of intelligence in humans and in machines. He describes the near-term benefits we can expect, from intelligent personal assistants to vastly accelerated scientific research, and outlines the AI breakthroughs that still have to happen before we reach superhuman AI. He also spells out the ways humans are already finding to misuse AI, from lethal autonomous weapons to viral sabotage. If the predicted breakthroughs occur and superhuman AI emerges, we will have created entities far more powerful than ourselves. How can we ensure they never, ever, have power over us? Russell suggests that we can rebuild AI on a new foundation, according to which machines are designed to be inherently uncertain about the human preferences they are required to satisfy. Such machines would be humble, altruistic, and committed to pursue our objectives, not theirs. This new foundation would allow us to create machines that are provably deferential and provably beneficial. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369289 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fashionopolis: The Price of Fast Fashion and the Future of Clothes Author: Dana Thomas Narrator: Dana Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: *NYTBR Paperback Row Selection * The Independent's Best Fashion Book on Sustainability* An investigation into the damage wrought by the colossal clothing industry and the grassroots, high-tech, international movement fighting to reform it What should I wear? It’s one of the fundamental questions we ask ourselves every day. More than ever, we are told it should be something new. Today, the clothing industry churns out 80 billion garments a year and employs every sixth person on Earth. Historically, the apparel trade has exploited labor, the environment, and intellectual property—and in the last three decades, with the simultaneous unfurling of fast fashion, globalization, and the tech revolution, those abuses have multiplied exponentially, primarily out of view. We are in dire need of an entirely new human-scale model. Bestselling journalist Dana Thomas has traveled the globe to discover the visionary designers and companies who are propelling the industry toward that more positive future by reclaiming traditional craft and launching cutting-edge sustainable technologies to produce better fashion.   In Fashionopolis, Thomas sees renewal in a host of developments, including printing 3-D clothes, clean denim processing, smart manufacturing, hyperlocalism, fabric recycling—even lab-grown materials. From small-town makers and Silicon Valley whizzes to such household names as Stella McCartney, Levi’s, and Rent the Runway, Thomas highlights the companies big and small that are leading the crusade.   We all have been casual about our clothes. It's time to get dressed with intention. Fashionopolis is the first comprehensive look at how to start. Dana Thomas Tue, 03 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369289 thebookvoice.com 9:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fashionopolis: The Price of Fast Fashion and the Future of Clothes Author: Dana Thomas Narrator: Dana Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: *NYTBR Paperback Row Selection * The Independent's Best Fashion Book on Sustainability* An investigation into the damage wrought by the colossal clothing industry and the grassroots, high-tech, international movement fighting to reform it What should I wear? It’s one of the fundamental questions we ask ourselves every day. More than ever, we are told it should be something new. Today, the clothing industry churns out 80 billion garments a year and employs every sixth person on Earth. Historically, the apparel trade has exploited labor, the environment, and intellectual property—and in the last three decades, with the simultaneous unfurling of fast fashion, globalization, and the tech revolution, those abuses have multiplied exponentially, primarily out of view. We are in dire need of an entirely new human-scale model. Bestselling journalist Dana Thomas has traveled the globe to discover the visionary designers and companies who are propelling the industry toward that more positive future by reclaiming traditional craft and launching cutting-edge sustainable technologies to produce better fashion.   In Fashionopolis, Thomas sees renewal in a host of developments, including printing 3-D clothes, clean denim processing, smart manufacturing, hyperlocalism, fabric recycling—even lab-grown materials. From small-town makers and Silicon Valley whizzes to such household names as Stella McCartney, Levi’s, and Rent the Runway, Thomas highlights the companies big and small that are leading the crusade.   We all have been casual about our clothes. It's time to get dressed with intention. Fashionopolis is the first comprehensive look at how to start. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369289]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fashionopolis: The Price of Fast Fashion and the Future of Clothes Author: Dana Thomas Narrator: Dana Thomas Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 15 minutes Release date: September 3, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: *NYTBR Paperback Row Selection * The Independent's Best Fashion Book on Sustainability* An investigation into the damage wrought by the colossal clothing industry and the grassroots, high-tech, international movement fighting to reform it What should I wear? It’s one of the fundamental questions we ask ourselves every day. More than ever, we are told it should be something new. Today, the clothing industry churns out 80 billion garments a year and employs every sixth person on Earth. Historically, the apparel trade has exploited labor, the environment, and intellectual property—and in the last three decades, with the simultaneous unfurling of fast fashion, globalization, and the tech revolution, those abuses have multiplied exponentially, primarily out of view. We are in dire need of an entirely new human-scale model. Bestselling journalist Dana Thomas has traveled the globe to discover the visionary designers and companies who are propelling the industry toward that more positive future by reclaiming traditional craft and launching cutting-edge sustainable technologies to produce better fashion.   In Fashionopolis, Thomas sees renewal in a host of developments, including printing 3-D clothes, clean denim processing, smart manufacturing, hyperlocalism, fabric recycling—even lab-grown materials. From small-town makers and Silicon Valley whizzes to such household names as Stella McCartney, Levi’s, and Rent the Runway, Thomas highlights the companies big and small that are leading the crusade.   We all have been casual about our clothes. It's time to get dressed with intention. Fashionopolis is the first comprehensive look at how to start. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369087 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales 101: From Finding Leads and Closing Techniques to Retaining Customers and Growing Your Business, an Essential Primer on How to Sell Author: Wendy Connick Narrator: Annette Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Learn the ins and outs of sales techniques with this comprehensive and accessible guide that is the crash course in how to sell anything. Sometimes, it seems like learning a new skill is impossible. But whether you are interested in pursuing a full-times sales career, want to make extra money with sales as a side hustle, or are just looking to turn your hobby into a business, everyone can benefit from knowing how to sell. With Sales 101 you can start selling now. This clear and comprehensive guide is perfect for those who are just starting out in the sales field. Presented with a casual and an easy-to-understand tone, it gives you the information and training you need to get started. Sales 101 teaches the basic sales philosophies and tactics that have been successful for centuries, along with newer, more up-to-date information about using the internet and social media to find leads and increase your customer base. Whether you need guidance in making a presentation or closing a deal to handling rejection or managing your time, Sales 101 shares the best advice and solutions to prepare you for a career in the sales field. Wendy Connick Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369087 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales 101: From Finding Leads and Closing Techniques to Retaining Customers and Growing Your Business, an Essential Primer on How to Sell Author: Wendy Connick Narrator: Annette Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Learn the ins and outs of sales techniques with this comprehensive and accessible guide that is the crash course in how to sell anything. Sometimes, it seems like learning a new skill is impossible. But whether you are interested in pursuing a full-times sales career, want to make extra money with sales as a side hustle, or are just looking to turn your hobby into a business, everyone can benefit from knowing how to sell. With Sales 101 you can start selling now. This clear and comprehensive guide is perfect for those who are just starting out in the sales field. Presented with a casual and an easy-to-understand tone, it gives you the information and training you need to get started. Sales 101 teaches the basic sales philosophies and tactics that have been successful for centuries, along with newer, more up-to-date information about using the internet and social media to find leads and increase your customer base. Whether you need guidance in making a presentation or closing a deal to handling rejection or managing your time, Sales 101 shares the best advice and solutions to prepare you for a career in the sales field. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369087]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sales 101: From Finding Leads and Closing Techniques to Retaining Customers and Growing Your Business, an Essential Primer on How to Sell Author: Wendy Connick Narrator: Annette Romano Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Learn the ins and outs of sales techniques with this comprehensive and accessible guide that is the crash course in how to sell anything. Sometimes, it seems like learning a new skill is impossible. But whether you are interested in pursuing a full-times sales career, want to make extra money with sales as a side hustle, or are just looking to turn your hobby into a business, everyone can benefit from knowing how to sell. With Sales 101 you can start selling now. This clear and comprehensive guide is perfect for those who are just starting out in the sales field. Presented with a casual and an easy-to-understand tone, it gives you the information and training you need to get started. Sales 101 teaches the basic sales philosophies and tactics that have been successful for centuries, along with newer, more up-to-date information about using the internet and social media to find leads and increase your customer base. Whether you need guidance in making a presentation or closing a deal to handling rejection or managing your time, Sales 101 shares the best advice and solutions to prepare you for a career in the sales field. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369023 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success Author: Lars Tvede, Mads Faurholt Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Build a world-class business with a clear blueprint to success Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success is your guidebook to achieving entrepreneurial success. Whether you're an existing business owner seeking to increase your reach, or a budding entrepreneur ready to take the next step, this book provides invaluable guidance from experts who have made it happen time and time again. A simple step-by-step process will help you translate your ideas into effective business plans, raise the capital needed to start and grow your business, build a winning team, and leave the competition behind. Drawing upon their experience founding more than thirty companies, the authors share their entrepreneurial wisdom and reveal the real-world techniques that lead to success. With a pragmatic and personal approach, the authors explore the personal characteristics that are vital to achievement; managing stress, withstanding heavy workloads, and coping with potential health concerns are subjects often overlooked in the pursuit of business achievement. Addressing the link between business concerns and personal welfare, the authors offer suggestions on how to most effectively reconcile entrepreneurial drive with personal well-being. Lars Tvede, Mads Faurholt Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369023 thebookvoice.com 12:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success Author: Lars Tvede, Mads Faurholt Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Build a world-class business with a clear blueprint to success Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success is your guidebook to achieving entrepreneurial success. Whether you're an existing business owner seeking to increase your reach, or a budding entrepreneur ready to take the next step, this book provides invaluable guidance from experts who have made it happen time and time again. A simple step-by-step process will help you translate your ideas into effective business plans, raise the capital needed to start and grow your business, build a winning team, and leave the competition behind. Drawing upon their experience founding more than thirty companies, the authors share their entrepreneurial wisdom and reveal the real-world techniques that lead to success. With a pragmatic and personal approach, the authors explore the personal characteristics that are vital to achievement; managing stress, withstanding heavy workloads, and coping with potential health concerns are subjects often overlooked in the pursuit of business achievement. Addressing the link between business concerns and personal welfare, the authors offer suggestions on how to most effectively reconcile entrepreneurial drive with personal well-being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/369023]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success Author: Lars Tvede, Mads Faurholt Narrator: Stephen Bel Davies Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 11 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Build a world-class business with a clear blueprint to success Entrepreneur: Building Your Business From Start to Success is your guidebook to achieving entrepreneurial success. Whether you're an existing business owner seeking to increase your reach, or a budding entrepreneur ready to take the next step, this book provides invaluable guidance from experts who have made it happen time and time again. A simple step-by-step process will help you translate your ideas into effective business plans, raise the capital needed to start and grow your business, build a winning team, and leave the competition behind. Drawing upon their experience founding more than thirty companies, the authors share their entrepreneurial wisdom and reveal the real-world techniques that lead to success. With a pragmatic and personal approach, the authors explore the personal characteristics that are vital to achievement; managing stress, withstanding heavy workloads, and coping with potential health concerns are subjects often overlooked in the pursuit of business achievement. Addressing the link between business concerns and personal welfare, the authors offer suggestions on how to most effectively reconcile entrepreneurial drive with personal well-being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368959 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenue Acceleration Rules: Supercharge Sales and Marketing Through Artificial Intelligence, Predictive Technologies and Account-Based Strategies Author: Kent Mccormick, Shashi Upadhyay Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn data into revenue in the B2B marketing sphere The Revenue Acceleration Rules is a unique guide in the business-to-business space, providing a clear framework for more effective marketing in an accounts-based environment. Written by a veteran in the predictive marketing sphere, this book explains how strategies typically used on the consumer end can be tailored to drive revenue in B2B sales. Industry experts offer advice and best practices, using real-world examples to illustrate the power of analytics and on-the-ground implementation of predictive ABM initiatives. Covering the complete spectrum from 'why?' to 'how?', this book provides an invaluable resource for B2B marketers seeking a step forward in the rapidly-evolving marketplace. Business-to-business sales makes up roughly 45 percent of the economy, and the power of predictive marketing has been proven time and again in the consumer sphere. This guide is the only resource to merge these two critical forces and provide clear guidance for the B2B space. ● Supercharge your demand waterfall ● Align marketing and sales ● Learn best practices from industry experts ● Grow revenue with account-based marketing Kent Mccormick, Shashi Upadhyay Tue, 12 Feb 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368959 thebookvoice.com 4:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenue Acceleration Rules: Supercharge Sales and Marketing Through Artificial Intelligence, Predictive Technologies and Account-Based Strategies Author: Kent Mccormick, Shashi Upadhyay Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn data into revenue in the B2B marketing sphere The Revenue Acceleration Rules is a unique guide in the business-to-business space, providing a clear framework for more effective marketing in an accounts-based environment. Written by a veteran in the predictive marketing sphere, this book explains how strategies typically used on the consumer end can be tailored to drive revenue in B2B sales. Industry experts offer advice and best practices, using real-world examples to illustrate the power of analytics and on-the-ground implementation of predictive ABM initiatives. Covering the complete spectrum from 'why?' to 'how?', this book provides an invaluable resource for B2B marketers seeking a step forward in the rapidly-evolving marketplace. Business-to-business sales makes up roughly 45 percent of the economy, and the power of predictive marketing has been proven time and again in the consumer sphere. This guide is the only resource to merge these two critical forces and provide clear guidance for the B2B space. ● Supercharge your demand waterfall ● Align marketing and sales ● Learn best practices from industry experts ● Grow revenue with account-based marketing Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368959]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Revenue Acceleration Rules: Supercharge Sales and Marketing Through Artificial Intelligence, Predictive Technologies and Account-Based Strategies Author: Kent Mccormick, Shashi Upadhyay Narrator: Eric Jason Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 53 minutes Release date: February 12, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Turn data into revenue in the B2B marketing sphere The Revenue Acceleration Rules is a unique guide in the business-to-business space, providing a clear framework for more effective marketing in an accounts-based environment. Written by a veteran in the predictive marketing sphere, this book explains how strategies typically used on the consumer end can be tailored to drive revenue in B2B sales. Industry experts offer advice and best practices, using real-world examples to illustrate the power of analytics and on-the-ground implementation of predictive ABM initiatives. Covering the complete spectrum from 'why?' to 'how?', this book provides an invaluable resource for B2B marketers seeking a step forward in the rapidly-evolving marketplace. Business-to-business sales makes up roughly 45 percent of the economy, and the power of predictive marketing has been proven time and again in the consumer sphere. This guide is the only resource to merge these two critical forces and provide clear guidance for the B2B space. ● Supercharge your demand waterfall ● Align marketing and sales ● Learn best practices from industry experts ● Grow revenue with account-based marketing https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368848 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting Author: George J. Lewyn Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have something relevant to say or a skill you want to teach others? Have you wondered how you will get your message across? Have you considered creating your own podcasts? Podcasting has become one of the best and most economical ways of getting a message across to large audiences. The sky really is the limit when it comes down to it and there are podcasters who reach millions and have made millions into the bargain. Now, with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting, you can learn how to do the same, with chapters that cover things like: - How To Choose A Podcast Niche That Fits You - Branding Yourself For Success From The Start - Get Your Podcasting Equipment In Order - Plan Your Podcast Episodes With A Purpose - Record And Edit Your Podcast Audio Like A Pro It is as simple as having an idea and getting the right equipment before starting your podcasting adventure and with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting you will have all the advice and tips you'll need to become a success. Get a copy now. Your first podcast may be only days away! George J. Lewyn Tue, 29 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368848 thebookvoice.com 0:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting Author: George J. Lewyn Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have something relevant to say or a skill you want to teach others? Have you wondered how you will get your message across? Have you considered creating your own podcasts? Podcasting has become one of the best and most economical ways of getting a message across to large audiences. The sky really is the limit when it comes down to it and there are podcasters who reach millions and have made millions into the bargain. Now, with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting, you can learn how to do the same, with chapters that cover things like: - How To Choose A Podcast Niche That Fits You - Branding Yourself For Success From The Start - Get Your Podcasting Equipment In Order - Plan Your Podcast Episodes With A Purpose - Record And Edit Your Podcast Audio Like A Pro It is as simple as having an idea and getting the right equipment before starting your podcasting adventure and with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting you will have all the advice and tips you'll need to become a success. Get a copy now. Your first podcast may be only days away! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting Author: George J. Lewyn Narrator: Jesse Gross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 29, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have something relevant to say or a skill you want to teach others? Have you wondered how you will get your message across? Have you considered creating your own podcasts? Podcasting has become one of the best and most economical ways of getting a message across to large audiences. The sky really is the limit when it comes down to it and there are podcasters who reach millions and have made millions into the bargain. Now, with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting, you can learn how to do the same, with chapters that cover things like: - How To Choose A Podcast Niche That Fits You - Branding Yourself For Success From The Start - Get Your Podcasting Equipment In Order - Plan Your Podcast Episodes With A Purpose - Record And Edit Your Podcast Audio Like A Pro It is as simple as having an idea and getting the right equipment before starting your podcasting adventure and with Podcast: The Ultimate Guide To Podcasting you will have all the advice and tips you'll need to become a success. Get a copy now. Your first podcast may be only days away! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Nicholas Webb Tue, 10 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791 thebookvoice.com 7:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368791]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Innovation Mandate: The Growth Secrets of the Best Organizations in the World Author: Nicholas Webb Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 10, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In clear language, The Innovation Mandate shows leaders a step-by-step process to continually generate great ideas, implement them, and maximize their value to benefit both customers and investors. In today’s ultracompetitive marketplace, the difference between success and failure is innovation. From small entrepreneurial startups to global Fortune 500 companies, innovation--the steady flow of new ideas--drives sustained success. It allows a company to introduce new products and services, effectively connect with customers, sharpen the supply chain, efficiently manage finances, and hire and retain the best people. Without a steady stream of new ideas, even the best company will slow down, atrophy, lose market share, hemorrhage customers, and eventually close or be sold.  The Innovation Mandate offers a clear and straightforward pathway to profitable innovation. It demystifies the concept, making it easy to understand, implement, and measure. The audiobook centers around three simple concepts: innovation generates profits; innovation, in the form of new, profitable ideas, can come from anywhere; and identifying, harnessing, evaluating, and implementing these new ideas cannot be left to chance. Additionally, the audiobook offers a five-point checklist to ensure your company is innovation ready. Charts, tables, and a self-assessment survey are available in the audiobook companion PDF download. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368532 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built to Last: Successful Habits of Visionary Companies Series: #2 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jerry I. Porras, Jim Collins Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 28, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing upon a six-year research project at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business, James C. Collins and Jerry I. Porras took eighteen truly exceptional and long-lasting companies and studied each in direct comparison to one of its top competitors. They examined the companies from their very beginnings to the present day -- as start-ups, as midsize companies, and as large corporations. Throughout, the authors asked: 'What makes the truly exceptional companies different from the comparison companies and what were the common practices these enduringly great companies followed throughout their history?' Filled with hundreds of specific examples and organized into a coherent framework of practical concepts that can be applied by managers and entrepreneurs at all levels, Built to Last provides a master blueprint for building organizations that will prosper long into the 21st century and beyond Jim Collins Tue, 28 Oct 2008 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368532 thebookvoice.com 6:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built to Last: Successful Habits of Visionary Companies Series: #2 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jerry I. Porras, Jim Collins Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 28, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing upon a six-year research project at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business, James C. Collins and Jerry I. Porras took eighteen truly exceptional and long-lasting companies and studied each in direct comparison to one of its top competitors. They examined the companies from their very beginnings to the present day -- as start-ups, as midsize companies, and as large corporations. Throughout, the authors asked: 'What makes the truly exceptional companies different from the comparison companies and what were the common practices these enduringly great companies followed throughout their history?' Filled with hundreds of specific examples and organized into a coherent framework of practical concepts that can be applied by managers and entrepreneurs at all levels, Built to Last provides a master blueprint for building organizations that will prosper long into the 21st century and beyond Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368532]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Built to Last: Successful Habits of Visionary Companies Series: #2 of Good to Great Author: Jim Collins Narrator: Jerry I. Porras, Jim Collins Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 28, 2008 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.79 of Total 29 Ratings of Narrator: 4.83 of Total 6 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Drawing upon a six-year research project at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business, James C. Collins and Jerry I. Porras took eighteen truly exceptional and long-lasting companies and studied each in direct comparison to one of its top competitors. They examined the companies from their very beginnings to the present day -- as start-ups, as midsize companies, and as large corporations. Throughout, the authors asked: 'What makes the truly exceptional companies different from the comparison companies and what were the common practices these enduringly great companies followed throughout their history?' Filled with hundreds of specific examples and organized into a coherent framework of practical concepts that can be applied by managers and entrepreneurs at all levels, Built to Last provides a master blueprint for building organizations that will prosper long into the 21st century and beyond https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Tue, 17 Sep 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398 thebookvoice.com 8:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368398]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Healing Organization: Awakening the Conscience of Business to Help Save the World Author: Raj Sisodia, Michael Gelb Narrator: Josh Childs, Gabe Wicks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 17, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: The image of modern corporations has been shaped by a profits over people approach, but we are at a point where business must take the lead in healing the crises of our time. The Healing Organization shows how corporations can become healing forces. Conscious Capitalism pioneer Raj Sisodia and organizational innovation expert Michael J. Gelb were inspired to write this book because of the epidemic of unnecessary suffering connected with business, including the destruction of the environment; increasing numbers living paycheck-to-paycheck and barely surviving; and rising rates of depression and stress leading to chronic health problems. Based on extensive in-depth interviews and inspiring case studies, Sisodia and Gelb show how companies such as Shake Shack, Hyatt, KIND Healthy Snacks, Eileen Fisher, H-E-B, FIFCO, Jaipur Rugs and DTE Energy are healing their employees, customers, communities and other stakeholders. They represent a diverse sampling of industries and geographies, but they all have significant elements in common, besides being profitable enterprises: - Their employees love coming to work. - They have passionately loyal customers. - They make a significant positive difference to the communities they serve. - They preserve and restore the ecosystems in which they operate. The enmity and dividedness between those who champion unfettered capitalism and those who advocate socialism is exacerbating rather than solving our problems. In a world that urgently needs healing on many levels, this is a movement whose time has come. The Healing Organization shows how it can be done, how it is being done, and how you can begin to do it too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368320 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Franchise Bible: How to Buy a Franchise or Franchise Your Own Business, 8th Edition Author: Rick Grossmann Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this accessible guide, franchise expert Rick Grossmann and franchise attorney Michael J. Katz impart decades-worth of insight and advice on what it takes to make your franchise operation successful. Grossmann and Katz share expert tutorials, tricks of the trade, and access to sample franchise documents, checklists, and questionnaires designed to get you organized, support you through the process, and get your new franchise off the ground. If you're thinking of buying a franchise, you'll learn how to: determine if running a franchise is right for you; navigate franchise disclosure documents and agreements; and identify the signs of a good franchise opportunity. If you're thinking of franchising your existing business, you'll learn how to: pick the best method for expanding your business; understand the keys to establishing a successful franchise system; and evaluate potential franchisees and grow your franchise. Whether you want to buy a franchise or franchise your own business, you'll learn what to expect, how to move forward, and how to avoid costly mistakes—making Franchise Bible a must-listen. Rick Grossmann Wed, 30 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368320 thebookvoice.com 7:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Franchise Bible: How to Buy a Franchise or Franchise Your Own Business, 8th Edition Author: Rick Grossmann Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this accessible guide, franchise expert Rick Grossmann and franchise attorney Michael J. Katz impart decades-worth of insight and advice on what it takes to make your franchise operation successful. Grossmann and Katz share expert tutorials, tricks of the trade, and access to sample franchise documents, checklists, and questionnaires designed to get you organized, support you through the process, and get your new franchise off the ground. If you're thinking of buying a franchise, you'll learn how to: determine if running a franchise is right for you; navigate franchise disclosure documents and agreements; and identify the signs of a good franchise opportunity. If you're thinking of franchising your existing business, you'll learn how to: pick the best method for expanding your business; understand the keys to establishing a successful franchise system; and evaluate potential franchisees and grow your franchise. Whether you want to buy a franchise or franchise your own business, you'll learn what to expect, how to move forward, and how to avoid costly mistakes—making Franchise Bible a must-listen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368320]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Franchise Bible: How to Buy a Franchise or Franchise Your Own Business, 8th Edition Author: Rick Grossmann Narrator: David Marantz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 52 minutes Release date: January 30, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: In this accessible guide, franchise expert Rick Grossmann and franchise attorney Michael J. Katz impart decades-worth of insight and advice on what it takes to make your franchise operation successful. Grossmann and Katz share expert tutorials, tricks of the trade, and access to sample franchise documents, checklists, and questionnaires designed to get you organized, support you through the process, and get your new franchise off the ground. If you're thinking of buying a franchise, you'll learn how to: determine if running a franchise is right for you; navigate franchise disclosure documents and agreements; and identify the signs of a good franchise opportunity. If you're thinking of franchising your existing business, you'll learn how to: pick the best method for expanding your business; understand the keys to establishing a successful franchise system; and evaluate potential franchisees and grow your franchise. Whether you want to buy a franchise or franchise your own business, you'll learn what to expect, how to move forward, and how to avoid costly mistakes—making Franchise Bible a must-listen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368321 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Revolution: How to Develop your Entrepreneurial Mindset and Start a Business that Works Author: Daniel Priestley Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense, implementable handbook for taking part in the Entrepreneur Revolution We are living in revolutionary times; times with an impact as significant and far-reaching as the previous Industrial Revolution was to the Agricultural Age. Technological shifts have allowed micro-businesses to compete with large corporations. Small business can now have a global footprint, can be structured in low tax environments, move products anywhere in the world, and access unprecedented levels of support. Entrepreneur Revolution means taking the initiative to do something that you love, something that you're good at, and something that will make you money. This masterclass in gaining an entrepreneurial mindset will show how to change the way you think, the way you network, and the way you make a living. ● Includes new statistics, activities, case studies, and research ● Takes a look at how the brain can affect the entrepreneurial mindset ● Offers new ideas for entrepreneurs starting a new business ● Helps you shake off old ideas and make a great, independent leap forward This inspiring and practical book shows you how to break free from The Industrial Revolution mindset, quit working so hard, follow your dream—and make a fortune along the way. Daniel Priestley Fri, 25 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368321 thebookvoice.com 6:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Revolution: How to Develop your Entrepreneurial Mindset and Start a Business that Works Author: Daniel Priestley Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense, implementable handbook for taking part in the Entrepreneur Revolution We are living in revolutionary times; times with an impact as significant and far-reaching as the previous Industrial Revolution was to the Agricultural Age. Technological shifts have allowed micro-businesses to compete with large corporations. Small business can now have a global footprint, can be structured in low tax environments, move products anywhere in the world, and access unprecedented levels of support. Entrepreneur Revolution means taking the initiative to do something that you love, something that you're good at, and something that will make you money. This masterclass in gaining an entrepreneurial mindset will show how to change the way you think, the way you network, and the way you make a living. ● Includes new statistics, activities, case studies, and research ● Takes a look at how the brain can affect the entrepreneurial mindset ● Offers new ideas for entrepreneurs starting a new business ● Helps you shake off old ideas and make a great, independent leap forward This inspiring and practical book shows you how to break free from The Industrial Revolution mindset, quit working so hard, follow your dream—and make a fortune along the way. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Entrepreneur Revolution: How to Develop your Entrepreneurial Mindset and Start a Business that Works Author: Daniel Priestley Narrator: Rory Barnett Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 25, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: A no-nonsense, implementable handbook for taking part in the Entrepreneur Revolution We are living in revolutionary times; times with an impact as significant and far-reaching as the previous Industrial Revolution was to the Agricultural Age. Technological shifts have allowed micro-businesses to compete with large corporations. Small business can now have a global footprint, can be structured in low tax environments, move products anywhere in the world, and access unprecedented levels of support. Entrepreneur Revolution means taking the initiative to do something that you love, something that you're good at, and something that will make you money. This masterclass in gaining an entrepreneurial mindset will show how to change the way you think, the way you network, and the way you make a living. ● Includes new statistics, activities, case studies, and research ● Takes a look at how the brain can affect the entrepreneurial mindset ● Offers new ideas for entrepreneurs starting a new business ● Helps you shake off old ideas and make a great, independent leap forward This inspiring and practical book shows you how to break free from The Industrial Revolution mindset, quit working so hard, follow your dream—and make a fortune along the way. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368235 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: YOUR BOSS SUCKS (And So Do You) Author: Kurt Demarais Narrator: Kurt Demarais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We have never been in more need of great leaders than we are today, across all areas of society: business, politics, and within our families. If you want to supercharge and transform your leadership, and elevate your relationships, this eBook will give you access to the information and tools you need to do just that. Learn how to consistently be at your best and help others around you to be at their best. Anyone can UNSUCK their leadership, but we all need to know what is causing us to suck in the first place. This eBook will give you the answer, and provide you with a solution that is simple, easy, and actionable. It is up to you to take the first step and read this short volume. It has the potential to change your life, and the lives of those around you - for the better! Kurt Demarais Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368235 thebookvoice.com 0:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: YOUR BOSS SUCKS (And So Do You) Author: Kurt Demarais Narrator: Kurt Demarais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We have never been in more need of great leaders than we are today, across all areas of society: business, politics, and within our families. If you want to supercharge and transform your leadership, and elevate your relationships, this eBook will give you access to the information and tools you need to do just that. Learn how to consistently be at your best and help others around you to be at their best. Anyone can UNSUCK their leadership, but we all need to know what is causing us to suck in the first place. This eBook will give you the answer, and provide you with a solution that is simple, easy, and actionable. It is up to you to take the first step and read this short volume. It has the potential to change your life, and the lives of those around you - for the better! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368235]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: YOUR BOSS SUCKS (And So Do You) Author: Kurt Demarais Narrator: Kurt Demarais Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 36 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: We have never been in more need of great leaders than we are today, across all areas of society: business, politics, and within our families. If you want to supercharge and transform your leadership, and elevate your relationships, this eBook will give you access to the information and tools you need to do just that. Learn how to consistently be at your best and help others around you to be at their best. Anyone can UNSUCK their leadership, but we all need to know what is causing us to suck in the first place. This eBook will give you the answer, and provide you with a solution that is simple, easy, and actionable. It is up to you to take the first step and read this short volume. It has the potential to change your life, and the lives of those around you - for the better! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368233 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More Author: Robert J. Thomas Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you accomplishing all you need to on a daily basis? Could you be more productive, get more done and be more successful? Life is busy. We are more engaged nowadays than we ever were before, with competing demands for our time all eating into our days. Whether it is with career or family life, or a combination of the two, there's no doubt that we could all do with some improvement to help get more done. In this short book, Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More, you will learn why some are less productive than others and ways to overcome this, with chapters on: - Understanding Productivity and Finding Your Why - Identifying Your Goals - Improving Your Time Management Skills to Become More Productive - Dealing with the Possible Snags in Increasing Your Productivity Getting more done during your day, and more importantly making your time more productive, is the cornerstone of becoming more efficient and thus be default leaving more time for yourself. So if you need to boost your productivity, get a copy of Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More now! Reading it will open you up to many new possibilities! Robert J. Thomas Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368233 thebookvoice.com 0:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More Author: Robert J. Thomas Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you accomplishing all you need to on a daily basis? Could you be more productive, get more done and be more successful? Life is busy. We are more engaged nowadays than we ever were before, with competing demands for our time all eating into our days. Whether it is with career or family life, or a combination of the two, there's no doubt that we could all do with some improvement to help get more done. In this short book, Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More, you will learn why some are less productive than others and ways to overcome this, with chapters on: - Understanding Productivity and Finding Your Why - Identifying Your Goals - Improving Your Time Management Skills to Become More Productive - Dealing with the Possible Snags in Increasing Your Productivity Getting more done during your day, and more importantly making your time more productive, is the cornerstone of becoming more efficient and thus be default leaving more time for yourself. So if you need to boost your productivity, get a copy of Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More now! Reading it will open you up to many new possibilities! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368233]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More Author: Robert J. Thomas Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 23 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Are you accomplishing all you need to on a daily basis? Could you be more productive, get more done and be more successful? Life is busy. We are more engaged nowadays than we ever were before, with competing demands for our time all eating into our days. Whether it is with career or family life, or a combination of the two, there's no doubt that we could all do with some improvement to help get more done. In this short book, Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More, you will learn why some are less productive than others and ways to overcome this, with chapters on: - Understanding Productivity and Finding Your Why - Identifying Your Goals - Improving Your Time Management Skills to Become More Productive - Dealing with the Possible Snags in Increasing Your Productivity Getting more done during your day, and more importantly making your time more productive, is the cornerstone of becoming more efficient and thus be default leaving more time for yourself. So if you need to boost your productivity, get a copy of Productivity: The Ultimate Guide to Boost Your Productivity and Accomplish More now! Reading it will open you up to many new possibilities! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368230 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance Author: Rick M. Matthews Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have moments of self-doubt where everything suddenly comes a crashing halt? Do you want to be able to rediscover your inner passion to succeed? This book is the one for you! If you have ever suffered from self-doubt or a lack of motivation, questioning yourself about where you are going on life's journey and wondering why you are bothering, then you are not alone. But we all know that motivation is the key to success. It gets us out of bed in the morning, pushes us on in the face of failure and makes us do it all over again the next day. So what do you do when motivation disappears? In this short but impactful book, Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance, you will discover all that in just three short chapters about: - Understanding Motivation - Motivational Tools - Motivational Tips Armed with that knowledge you will be better prepared for the next time motivation decides to desert you and rebuild your confidence. Get a copy now and make sure you are ready for the challenges ahead! Rick M. Matthews Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368230 thebookvoice.com 0:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance Author: Rick M. Matthews Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have moments of self-doubt where everything suddenly comes a crashing halt? Do you want to be able to rediscover your inner passion to succeed? This book is the one for you! If you have ever suffered from self-doubt or a lack of motivation, questioning yourself about where you are going on life's journey and wondering why you are bothering, then you are not alone. But we all know that motivation is the key to success. It gets us out of bed in the morning, pushes us on in the face of failure and makes us do it all over again the next day. So what do you do when motivation disappears? In this short but impactful book, Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance, you will discover all that in just three short chapters about: - Understanding Motivation - Motivational Tools - Motivational Tips Armed with that knowledge you will be better prepared for the next time motivation decides to desert you and rebuild your confidence. Get a copy now and make sure you are ready for the challenges ahead! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368230]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance Author: Rick M. Matthews Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 24 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: Do you have moments of self-doubt where everything suddenly comes a crashing halt? Do you want to be able to rediscover your inner passion to succeed? This book is the one for you! If you have ever suffered from self-doubt or a lack of motivation, questioning yourself about where you are going on life's journey and wondering why you are bothering, then you are not alone. But we all know that motivation is the key to success. It gets us out of bed in the morning, pushes us on in the face of failure and makes us do it all over again the next day. So what do you do when motivation disappears? In this short but impactful book, Motivation: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Doubting Yourself and Unleash Your Passion and Perseverance, you will discover all that in just three short chapters about: - Understanding Motivation - Motivational Tools - Motivational Tips Armed with that knowledge you will be better prepared for the next time motivation decides to desert you and rebuild your confidence. Get a copy now and make sure you are ready for the challenges ahead! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368231 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence Author: Anne M. Bacal Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: customer service? Could your customer service be improved? Do you need help making sure you get it right every time? Almost every business depends on its customers and your one is probably no different. Without the customer there is no order and without the order there is no profit. It's easy to see how a business could quickly fold without great customer service at its core. Making sure your customer service is as good a it can be is now much easier with this book, Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence. Inside you will find advice and tips on things like: - Aspects Of Excellent Customer Service - Challenges Of International Customer Service - Customer Service In A Globalized World - Efficient Customer Service - How To Create An Efficient Customer Service Strategy - How To Improve Customer Service In Your Business - The Importance Of Good Customer Service Learning how to give your customers a great experience should be one of the first things any business does, to ensure that it remains healthy, competitive and keeps customer needs and satisfaction at the heart of it all. Get a copy of Customer Service today and make sure your customers keep coming back! Anne M. Bacal Thu, 24 Jan 2019 01:35:20 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368231 thebookvoice.com 0:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence Author: Anne M. Bacal Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: customer service? Could your customer service be improved? Do you need help making sure you get it right every time? Almost every business depends on its customers and your one is probably no different. Without the customer there is no order and without the order there is no profit. It's easy to see how a business could quickly fold without great customer service at its core. Making sure your customer service is as good a it can be is now much easier with this book, Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence. Inside you will find advice and tips on things like: - Aspects Of Excellent Customer Service - Challenges Of International Customer Service - Customer Service In A Globalized World - Efficient Customer Service - How To Create An Efficient Customer Service Strategy - How To Improve Customer Service In Your Business - The Importance Of Good Customer Service Learning how to give your customers a great experience should be one of the first things any business does, to ensure that it remains healthy, competitive and keeps customer needs and satisfaction at the heart of it all. Get a copy of Customer Service today and make sure your customers keep coming back! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/368231]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence Author: Anne M. Bacal Narrator: Nick Dolle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 21 minutes Release date: January 24, 2019 Genres: Business & Career Development Publisher's Summary: customer service? Could your customer service be improved? Do you need help making sure you get it right every time? Almost every business depends on its customers and your one is probably no different. Without the customer there is no order and without the order there is no profit. It's easy to see how a business could quickly fold without great customer service at its core. Making sure your customer service is as good a it can be is now much easier with this book, Customer Service: The Ultimate Guide to Learning the Art of Customer Experience Excellence. Inside you will find advice and tips on things like: - Aspects Of Excellent Customer Service - Challenges Of International Customer Service - Customer Service In A Globalized World - Efficient Customer Service - How To Create An Efficient Customer Service Strategy - How To Improve Customer Service In Your Business - The Importance Of Good Customer Service Learning how to give your customers a great experience should be one of the first things any business does, to ensure that it remains healthy, competitive and keeps customer needs and satisfaction at the heart of it all. Get a copy of Customer Service today and make sure your customers keep coming back!